.

s ^

LO

ru

m
o

Commonwealth of Australia.

Department of Trade and
Customs.

FISHERIES.

Zoological Results of the Fishing Experiments

carried on by F.I.S. 'Endeavour," 1909-10 under

(H. C. Dannevig, Commonwealth Director

of Fisheries).

ol.

Published by Direction of the Minister for Trade
and Customs, Hon. Frank Gwynne Tudor.

Sydney, 1913-1914.

CONTENTS.

PAET I. PUBLISHED ND JANUARY, 1914.

Page Plates

Report on the Hydroida collected in the Great Austra-
lian Bight, and other localities. By W. M. Bale... 3 I.-VII.

PART II. PUBLISHED 2ND FEBRUARY, 1914.

Mollusca (continued from Vol. I., p. 114). By

Charles Hedley 63 VIII.-

XII.

PART III. PUBLISHED 3RD JULY, 1914.

Report on some Fishes obtained by the F. I. S. " En-
deavour" on the Coasts of Queensland, New South
Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South and South- Wes-
tern Australia. Part 2. By Allan R. McCulloch 75 XIII.-

XXXEV.

PART IV. PUBLISHED 13TH AUGUST, 1914.

Report on the Hydroida collected in the Great Austra-
lian Bight and other localities. Part 2. By W. M.

Bale ... 164 XXXV.-

XXXVIII.

LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS.

With References and Catalogue Numbers.

Bate, W. M.- 59.371 (94. 1-2'

Report on the Hydroida collected in (he Great Australian Bight,
arid other localities.

Zoo!. Ren. End., if.., 1. 1'.)14.

Bale, W. M.- 59.371 (94.1-2).

Report on the Hydroida collected in the Great Australian Bight,
and other localities. Part 2.

Zool. Res. End., ii, 2, 1914.

Medley, Charles- 59.4 (94.1-2).

Jlollusca (continued from Vol. I., p. 111).

Zoo/, ffe.v. 'End., ii , 3, 1914.

McCulloch, Allan R.- 59.7 (94).

Report on some Fishes obtained by the F. I. S. ' Endeavour" on the
Coasts of Queensland, New South Wales. Victoria, Tasmania.
South and South-Western Australia. Fart '2.

Zool. Ken. End., ii., 3, 1914.

WITH THE COMPLIMENTS OF

THE HONORABLE LITTLETON E,

Minister of State for Trade and Customs,

Department of Trade and Customs,
Melbourne, 19

I. Report on the Hydroida collected in the Great
Australian Bis'ht and other Localities.

BY

W. M. BALE, F.R.M.S.,
Late Senior Inspector of Excise, Victoria.

Plates i. -vii.

HYDRO! DA. BALE.

I. REPORT OX THE HYDROIDA.

T. INTRODUCTION.

The Hydroids described in Hie present Report wei^e obtained
by the " Endeavour " at various localities, the most important
collection having been dredged in the Great Australian Bight
in 1911, no less than seven species out of thirteen then collected
being here described as new. A noteworthy feature is the
robust character of some of the Plumularians found in this
locality, two of the Aglaophenice and one Plumularia reaching
fully two feet in height, and comprising an enormous number of
individual polypes. The locality, therefore, offers a promising
ground for future research among its little-known Hydroid
fauna, hitherto practically unexplored.

The following is a list of the species observed, with
localities :

Campanularia pumila, sp. 1101: Great Australian Bight.
Sertularella divaricata (J?,sV,-) Hunter Group and

Great Australian Bight.
Sertularia macrocarpa, Bui? Bnss Strait.

,, maplestouei. Hide Hunter Group.

unguiculata, Bus],- Bass Strait.

Diphasia subcarinata (Busk) Great Australian Bight.
Synthecium subventricosum, *p. nov. Great Australian

Bight.
Plumularia buskii, Bale Great Australian Bight.

,, procumbens, Spencer Great Australian Bight.

,, asymmetrica, up. noi\ Great Australian Bight.

Kirchenpaueria producta, Bah Bass Strait.
Halicornopsis elegans (Lamarck) Great Australian

Bight.
Aglaophenia megalocarpa, sp. nov. Great Australian

Bight.

A. dauuevigi, *y/. //<;. Great Australian Bight.
A. billardi, *p. nov. Great Australian Bight.
A. tasrnanica, sp. nov. Oyster Bay, Tasmania.
A. decumbens, sp. nov. Bass Strait.
Halicornaria^ intermedia, sp. nov. Oyster Bay, Tasmania.
,, birostrata, sp. nor. Great Australian Bight.

,, nrceolifera (Lamarck) Great Australian

Bight

4 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The specimens from the Great Australian Bight were received
by me in January 1912, and the others at various times prior to
that date. Much of the delay in presenting this Report has been
due to the time occupied in correspondence with friends in
Europe, especially Dr. A. Billard, of Paris, and Dr. C.
Hartlaub, of Heligoland, both of whom I have to thank for their
kindness in comparing specimens Avith type forms in European
Museums.

II. DESCRIPTION OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES.
FAMILY CAMPANULARIULE.

GENUS CAMPANULARIA, Lirmarck.

CAMPAKULAKIA PUMILA, sp. nov.

(Plate i,, figs. 68.)

Hydrorhiza slender, filiform, overrunning other hydroids and
giving origin at intervals to short very slender peduncles, more
or less irregularly undulated at both ends, and sometimes in the
intermediate portions ; a more distinct spherical segment just
below" the hydrotheca.

Hydrothecse small, cylindrical, constricted just above the base,
mouth with about eight truncate teeth, the truncate ends very
slightly sinuated ; teeth a little incurved, peristome often doubled
or tripled.

Gonosome : ?

This exceedingly delicate species has unbranched peduncles
of varying length, commonly about as long as the hydrotheca?,
and not very strongly undulated. The hydrotheca? are from
87 to '44 mm. in length, and '12 to '15 in width, the length
depending largely on the number of successive renewals of the
border. In one calycle the first peristome was about the middle
of its length, and the second immediately below the third and
final one. In each case the teeth of the second or third circlet
corresponded in number and position with those of the original
series,

On account of the delicacy and the shrivelled condition of the
hydrothecse I was not able in all cases to count the marginal

*] O

teeth. In two or three the number was undoubtedly eight,
another seemed to have seven, while in no case could the number
have varied much from these. In regard to form, the denticulation
of the border is precisely as that of C. spinulosa would be if the
little spines, which in that species spring from the angles of the
teeth, were wanting. At the ''floor " of the hydrotheca there is
a circlet of excessively minute bright points.

Loc. : Great Australian Bight, parasitic on
sitbventricosum, 40 to 100 fathoms.

IIYI'KOII'A. IJALK.

FAMILY SERTULARIIML

GENUS SYNTHECIUM, AUnma.

SYXTHKt.'lI'M SIT.VENTRICOSUM, #ji. HOV.

(Plate i,, tigs. 35.)

Hydropliyton usually under one inch in height, monosi pi ionic,
pinnate, many of the pinna 1 anastomosing with other parts of
the polypidom or continued into stolons ; stem-internodes (except
at, the base) long, each usually bearing a pair of opposite
hydrothecae at its base and summit, with a pair of opposite
pinna? in the middle; those at the base short, bearing a pair of
opposite hydrothecae only. Pinna? divided into stout Intel-nodes,
each supporting a pair of hydrothecae ; the first hydrotheca on
the proximal side of each pinna much higher than its fellow,
those on successive internodes less uneven, till at about the third
to the fifth intei-node they become opposite,

Hydrotheca? tubular, stout, lower part vertical and often
somewhat ventricose, distal part curved outward, free part short,
aperture circular, margin a little sinuated at the sides and very
slightly everted, looking upwards and outwards.

Gonothecaa small, nearly globular, with five to six transverse
ridges interrupted in the middle on opposite sides, mouth
prominent, conical, aperture small.

Polypidom thin, colourless and transparent, more or less tangled
owing to the anastomosing of the pinna?.

This species is allied to 8. pai-nlmn, from which it may readily
be distinguished by the larger, and especially the stouter,
hydrothecae, with their tendency to a ventricose condition, and
the distinctly sub-alternate arrangement of those on the proximal
parts of the pinna?. In 8. i>ntnlum it is not unusual for the first
hydrotheca on the proximal side of each pinna to be set a little
higher than its opposite neighbour ; here, however, the irregularity
is much more pronounced. Each successive pair comes nearer
to a strictly opposite condition, which is sometimes attained by
the third pair, sometimes only by the fourth or fifth. Even after
this however irregularities are not uncommon, and in some
cases the more distal pairs deviate from the normal arrangement
in the contrary direction to the proximal.

In comparing my specimens of 8. subventricosum, 8. /ml ulnin,
and 8. orthogonium, I find differences in the prevailing arrange-
ment of the interuodes in all three. 8. patidnm generally has
from one to three short proximal interuodes, each of which
supports a single pair of hydrotheca? ; above these the interuodes
are long, and each bears a pair of pinna? close to the summit,
with a pair of hydrothecse about the middle. 8. orthogonii

' 'i in

6 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC KKSULTS.

also has long iuteruodes, with a pair of pinnae close to the top?
but the first few iiiternodes bear no hydrothecse : the next two
or three have usually a pair of hydrothecae in the middle, as in
S. patulutn, and the rest have mostly two pairs instead of one.
8. subventricosum has, like S. patulum, two or three short
iuternodes bearing hydrothecae only, the rest being arranged like
the upper iiiternodes of 8. orthogonium, with two pairs of
hydrothecae coming between every two pairs of pinnae. Here
however the nodes come between the two pairs of hydrothecae, so
that an internode supports a pair of pinna) in the middle, with a
pair of hydrothecae at the top and another pair at the bottom
(the two pairs therefore being pretty close together). There are
however in many cases less pronounced nodes just above the
pinnae, in addition to those described. Both in this species and
8. patulum the joints between the proximal short iiiternodes are
apt to be indistinct.

How far these characters are to be relied upon is at present
impossible to determine, but many irregularities certainly occur ;
however the other characters will easily suffice to distinguish
8. subventricosum from either of the others.

The gonangia are very small, about '75 mm. long and the same
in width, very little if at all compressed, and their markings are
of the same type as those of 8. elegans, but without the extreme
regularity indicated by Allman's figures. The alternating ridges
(which in all the specimens seen numbered five or six), are like
those of Sertularella divaricaia and its allies, having a delicate
free-edged expansion or flounce running round them.

It may be remarked in passing that the arrangement of the
stem-internodes described above will, if found to be sufficiently
constant supply a definite mark of distinction between
S. patulum and 8. orthogoiiium, two species which in regard to
the form and arrangement of the hydrothecae approach each
other closely. All rny specimens of S. patulum have the
proximal iiiternodes short, without pinna?, while all those of
(S'. orthogonium have them long, with pinna? only. The latter
arrangement is similar to that indicated by Marktanner-
Turneretscher for his specimens of 8. campyloc&rpum, Allman.
Allman described that species as having no hydrotheca? on the
stem except an " occasional pair." Marktauuer-Turneretscher
says, however, that in his specimens the upper iiiternodes bear
two pairs of hydrothecae as well as a pair of pinnae, though the
lower ones bear pinnae only. I must admit my inability to find
anything to distinguish S. campylocarpum from the earlier
S. orthogonium. Both Campenhauseu and JVlarktanner-Turnerets-
cher say that the hydrothecae of the specimens which they refer
to 8. campylocarpum are like those of 8. orthogonium, and
neither observer furnishes any reason for assigning them to the

HVHI.HHl'A. HALE. I

former species rather than to the latter. Canipenhausen's figure
of the hydrothecse serves perfectly for 8. orthogoniutfi, and
Allman's figure of the gonaugium of his species seems to be only
an idealized representation of that of Busk's species, which
varies greatly in the degree of development of the transverse
ridges.

A feature sometimes very noticeable in S. subventricosum
is the presence of a distinct lining or inner layer of the hydrotheca-
wall, which in many cases has so far become separated from the
outer perisarc as to constitute a distinct inner tube, running from
the base to the summit of the hydrotheca, and not fitting closely
to the outer wall throughout, but more or less detached from it at
intervals ; especially in such parts as the slight inflation
commonly found at the base, and the angle at the upper part of
the adcauline side. In the middle portion of the hydrotheca and
near the aperture it is usually so intimately united to the outer
wall as to be indistinguishable, but it may separate at any portion
and become conspicuous through its irregularly crumpled
condition. It is observable in many specimens from which all
trace of the hydranths and copnosarc has disappeared, while in
other instances no trace of it can be distinguished. It may be
connected with the regeneration of the hydranths, though it is
often not to be detected in hydrothecae of which the border has
been reduplicated, while it is frequently very distinct in specimens
where regeneration does not appear to have taken place.

In many of the hydrothecae -of >$'. subventricosum are found ova,
220-230 ^ in length, 165-180 \j, in width, perfectly elliptical,
yellow in colour, and situated exactly in the bend of the
hydrothecae, to the diameter of which their own is nearly equal.
Some are quite fresh-looking, others empty and shrivelled. The
polypidouis in which these were found were quite empty other-
Avise, all traces of the original soft parts having disappeared, both
from the trophosome and the gonaugia. In a specimen of
N. /I'ltidiini, probably from Port Phillip, I found what appeared
to be the remains of similar bodies. It would be a singular
instinct which should lead some animal to select especially the
empty polyparies of Synthediun wherein to deposit its eggs, but I
can suggest no other explanation.

Loc. : Great Australian Bight, on large Plumularians, 40 to
100 fathoms.

GENUS DIPHASIA, Ayassiz.

DlPHASIA SUBCARINATA (Bl'sli).

Sertularia sub-car inat ft > Busk, Voy, " Rattlesnake," i., 1852,
p. 390.

Difhasla nub-cariuata, Bale, Cat. Austr. Hyd. Zooph., 1884,

p. 102, pi. iv., fig. 1, pi, xix., fig. 18 ; Kirkpatrick, Sci. Proc.

Hoy. Dublin Soc,, vi. (N.S.), 1890, p. 604; Ritchie, Austr.

Mus. Mem., iv., 1911, p, 850.

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

One of the specimens of Aglaophenia im-i/nlvcm-pa had a colony
of this species over-running the stem. The hydrotheca? however
differ from those of all other specimens which I have seen in
having the third (lowest) marginal tooth quite obsolete, so that
there is only a bidentate border.

The usual condition of D. sulcarina.tu is unbranched, but
branched specimens often occur. In such cases the branches
spring from normal internodes of the primary shoot, generally
below a hydrotheca, but in some cases above ; and the arrange-
ment of the hydrothecee in opposite pairs is the same on the
primary shoot as on the branches.

In most specimens there is, inside the angle of flexure of the
hydrotheca, a slight transverse ridge or thickening, the rudiment
of that which in a more fully developed form is found in the
corresponding position in Sertularia crenatn.

Loc. : Great Australian Bight, 40 to 100 fathoms.
G-ENUS SERTULARIA, Linn, (in part.)

The Sertnlarice collected by the " Endeavour " S. m.acro-
carpa, S. inaplestonei, S. unguiculata all belong to a well-
defined group, of which S. elongata may be taken as the type,
and which includes also among Australian species 8. recta,
8. pulcliella, S. geminata, Thuiaria heteromorpha, and possibly a
few others. S. nt.acrocarpd was . placed by Schneider in his
" Dyiiamena-group," and ,S. maplestonei and S. el on y at a in the
" Thuiaria-group, "though the three species are identical in habit ;
and in neither case do the characters of these species conform to
the descriptions given by Schneider.

In the Dynamena-group the hydrotheca? are opposite, with
only one pair 011 an internode, and the side branches, when
present, spring from one or both sides of a normal iuternode
The essential point is that the giving-off of branches does not in
any way disturb the order of the hydrothecre on the primary
shoot, consequently the arrangement is precisely the same on the
stem and branches. Typical examples are S. cirurilis, and
S. pumila, the first of which generally gives off its branches
singly, while in S. pumila they are often in opposite pairs.
Ih'phasia suhcarinata is a common Australian example of this
the most primitive mode of branching. The ramification of
S. uiacrocarpa has no resemblance to this type, but, as I
indicated in my original description, agrees precisely with that of
. elongata and S. maplestonei. The reference of these species
to the Thuiaria-group is equally untenable, as they do not bear
" from several to many " hydrotheca? on each internode, but
Schneider fully recognised that the groups were not sharply
defined, and that many species were intermediate.

HYDROIDA. BALE.

All the above-named species (with many others) agree in the
arrangement of the stem-internodes. Eveiy such internode gives
origin at the base to a pinna, which has a single nnpain'il
hydrotheca in the axil. Higher up, it bears the regular pair of
hydrothecas, only it will be observed that in most cases the one
on the same side as the pinna is higher than the corresponding
one on the opposite side, being as it were crowded out of its
normal position owing to the presence below it of the pinna with
its axillary hydrotheca. In attenuated individuals of some of the
species, where the internodes are much elongated, the difference
of level may be so great that the paired condition is not at first
noticeable.

The mode of ramification just described conti-asts strongly
with that of the Dynamena-group, and the existence of an
entirely different arrangement of the hydrotheca} on the pinnae,
as compared with those on the stem, marks a distinct advance in
organisation.

This arrangement of the stem-internodes, (which is especially
typical of the genus Sertularia), is not confined to the group
under consideration, but is found in a number of small delicate
forms such as S. tennis, S. inflata, and 8. biscuspidata. They
differ from the S. elongata group not only in their more delicate
texture and small size, but in the fact that their pinnae are
wholly divided into internodes of equal value, and exhibit no
tendency towards the production of internodes of the second or
third order. They are thus more closely allied to the Dynarnena-
group, and indeed are typical Dyitanience as understood by
Kirchenpauer, The distinction between them and Schneider's
Dynamena-group may be well illustrated by the comparison
between 8. fjri.wiUx and 8. tennis. Both these species are very
similar in the form of the hydrothecaa as well as the gonangia,
and both may exist in the unbranched condition. But when
8. gracilis produces side branches the arrangement of the
hydrothecaa on the stem is unaltered, and the stem and branches
are exactly alike. 8. tennis on the other hand, when producing
side branches, invariably has them in the form of alternate
pinnae, with the complete differentiation of stem and pinna?,
as in the 8. elongata group.

The peculiar characteristic of 8. elongata and its allies consists
in the general tendency for the older mteriiodes of the pinnaa
(or some of them) to bear two or three or even more pairs of
hydrotheca?, while on the distal portions one pair is tlae rule.
The prevalence of longer or shorter internodes in particular
specimens examined has led to untenable distinctions being drawn,
such as the reference of some members of the group to Thuiaria
and others to Sertularia. 8. elongata, the most abundant species,
may serve to illustrate the habit of the group. In the smallest

10 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RKSULTS.

form, which is also the commonest, and Avhich may average
about three-quarters of au inch in height, tin- whole of the pinnae
may be composed of internodes bearing a single pair. Generally,
however, from two to four pinnae, about the centre, may have a
couple of pairs on the first internode, but on no others. So, as
the hydrophyton is more robust, we find a larger proportion of
the internodes supporting two or more pairs. In the largest
specimen which I have in a preparation I find one of the median
pinna? with four pairs on the first internode, two each on flu-
second, third, and fourth, and one on each of the other eight.
The nearest pinna on the opposite side has one internode with
four pairs, two with two pairs each, and ten with one pair. No
other pinna commences with more than three pairs. It is very
probable that in larger specimens the development of the longer
internodes may be carried still further.

It may be observed, in regard to >. elonyata, that in these
distinctions there is rro question of a mere difference of age.
The robust forms aie on a larger scale than the others from the
root up, the hydrothecae being in proportion to the general size
of the polypidom. Further, it is evident that the ultimate
height is approximately determined by the time the shoot is half
grown, for Ave find that only a very few pinnae about the middle
reach the maximum development, the succeeding ones then
commencing to diminish.

In fairly large specimens of >S. marplestonei the most ordinary
arrangement is for the longest internodes to bear four, or even
five pairs, then folloAV from one to three iuteruodes of two pairs
each, and finally from one to five or six with only one pair. In
other parts of the same specimen the first internode may hear
two or three pairs, and all the rest one pair ; and an internode
of the second order often comes between two of the first. There
seems more tendency than in 8. elonyata- for the longer
iuternodes to persist nearly to the end of the pinna?. I have not
met with specimens corresponding with the smallest forms of
8. eluiiyata, in such it might be expected that internodes of the
first order would be more prevalent.

In 8. bideas the habit is similar to that of S. maplestonei,
but in such specimens as I have seen the tendency is towards
shorter internodes, and in a small specimen all the internodes,
with very few exceptions, are of the first order.

S. pulchella has the arrangement much the same as the last.

In S. 1/1,'nn nat.a many pinnse consist mainly of internodes of the
second order, others almost entirely of single pairs.

In the commonest form of S. inucrocarim all the interuodes
may have a single pair only, but in other specimens internodes
of the second order prevail throughout.

HYDKOIHA. BALE. 11

In S. recta I have seen no internodes with more than one pair,
but I have met with two specimens only, both very .small.

X. unguiculata stands by itself in its excessive variability. By
far the most abundant form is abont the same size as the small
variety of 8. elmnjahi and is a typical 8<'iii.(lni-i<i, with very few
exceptions to the rule that each internode supports a single pair.
Somewhat larger forms differ from these exactly as described
under 8. elon</at/i, to which this species is, so far, strictly parallel,
but beyond these we meet with a series of varieties leading up to
forms in which there are no short internodes, and a pinna may
support a great number of hydrothecas divided between one or
two internodes only. Such forms are in every respect (except in
the stem-internodes) typical Tlmim-in', yet it is impossible to find
any distinct line of demarcation between them and the ordinary
varieties.

Thai ur! i.i heteromorpha, according to Airman's account, scarcely
differs from 8. innjiiiculnta except in the absence of the bidentate
margin of thehydrotheca. It is not known however if it exhibits
such an extreme tendency to variability as is found in the
allied species. Allmau, recognizing that the hydroid combined
the characters of more than one genus, placed it under Thninrin,
on the ground that the characters of that genus predominated.
Among these characters he included the arrangement of the
stem-internodes, but in this he was mistaken, as the arrangement
is that of a typical Sertulnria, only that the internodes are
double, each being formed by the complete coalescence of two of
the stem-internodes described in the foregoing remarks. In
S. unguiculata single and double internodes occur on the same
shoot, and often mixed indiscriminately, and I have little doubt
that further examination will prove that the same condition
occurs in Allman's species. As I shall presently show there is
also a characteristic Thuiarian stem-internode, different in
arrangement from that found in the group we are coiisideiiug.

All the preceding forms ai'e undoubtedly, in my opinion, true
Sertidariie, being distinguished from Thuiaria by the paired
condition of the hydrotheese, both on the stem and the pinna 1 ,
and by the presence, and frequently the preponderance, of
internodes with a single pair. The occurrence of inter-
nodes of higher orders on all but the smallest specimens is
exactly similar to what takes place in Sertularella divaricata*
Here the rule is that every intei'node bears a single hydrotheca,
but in specimens of elongated habit we find that not only on the
stem, but on parts of the pinna), several hydrothecte may
be borne on a single internode. But no one proposes there-
fore to remove the species from the genus Sertularella, In a
typical Tlimariii the hydrotheca? are not paired but biserial, and
an internode very often bears unequal numbers on the two sides ;

12 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS,

it even happens sometimes that they may be closer on one side
than the other, twelve on one side for example occupying as
much space as thirteen on the other, Allman first referred to
Thuiaria such species as his T. sertularioides, a true Sertularia,
solely on the ground that several pairs of hydrotheca? were
cai-ried on a single internode. He afterwards retracted this
determination, but some observers have adhered io it, often
however somewhat arbitrarily, applying the rule in some cases
and not in others. The fact is that in some of the most typical
species of Sertularia the occurrence of internodes of the second
and third order is common, and such is the case with S. pumila
itself, which nevertheless is always regarded as a typical
representative of the genus.

In the few Australian species of Thuiaria known to me T.
lata, T. fenestrata, T. yiiadridens, T. sinuosa, T. sitlarticulata
I find a uniform type of stem-division. Each internode supports
a pinna and three hydrotheca?, but the arrangement is quite
different from that which exists in S. elongata and its allies.
the pinna is given off from the middle of the internode, there is
a hydrotheca below and another above it, and a single one on the
opposite side. There is no paired arrangement, so that the
unpaired condition of the hydrotheca? is common to the stem and
pinnae. In one or two of these species the nodes may be
indistinguishable on the older parts of the stem, but the arrange-
ment of the pinna? and the hydrotheca? is as described, and on
the more recently-formed portions the internodes are distinct.
Some of the hydroids here associated are now ranked by most
observers under the genus Sertularella ; to me, however, they
appear a thoroughly homogeneous group, and I am quite unable
to find any distinction of sufficient importance to justify their
separation. T. lata and T. quadridois doubtless have a very
Sertularella-like aspect, owing to the regular alternation of the
hydrotheca 3 , which is a necessary result of the narrowness of the
pinna? forcing them into that position. In the broader forms of
T. quadridens, where the two series have room to develop
independently of each other, the arrangement is sometimes
subalternate rather than strictly alternate. Those varieties of
S. divaricata in which several hydrotheca? are carried on a single
internode approximate very closely to T. lata, yet there is a
radical difference readily perceived by studying the development
in the terminal portions of the pinna?. Even in those foi'ins of
S. divaricata in which the T It tti aria-like structure is most
apparent var. suldicliotottta for example the newly-formed
portions are, so far as I have seen, divided into the single-celled
internodes characteristic of the genus. But the nodes, though
unmistakeable, are very slightly marked, and as the perisarc
thickens with growth many of them become obliterated. This

HYDROIDA. BALE. 13

is what takes place also in Thuiaria sertularioides, and the
recognition of which led Allrnan to remove the species from
Thuii.iria, in which genus he had at first placed it. In Thuiaria,
internodes bearing several hydrothecse are strictly normal, and
are developed continuously in the first instance, not formed by
the coalescence of a number of originally single-celled internodes
as in the varieties of 8. divaricat/i. Of course I do not dispute,
that these or other forms of Sertularella may also develop
continuous multiple-celled internodes, thus linking the two
genera, but I have never seen an undoubted SertnlareUa
in which the typical single-celled iuteruodes were not present in
some portions of the polypidom, nor in which the structure was
such as to forbid the assumption that all the interuodes had
originated in the same manner. Very commonly the stem of
Sertularella divaricata is divided by strongly marked nodes into
interuodes of three hydrothecffi, but between the component
hydrotheca? of these iuteruodes are often distinguishable less
pronounced constrictions, which evidently remain to indicate
where the original nodes have become almost obliterated ; while
in other varieties of the same species all remain equally distinct.
In Thuiaria, even in such a species as T. lata, not only are the
internodes without these vestigial joints, but it is usually obvious
that they have never been so divided, on account of the
hydrothecffl following each other so closely. Where nodes do
occur therefore they necessitate a gap between thehydrothecas on
either side of them, which is permanent, and the fact that the
hydrotheca? on an internode are so closely crowded and without
gaps between them is evidence that the internode has been
developed without interruption.

It will of course be apparent from the foregoing remarks that
I am here adhering to the principle of classification which bases
the generic characters primarily on the grouping of the
hydrothecse, in short that I retain the genera precisely as they
were almost universally understood when my earlier papers were
written. The majority of observers, while retaining in the main
the same principle, have modified the genera in various directions
in partial accordance with Levinsen's views, according to which
the structure of the individual hydrothecse (especially the
operculum) is of principal importance. I have been reluctant to
discard the old classification so long as systematists give it any
countenance, especially in view of the fact that many of the
Australian species are so imperfectly known that it would be
impossible to classify them on Levinsen's system. Even in
8. elongata, our commonest species, nothing is yet known of the
operculum, while in various species which have been often
examined, competent observers like Nutting and Levinsen are
unable to agree as to the actual structure of this appendage.

14 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC KESULTS.

While these sheets are passing through the press, however, I
have been favored by Professor Levinsen with a copy of his
important paper, just issued, entitled " Systematic Studies on the
Sertulariidte." In this work he re-states and elaborates his
views as to the primary importance of the operculum in classifica-
tion, and insists that the mere arrangement of the hydrothecse is
of no generic value whatever. This paper demands the most
careful study, and, if its author's conclusions are vindicated, will
result in the complete breaking-down of the old generic boundaries
and a drastic re-arrangement which, while retaining the old
names, will employ them in a sense having no relation to their
former meaning. Meanwhile, so long as we continue to accord
primary importance to the growth-characters, I think we should
do so consistently, hence my objection for example to the
reference of Thiiiaria lata to Sertnlarella. If Levinseu's views
be adopted that reference will undoubtedly be correct, but if a
systematist accepts (as the majority do) the arrangement of the
hydrotheca? as his principal criterion in discriminating between
Sertularia, Thuiaria, Selaginopsis, etc., I cannot see why the
same principle should not apply to the case in point.

I may add that in Levinsen's system /$'. macrocmyjct,
S. maplestonei, and similar species are referred to a new genus
Odcmtothecn.

SERTULAIUA MACROCAKPA, Bale.

Sertiiltin'n nnti'rocfirpa, Bale, Cat. Austr. Hyd. Zooph., 1884,
p. 80, pi. v., fig. 2, pi. xix., fig. 11 ; Marktanner-
Turneretscher, Ann. k.k. naturhist. Hofmuseums Wien,
v., 1890, p. 282; Jaderhoim, Bihang k. svenska vet.-akad.
Handlingar, 21, 1896, p. 13 ; Schneider, Zoolog. Jahrb., x.,
1897, p. 523 ; Calkins, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xxviii.,
1899, p. 359.

Two varieties of this species were noted. In the first, which
is similar to the original type, the hydrotheca? have their upper
side at right angles with the hydrocaulus only on the proximal
portions of the pinnae, but elsewhere they are distinctly ascend-
ing, this character becoming moi-e and more pronounced as they
approach the distal extremity of the pinna, where they are
almost tubular, and directed upward as much as outward.
Beyond the last pair the hydrocaiilus is commonly continued
into a long tubular prolongation, often of three or four internodes,
bearing in some cases one or two hydrothecee, often more or less
deformed, but mostly without any. The piuna-internodes each
support a single pair of hydrotheca?. The other variety has the
stem-internodes longer, the pinna? comprising internodes bearing
each two pairs of hydrothecoe, which may persist throughout, or

HVDROIDA. BALE. 15

may be succeeded by a fe\v internodes with a single pair. The
upper hydrothecae have not the subtubular ascending habit found
in the type form, nor do the pinna? run out into long tubular
prolongations. A similar variety has been found at Portland.

The jointing of the base of the pinnae varies greatly in this
species. In some individuals the apophysis has a very strongly-
marked transvei'se node in the middle, then it is separated from
the pinna by a conspicuous oblique joint, the pinna running down
to a sharp point in front of the apophysis, which is continued
upward into a similar point. But specimens occur in which these
joints are scarcely marked, or even indistinguishable, so that the
pinna appears continuous with the stem. Intermediate forms
are found, and even in the same specimen the joints may vary
considerably in distinctness.

The two species which most resemble 8. macrocarpa in the
form of the hydrotheca? are 8. bldeiis and 8. recta. 8. bidei/s
is smaller in all its parts, with sharper teeth on the hydrotheca-
margin ; it is also distinguished by the presence of a small
chitinous projection inside the apocauline wall of the hydrotheca,
and the absence of the distinct tooth inside the aperture ; while
the gonangia are of totally distinct forms in the two species.

The likeness to 8. recta is, in regard to the trophosome, rather
closer. The unusual feature of the latter species, noted in my
first specimen, is also found in the only other example which I
have seen, namely the situation of the two series of hydrotheca 1
in a single plane, so that there is no distinction of anterior and
posterior aspect to the polypidom, I do not however lay too
much stress on this, knowing that in some hydroids there is much
inconstancy in this particular. The pinna? of 8. rertii stand off
from the intei-uodes at right angles, while those of 8. macrocarpn
form a somewhat smaller angle with the stem. The stem-
internodes of 8. recta are however more strongly zig-zag, so that
the inclination of the pinnae to the general axis of the stem is
much the same in (he two species. In 8. macrocarpa the
axillary hydrotheca? diverge from the stem at about the same
angle as do the pinna?, so that they lie along the latter ; in
8. recta they stand out midway between the stem and the
pinnae. The internal tooth found in the hydrotheca of
S. macrocarpa is not present in 8. recta. I have had some
doubt as to whether the two species might not prove to be con-
nected, but according to Bartlett's observations the gonangia of
8. recta are wholly unlike the large smooth form of those of
8. macrocarpa, being furnished with annular transverse ridges
similar to those found in many species of Sertularella,

Luc. Bass Strait.

16 '"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

SERTULARIA MAPLESTONEI, Jinle.

Serh/liir/it maplestonei, Bale, Cat. Austr. Hyd. Zooph., 1884,
p. 70, pi. vi., fig. 4, pi. xix., fig, 2; Marktanner-Turneretscher,
Ann. k.k. naturliist. Hofmuseums Wien, v., 1890, p. 231.

(Not Tltuiaria maplestonei, Billard, Arch. Zool. Exp. (4), vii.,
1907, p. 349, fig. v.)

These specimens are, so far as the trophosome is concerned,
quite similar to those originally described ; but the gonangia
differ in the development of the angles at the sides of the orifice,
which are prolonged itpwards into erect tubular horns, attaining
in some instances as much as one-fourth the length of the body
of the gonangium.

Billard \inites S. hi dens with 8. maplestonei under the name of
Thuiaria maplestonei. The two species are undoubtedly closely
allied, but the different forms of the hydrothecse in our specimens
justifies, I think, their separation, at least pending the discovery
of intermediate forms. My specimens of both species show the
small internal process near the base of the hydrotheca?, but I
cannot find in any instance the double process higher up on the same
side, as seen by Warren and Billard in their African specimens of
>S'. bideus. Nor can I find the internal tooth below the margin on
the adcauline side, though in some cases the hydrotheca-wall is
thickened at this part so as to resemble, in side view, a projecting
tooth, a feature common to a number of species.

As to the generic position of these species, I refer to my
preceding remarks under Sertularin. Their habit is in all
respects similar to that of S. elongata.

Loc.: Hunter Group, 15 fathoms ; Bass Strait.

SERTULARIA UNGUICULATA, Busk.

Sertnlnrin ninjtiir-nlata, Busk, Voy. "Rattlesnake," 1852,
p. 394; Bale. Cat. Austr. Hyd. Zooph., 1884, p. 76, pi. vi.,
fig. 9-12, pi. xix., fig. 8 ; id., Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet., vi.,
(N.S.), 1893, p. 100; Marktanuer-Turneretscher, Ann. k.k,
uaturhist. Hofmuseums Wien, v., 1890, p. 231 ; Farquhar,
Trans. N.Z. List., xxviii., 1896, p. 459.

Sertularia, sp. ?, Coughtrey, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4),
xvii,, 1876, p, 29 (note), pi. iii.

Thuiaria ambigua, D'A. W. Thompson, Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist.
(5), iii., 3879, p. Ill, pi. xix., fig. 2. 2a ; Kirchenpauer,
Abh. Nat. Ver. Hamb., viii., 1884. p. 25.

HYDR01DA. - BALE. 17

nntjiiH-nlata, All man, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.,
xix., 1885, p. 144, pi. xvii., fig. 5-7.

Dytiamena av^trnh'n, Kirchenpauer, Vevband. K. L.-C. Akad.,
xxxi., 1864, p. 11, fig. 5 a-c.

Sertitltin'it <insti-<tli, D'A. W, Thompson, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (5), iii., 1879, p, 105, pi. xvii., fig. 4, 4a ; Bale, Cat.
Austr. Hyd, Zooph., 1884, p. 72, pi. viii., figs. 7, 8.

i>edintus, All man, "Challenger" Report.,
Zool., xxiii., Hydroida, Ft. 2, 1888, p. 71, pi. xxxiv.,
figs., 1 Ib.

ia Challeityeri, Nutting, Amer. Hydroicls, The
Sertularida?, 1904, p. 54, pi. ii., fig. 1, 2; Billard, Ann. Sci.
Nat. (9), xi., 1910, p. 19, fig. 6.

? Tk'in'aria heteromorpha, Allman, Journ, Linn. Soc,, Zool.,
xix., 1885, p. 147, pi. xx., fig. 1-5.

(Not Sertularia aHxtralis, Bale, Trans, and Proc. Roy.
Soc. Viet,, xxiii., 1887, p. 93.)

Two forms of this most variable of the Sertularice, collected in
Bass Strait, represent perhaps the extreme limits of the species
in two opposite directions ; one, the ordinary small form, about
three-quarters of an inch in height, with the most widely
divergent hydrothecse found in any of the vai-ieties ; the other,
more attenuated in habit than any which I have previously met
with, reaching five or six inches in height, and with the
hydrothecfe narrow and but slightly divergent,

I have referred previously to the small form (which is the
most abundant) as having the internodes of the pinnse bearing
only one pair of hydrotheca?, with the exception of one or two of
the proximal internodes on a few of the pinna?, which bear two
pairs. The stem-internodes are short, somewhat zig-zag, with
the nodes strongly marked, and the hydrothecse foi'ming the pair
are pretty close to each other ; indeed towards the upper part of
the stem they are often opposite and in contact, just as on the
pinnae. ThrouglKmt the polypidom the hydrothecse have the
upper portion strongly divergent ; often the bend outward is
quite abrupt, and beyond it the outer side rises in a sweeping
upward curve, which is continued to the point of the long outer
tooth. The aperture is elliptic and characteristically directed
forward and outward, not upward as in 8. macrocarpa and
similar species. The hydrothecse on the pinna? are strictly in
opposite pairs, and in contact in the front.

18 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Somewhat larger forms differ in the gi'eater prevalence of
internodes of the second, third, and higher orders ; and with the
longer internodes is associated a much less divergent condition
of the hydrotheciP borne by them, though in the distal portions,
where only a single pair occupies an internode, they may differ little
or not at all fi-om those of the smaller form. The stem-intei-nodes,
or many of them, are long, supporting two pinna? and six
hydrothecae, and are especially characteristic of the species. In
the smallest variety the stem-intei'nodes are arranged in the
typical Sertularian fashion, that is to say each internode bears
at its base a pinna with its axillary hydrotheca, and above it a
pair of hydrotheca?, usually sub-alternate. In the larger forms
we find that a stem-internode generally has on one side a pinna
with three hydrothecae above it, and on the other a hydrotheca
near the base, then a pinna, and above the pinna two hydrotheca 3 .
This arrangement was mentioned by Busk (from whom I received
a drawing of it), and by later observers, and naturally appeared
somewhat bizarre to those who did not notice that the long
internodes were simply equivalent to two of the shorter ones
united. The nodes are oblique, sloping alternately to right and
left when the internodes are single, but in a series of the double
internodes, every alternate node being suppressed, the nodes all
slope in the same direction. It is not implied that the double
internodes are formed from two originally single ones by the
obliteration of the dividing node, as often occurs in Sertularella
and elsewhere ; they are, I have no doubt, formed continuously
in the first instance. In the smallest forms single stem-internodes
are the rule, and often occur exclusively ; some of the larger
varieties have only the double type, others have single and
double ones interspersed without definite order, or more commonly
double ones at the base and middle, and single ones near the
summit.

Among other varieties we find some in which the pinua-
internodes are still longer, and single-paired internodes are few or
entirely wanting ; even the distal hydrotheca? may be much less
divergent, and a transition to the genus Thiiiaria is shown by
the hydrothecse on the proximal portions of the pinnas, which are
often neither opposite nor distinctly paired, but may vary from
opposite to alternate, while they are separated in front. One
pinna may have interuodes with sixteen or eighteen pairs, all
opposite or nearly so, while another on the same stem may have
them almost exactly alternate. Another specimen has pinna 1
consisting of a single internode, and bearing over twenty pairs of
hydi-otheca?, all strictly opposite, in contact in front, and with
only the mouth portion divergent, in short, not distinguishable
from a Thuiaria.

The larger specimens collected by the " Endeavour " differ
from other varieties in their attenuated condition. The stem-

HVDKOIDA. BALK. 19

internodes, which are of the double type, are very long, and the
two hydrotheca? forming each pair are often widely sepai'ated,
so that their paired condition is not obvious. The intei-nodes of
the pinnae do not support many pail's only two or three in the
specimens examined and many of the distal internodes are
single-paired ; but the pairs are far apart and the hydrothecas
themselves narrow and but little divergent. The teeth are much
shorter than in more typical forms.

In most varieties the nodes of the stem are well-marked and
constricted, but I have seen specimens in which they are faint
and not accompanied by any constriction, so that they are
scarcely noticeable.

I have now little doiibt that the Dynamena, attstralis of
Kirchenpauer is identical with the smallest variety of this
species. I formerly identified with D. anstralis a hydroid which
I had previously regarded as a pinnate form of S. Joculosa but
which I now believe to be #, in flat a (Versluys), though there is a
doubt on the subject until the gonangia are known. Kirchen-
pauer' s description, so far as it goes, agrees entirely with my
specimens; and though his figure shows the hydrothecse too
divergent for average examples it agrees passably with some in
my possession. Thompson's account is equally applicable,
especially in its reference to the internodes of the pinn
supporting either one or two pairs of hydrothecaa ; a feature not
noticed by Kirchenpauer.

Sertularia challengeri, Nutting (Desmoscyphns pectinatiis,
Allman), seems also to be no other than the pi-esent species.
Allman's figure, which represents the pinna? as divided through-
out into single-paired internodes, is not very distinctive, but with
the description, may well indicate the small variety. Nutting's
description and figure, representing the proximal end of the
pinna with more than one pair, is more characteristic, and leaves
little doubt as to the identity of the specimen figured.*

Thai aria heteromorpha, Allman, seems to be distinguished from
S. iiiiyuiculata only by the hydrothecae, of which the pi-oximal
ones are said to have the margin entire, while the distal ones
have the border running out into a single point. I am doubtful
whether it is not a form of the present species with abbreviated
teeth, approaching the slender variety obtained by the
" Endeavour." It has the characteristic stern-internodes of the
double type.

Loc. Bass Strait.

* Dr. Kirkpatrick, after referring to Allman's type, now confirms this
identification.

20 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

GENUS SERTULARELLA, Gray.

SERTULARELLA DIVARICATA (Busk.)

(Plate ii., figs. 19.)

Sert'ularia divan' cata, Busk, Voy. Rattlesnake, 1852, p. 388.

Sertularella divaricata, Bale, Cat. Austr. Hyd. Zooph.,
188*, p. 110, pi. iii., fig. 9, pi. xix., fig. 20; id. Proc.
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2), iii., 1888, p. 761, pi. xvi.,
figs. 1 2 (var. dnlia}, p. 761, pi. xvi., figs. 3 4
(vav. subdichotoma) ; Schneider, Zool. Jahrb, 10, 1897,
p. 525; Hartlaub, Abh. Nat. Ver. Hamb., xvi., 1900,
pp. 23, 27, 38, pi. iii., figs. 1520; Ritchie, Mem.
Austr. Mus.. iv., 1911, p, 839 (var. s'UbdicJiotoma) .

Sertularella subdichotoma, Kirchenpauer, Abh. Nat, Ver.
Hamb., viii., 1884, p. 46, pi. xvi., figs. 1 Ib ; Hartlaub,
Abh. Nat. Ver. Hamb., xvi., 1900, p. 3338, pi. i., figs. 3,
4, 69, 1116, pi. ii., figs. 1017, 5152, pi. iii., figs. 3,
4, 13, Ii; id. Voy. " Belgica," 1904, p. 6 ; id. Zool Jahrb.,
Suppl. vi., Band iii., 1905, p. 629, figs. V s , W 3 ; Jaderholiu,
Arkiv for Zoologi k. svenska Vetenskapsakad., i., 1903, p.
278, ii., 1904, p. 3, vi., 1910, p. 4; id. Schwed. Siidpolarexp.,
19013, vi., 1905, p. 25, pi. ix., fig. 8 ; Nutting, Amer.
Sertularidae, 1904, p. 96, pi. xxii., figs. 8 12; Vanhoffen,
Deutsche Siidpolarexp., 1901 3, xi., Zool. iii., 1911, p.
326, fig. 41 a e.

Sertularella Jolmstoni, Bale, Cat. Austr. Hyd. Zooph., 1884,
p. 109 (in part), pi. iii., fig. 7, pi. xix., fig. 21 ; i<1.
Trans, and Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet., xxiii., 1887, p. 93
(in part); id. Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet., vi., N.S., 1893,
p. 102; Billard (in part), Ann. Sci. Nat. (9), xi., 1910,
p. 13.

(NotSertnlaria Johnston!, Gray, Dieff. N. Zealand, ii., 1843
p. 294).

Hydrocaulus monosiphonic, pinnate or bipinuate, or with
irregular subdichotomoias ramification ; the more regular forms
with the pinnae alternate, three hydrotheca? between every two
pinna? on the same side.

Internodes of the stem usually bearing from one to three
hydrotheca? ; those of the pinnae generally bearing only one each,
but in some varieties often having more than one, especially on
the proximal portions of the pinnae. Many of the pinna?
terminating in long twisted tendrils, which may become attached
to other parts of the polypidom.

HYDROIDA. BALE. 21

Hydrotheca 1 tubular or sub-conical, both series in one plane,
or directed more or less forward, and varying considerably in the
extent to which they are divergent laterally, often with a
somewhat abrupt bend outward ; margin with three teeth, one
superior and two lateral, and an operculum of three pieces; no
internal teeth. An apparent oblique septum crossing the interior
of many of the hydrotheca?.

Gouothecae large, borne on the pinna?, surrounded by a
number of prominent annular ridges except on the back, which
is smooth and appressed to the pinna; the extreme distal
portion of the gonotheca projecting forward and having the
ridges completely annular ; aperture exceutric, very variable in
width, with the lip more or less everted or funnel-shaped.

Under S. divaricata I include the species originally described
by me under that name, with vars. dtibia and subdicliotoiua (the
latter being synonymous with ,S'. siibdtchotoma, K.) and the
variety which I formerly described as the Bass Strait form of
8. johnstoni, but which, in accordance with Hartlaub's classifi-
cation, must be considered distinct from that species ; together
with such varieties as are so closely allied to the foregoing as to
preclude, in my opinion their specific separation. The species,
so constituted, is extremely variable, in fact out of nine
preparations which I possess from various localities no two are
completely alike.

The points of difference are the ramification, the presence or
absence of a distinct joint between every two hydrothecaa, the
length of the internodes and consequent distance apart of the
hydrotheca?, their position in one or two planes, their lateral
divergence and whether such divergence is abrupt or gradual,
and the extent to which they are adnate ; and, as regards the
gouangia, their size and form, the number and prominence of
their annulations, and especially the size and form of the mouth.
The presence of an apparent septum in the hydrotheca, and the
tendency of many of the ramules to run out into twisted tendrils,
which may become attached to other portions of the polypidom,
are characters which, I believe, are found more or less frequently
in all the varieties.

The essential character of S. sitbdichotoin., as described by
Kirchenpauer, was the irregular ramification as opposed to the
pinnate habit of tf. divaricata. The gonangia were not in
question, as neither Busk nor Kircheupauer were acquainted
with the gouangia of S. divartcntft, and it may be pointed out
that it is quite as likely as not that Busk's original species may
have had gonangia similar to those of the var. subdirlinfnma,
Hartlaub, finding that the ramification was too inconstant to

22 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

serve as a specific distinction, and accepting my identification of
8. divaricate as a form with wide-mouthed gouangia, has
practically made the possession of a narrow funnel-shaped lip the
prime character of 8. sabdichotoma. My examination of numerous
specimens shows that neither of these types of gonangium has
any exclusive connection with any particular form of trophosome.

In considering the trophosome only, and disregarding the
unimportant distinctions between regular and irregular ramifica-
tion, the varieties may be grouped in two series. In one, which
includes the type and var. snbdichotoma, the internodes are long,
and the hydrothecre therefore are wide apart, and as a rule
(though with many exceptions) in one plane and not very widely
divergent laterally. The stem-internodcs commonly bear about
three hydrothecfe, and even on the pinna? many of the nodes are
indistinct or wholly wanting. In the second group the internodes
are more distinct and mostly shorter, and the hydrothecre closer
together, their lateral divergence is greater and they are mostly
adnate for a less proportion of their length ; they are rarely in
the same plane, but the two series are in planes which meet at an
angle often as small as 90. The general habit is mostly more
bushy and compact than in the first group, but there is no
abrupt or considerable gap between the two.

Proceeding now to consider the differences in the gonosome,
which are more important, as the case for the separation of
S. subdichotoma rests upon them, we find that the varieties may
here again be separated into two series, but not coinciding with
the two series as determined by the trophosome. In one group,
of which S. divaricata is typical, the aperture of the gonangium is
large, with a wide everted lip, more ample in some varieties than
in others ; in the other series, which includes S. subdicJtotoma,
there is a much smaller orifice with a funnel-shaped lip. In four
specimens of the first group the diameter of the orifice ranges
from '13 to *19 mm., in four of the second from '044 to "059,
while in one form it varies between '074 and '089. This last
variety, while obviously approaching S. snbdichotoma, is so far
intermediate as to suggest the probability of finding, with further
material, a complete range of connecting forms.

The following is a summary of the characters of the nine
different specimens of which I have preparations, accompanied by
the average dimensions in millimetres.

1. S. divaricata, Port Stephens. This is the form which I
described as typical in 1884, as it bears the closest resemblance to
Busk's description and drawing of any which I have seen. It
also agrees well with Hartlaub's account and figures. It has
alternate pinnee arranged in the fashion typical of the species,
but with many irregularities, and it is often in parts bipinnate.

HYDROIDA. BALE. 23

The stem-interuodes usually bear three hydrotheca? ; those of the
pinna? mostly support only one, though the larger pinuse, which
themselves bear secondary pinna?, tend towards the same
structure as the stem. The interuodes vary much iu length, the
distal ones which I measured averaged about '49 mm., but on
the older part uome of them reached about '75 (in all cases the
measurements are of internodes with a single hydrotheca only).
The hydrotheca} themselves measured from the base to the top of
the lateral teeth about '40, and their diameter at the base of the
free portion about '21. They are adnate about two-thirds of their
height, and mostly directed slightly forward, though in other
parts of the same colony they may be in the same plane. They
are moderately divergent laterally, and occasionally the outward
bend is rather abrupt. The free part is tubular, not distinctly
conical. The gonangia average about 1'40 to 1'50 in length by
'89 in width ; the anuulatious, of which there are about nine, are
very prominent ; the aperture has an internal diameter of about
'16 to '18, with an everted lip abont '19 to '22 across, and having
an irregular ragged edge, as shown by Hartlaub.

2. Great Australian Bight, 1911. The habit is similar to the
last, but the hydrotheca? are a fraction larger ('41 by '22), with
the free part very slightly conical ; they are more freqiiently in a
single plane, but many are distinctly directed forward. Some of
the single iuternodes reached about '90; the distal ones are of
the same length as those of No. 1. The gouangia are wanting.

3. Var. dubia, Bale, Boudi Bay. The ramification is pinnate,
but irregularities are frequent. The internodes are short, the
distal ones only about '30 and the proximal '38. The hydrotheca?
average 'o7 by '18, and may be in one plane or somewhat
directed forward. The gonangia measure about 1'18 by '67, and
differ considerably from all the other varieties, being of greater
diameter from back to front and having the top sloping very
much downward, so that the summit rises at the back well above
the level of the aperture, which is far forward. The annulations
number eleven or even twelve, and are more regular and closer
than in the other varieties. The aperture is very wide, about '18
to '19, and the basin-shaped lip has a diameter of about '28,

4. Port Phillip, 1890. The ramification is fairly regular, the
internodes strongly marked and somewhat longer than those of
var. dubia, the hydrotheca? the smallest of any of the varieties
('31 by '15), and in their more conical form as well as their size
they come nearest to 6'. johnstoni. The gonangia, however, are
not at all like those of thai species. They are about
1'33 by '74, with eight or nine strong annulations ; the
aperture is about '13 to '15, and the basin-shaped lip reaches '24
to '30.

24 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

5. Hunter Group. Similar in habit to Nos. 1 and 2, but
rather more slender and with smaller hydrothecae, which are
adnate for a greater part of their length and are mostly in the
same plane, Proximal internodes about '80, distal '34,
hydrothecae "37 by '18, gonangia 1*48 by '84, with the aperture
'15 or '16 and the very large and high basin-shaped lip from '30
to '37. Annulations about ten.

6. Var. subdichutoiiM, Bale, = S. suldichotoma, K., Port
Jackson. Ramification irregular, interuodes very long in the
proximal portions, distal ones about '41, Even on the pinna?
many of the nodes are indistinguishable, so that an internode
bears several hydrothecae. As a rule the hydrothecae are in the
same plane, yet on the same shoot some of the branches may
have them distinctly directed forward. They are aduate most of
their length, with the free part contracted and sub-conical. In
some cases the distal extremities were carried out horizontally
owing to successive renewals. The gonangia differ little from
those of the type except in the distinctive narrow aperture,
which measures only about '059, while the funnel-shaped lip is
about '10 to '15 across. They measure 1'33 to 1'48 in length,
with a diameter of '67, and have nine or ten aunulations,

7. Port Phillip, 1881 (S. juhustoni, Bass Strait var., Bale).-
This form is of compact bushy habit, distinctly pinnate. The
internodes are short, about *40 on the proximal portions, and '33
on the distal, and even on the stem they usually bear only one
hydrotheca. The hydrothecae are about '33 by '19, free for
nearly half their length, with the free part very slightly sub-
conical. They are commonly in two planes about 90 apart,
only here and there is a branch on which their forward direction
is but slight. They are widely divergent laterally. The
gonangia are similar to those of var. siibdichotoma, measuring
1'18 by '67, with about nine anuulations ; an aperture of '044 to
059, and the lip "10 to '15.

8. Port Phillip, 1889. Nearly like the last. Proximal
interuodes '59, distal '37 ; hydrothecae "38 by '21 ; gonangia 1'33
by '64, with about nine annulatious ; aperture '074 to '089, lip '13
to '16.

9. Great Australian Bight, 1911. Internodes short, '44 to '30;
hydrothecae '33 by '18 ; gonaugia 1'26 by '81 ; aperture '044 to
'059, lip '089 to "15. This form is principally distinguished by
the gonangia, which are more top-shaped than the others, and
have the annulations, which number about nine, much less
prominent, especially the upper ones. The narrow funnel-

HYDROIDA. BALE. 25

shaped lip, which in the other forms rises out of a basin-like
concavity formed by the topmost ainiulation, is here prominently
borne on the convex summit of the gonangium, which rises clear
above the ammlation.

For comparison with the foregoing I add descriptions of the
other two closely allied species which I possess, 8. johnstoni
and 8. pygmcea.

8. Johnston!, New Zealand (PI. II., fig 10). This specimen
is pinnate, similar in habit to the smaller varieties of 8. <li curicata,
and with the internodes, at least 011 the pinnae, bearing single
hydrothecae. The latter are sub-conical, adnate a little more
than half their height, and directed a little towards the front.
They are smaller than those of any of the varieties of 8. iliutrlratii,
being about "27 mm. in length by '16 in diameter. In the other
characters of the trophosome I fiiid nothing to distinguish the
species from 8. divaricate/,. The gonangia, however, differ from
those of that species in being smaller and of narrower proportions,
and in having the annular ridges closer, more numerous, and less
prominent. Their length is from about 1'04 to I'll mm., their
diameter from '47 to '52, and the amiulatious number twelve or
thirteen. The aperture is about '089 in width, and the neck is
tubular and rather thick, and in its position distinctly eccentric.

S. pygmcea (PI. II., fig. 11). This is distinguished from
8. Johnston! primarily by the simple habit. The length of the
internodes is slightly less, about '27 as against '31, but their
angular form and the narrow, very oblique, and strongly twisted
joints are more distinctive. The hydrothecae average about '27
by *16 mm., are less conical than those of 8. Johnston!, and are
mostly in the same plane. The gonangia are about as wide as
those of 8. johnstoni, but considerably shorter, their length being
from about '74 to '81 mm,, and their amiulatious number about
eleven, In their general appearance they resemble those of
8. divaricata more than those of 8. Johnston!, owing to the form
and prominence of the annulations, which are especially
prominent towards the summit. The top one has the perisarc
much thickened, forming a deep cylindrical basin, from the
bottom of which rises the tubular neck, nearly filling it up. The
neck is similar to that of 8. Johnston! , but owing to the depth of
the concavity in which it is situated it rises above the annulation
only slightly, or not at all. The gonangia are not closely
appressed to the hydrocaulus, as in the allied species, consequently
instead of most of the adcauline side being smooth, the amiu-
latious completely surround the gonangium, except for a short
distance above the base. The aperture is central.

26 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Hartlaub says in his key to the species that #. divaricata
has gonaiigia like those of 8. subdichotoma but with shorter
tube. The shortness is apparently proportionate rather than
absolute, for according to the figures the greater width in
S. divaricata is the most conspicuous difference. The wide
bowl-shaped mouth of No, 5 in the foregoing list is in fact higher
than any of the narrow funnel-shaped forms. My identification
of the var. subdichotoma with S. subdichotoma, K., is verified by
Hartlaub.

Comparison of the nine forms which I have described convinces
me that they must all be referred to S. dircr/rata, unless we take
such a restricted view of the species as would result in other
forms, as well as var. subdichotoma, being accorded specific rank.
Var, dubia, owing to the difference in the gouangia, seems to me
to be at least as distinct as var. subdichotoma, and in some
measure to make an approach to N. johnstoni.

No. 7, which is practically identical with var. subdichotoma
so far as the gonangium is concerned, resembles it perhaps least
of all the varieties in the trophosome. Some of the forms which
have been referred to S. subdichotoma should probably be ranked
under the typical S. divaricata, e./j. the form mentioned by
Jaderholm in his report on the Swedish South Polar Expedition,
which he says has a wide aperture, a characteristic of the type,
not of var. subdichotoma.

Several other species have been founded on distinctions which
seem scarcely sufficient to take them out of range of S. divaricata,
as here defined. S. magellanica, M.-T. is considered by Hartlaub
to be synonymous with S. subdichotoma, and S. cumberlandica,
Jaderholm, is referred by Vanhoffen to the same form. These,
and a number of others closely related, are not included among
the synonyms, as I have had no opportunity of examining
them,

I formerly suggested that it might be found necessary to unite
8. divaricata to 8. johnstoni. For the present I regard them as
different species, rather on Hartlaub's authority than from my
own observations, as I have seen no specimens of N. johnstoni
other than that described above, which appears to me sufficiently
distinct, Biit according to New Zealand observers S. Johnston i
seems to vary considerably. Hilgendorf's account is rather
contradictory. He describes the gonaugia as large, with from
six to ten ridges, but he also states that the gouaugia of
Thuiaria snbarticulata have six to eight ribs " exactly as in
S. johnstoni though here the ribs are much fewer."

HYDROIDA. BALE. 27

Billard ranks S. <li i-nricnt<i as a synonym of S. Johnston!,
but as he does not include N. subdichotama also among the
synonyms, lie evidently considers it a distinct species. Assuming
such to be the case, the inclusion of S. divarirata would be
untenable, since the most intimate relationship of #. divaricata
is with #. subdicJiotoma, not with /S'. Johnston i.

The accurate and detailed description by Hartlaub leaves
little room for further remarks on the structure of the species.
The principal point on which my observations do not agree
precisely with those of Hartlaub is in regard to the jointing of
the hydrocaulus, I have not found, either in S. divaricata or
/S. johiistoni that the normal condition is for the internodes to
support several hydrotheca?. Setting aside the question as to
the original condition of the internodes to which I have referred
on a former page I have found in the polypidoms of S.johnstoni
and of most of the varieties here ranked under /S'. divaricata
that the typical condition of the genus one hydrotheca to each
internode is the rule, and the opposite condition quite
exceptional. In S. divaricata, type, longer internodes are more
frequent, and in var. snlnli<:hotoiiia they preponderate, so that
often the only parts where single-celled internodes are to be found
are the latest-formed distal portions. Here the perisarc is
extremely thin and delicate, contrasting strongly with the much
thicker portions which are but little older, and it can easily be
understood how readily the faintly-marked nodes may disappear
in the process of growth. There are no internal teeth in the
hydrotheca, but the apocauline wall is often thickened at the
margin between the lateral teeth, which gives it when seen in
side view almost the aspect of an internal marginal tooth. The
oblique internal septum is not comparable to the permanent
intrathecal ridge of H. crenata or the Plumularians, but seems to
be an almost membranous film of extreme delicacy, easily
detached, and leaving a slight mark on the hydrotheca wall after
its disappearance.

The gonangia are more complicated structures than those of the
n/j/osa-group, where the annular ridges are simple undulations of
the gonangium-wall. Here they are more or less thickened,
forming a ring of a cup-like form, from within the margin of
which rises the next undulation, while the ring is extended in the
form of a narrow flounce-like film, projecting upward. Just
below this the perisarc is generally marked with delicate wavy
strife, or sometimes faint reticulations. At the summit of the
gonangium, which leans forward away from the hydrocaulus the
ridges are completely annular, but on the lower part they are
wanting at the back. After passing round the sides of the
gonangium they generally take an upward course and gradually

28 " ENDEAVOUK " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

thiu out and disappear. The back is smooth or with a few
irregular lines, or sometimes so closely fitted against the branch
above it that the perisarc takes the exact print of the hydrotheca
at the back.

Loc. Hunter group, 15 fathoms; Great Australian Bight,
40 to 100 fathoms.

FAMILY PLUMULARIID^E.

GENUS PLUMULAKIA, Luvunrk (in part).
PLUMULAKIA BUSKII, Bale.

Plint/idarni Biixki!, Bale, Cat. Austr, Hyd. Zooph,, 1884, p. 125,
pi. x., fig. 3, pi. xix., figs. 34 35; Trans, and Proc. Roy.
Soc. Viet., xxiii., 1887, pp. 94, 108. Hartlaub, Zool.
Jahrb., xiv., 1901 , p. 374, pi. xxii., figs. 22, 32, 30. Ritchie,
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1910, p. 832. Thornely, Rept. to the
Govt. of Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf
of Manaar, Suppl. Rept. viii., 1904, p. 120.

Several specimens of this species were obtained, which do not
differ in any important particular from those already described,
and on some of them the characteristic female gonangia were
present. I have formerly described these as three-sided, with
one wide and two narrow sides, the edges being rounded, but it
would perhaps be more correct to describe them as having a
turgid dorsum and a more flattened ventral surface. The
longitudinal ridge of the dorsum often rises higher at the summit
of the gonangium than does the opposite side. The two series of
large moveable sarcotheca3 which run up the dorsal surface are
somewhat irregularly arranged ; they generally number five or
six in each series, with a single one near the top and in the
central line.

The similarity of the gonaugia to those of P.
Kircheupauer (in which however there are said to be at most
about half as many sarcotheca?), led me to ask Dr. Hartlaub to
compare a specimen with Kirchenpauer's types, Avhich he has
very kindly done. He found the types insufficiently preserved to
admit of certain identification, but he was able to satisfy himself
that if not actually identical with P. busk it- they bore an
exceedingly close resemblance to it, notwithstanding the difference
of Kircheupauer's figures. The plicate condition of the
hydrotheca? noted by that observer is almost certainly the mere
effect of drying, and the sarcothecse agree with those of P. buskil,
and not with Kirchenpauer's figures. The small sarcotheca
behind the hydi-otheca was not distinguishable, but this may
have been due to the bad state of the specimens.

HYDROTDA BALE. 29

P. armnfa, Allman, is an allied species, Allman's figures,
which represent the anterior sarcothecte as extremely slender
bodies being, according to Billard, unlike the actual structure,
which resembles that of P. campanula. The gonothecae are
remarkably like those figured by Kirchenpauer, having only four
to six sarcothecae disposed in a sinuous line down the dorsum.
Dr. Hartlaub does not mention the gonothecae of P. obconica,
so it is probable that he did not observe them. If P. libc.onlcn
is the same as P. &..$/,//, Kirchenpauer' s figures of the gonotheca
must be as incorrect as those of the trophosome, or else it must
vary remarkably.

Both Kirchenpauer and Allman expressly state that the male
gonothecae are without nematophores ; those of P. l>usl;'i!
have two near the base.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, 40 to 100 fathoms.

PLUMULAEIA PROCUMBENS, Spencer.

Plum id arl<t procumbens, Spencer, Trans. Roy. Soc. Viet., ii.,
1891, p. 130, pis. xxi. xxiii. Bale, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet.,
vi. (N.S.), 1893, p. 115, pi. v., figs 11-12.

The material included a single specimen of P. p
a species which is quite different in habit from any other of the
Australian Plumulariae. When in fluid or balsam the hydrocladia
are scarcely visible to the naked eye, so delicate and minute are
they, but the multitude of small branchlets, springing fi'om all
sides of the larger branches, give the zoophyte a peculiar bushy
or bristly aspect that is very characteristic. As in most other
species the short intermediate internodes of the hydrocladia bear
each a ueniatophore, therein differing from the original
specimens, collected in Port Phillip by the late Mr. J. B. Wilson,
in which, with rare exceptions, these short internodes were
unarmed. The pitcher-shaped hydrothecoe are quite minute, and
the supracalycine sarcothecaa are in proportion very large, their
length being about the same as that of the hydrothecse.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, 40 to 1 00 fathoms.

PLUMULARIA ASYMMETRICA, up. nov.
(Plate iv., figs 2-3).

Hydrophyton about two feet in height, polysiphonic, with
numerous ascending branches facing in the same direction, each
springing from an internode of the primary jointed stem

30 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

immediately above a hydrocladium ; ultimate branches piiinately
arranged, divided into internodes of very varying lengths, each
bearing from one to many alternate short hydrocladia, which ai-e
supported on short processes of the branch making with it an
angle of about 35-40, and which are divided by slightly oblique
joints into internodes, each of which bears a hydrotheca and has
about five strong internal annular ridges,

Hydrotheca? lying along the internode, sub-tubular, curving
slightly upward and in the distal part recurved towards the
Intel-node ; a strong intrathecal ridge springing from the front
of the hydrotheca a little below the middle, and directed somewhat
forward ; distal part of the hydrotheca (about one-third of its
length) free, but with the whole of the lower side sinuated down
to the hydrocladium, the two sides of the free part asymmetrical,
one being rounded off, the other produced forward into a large
angular lobe.

Sarcothecse bithalamic, canaliculate, moveable, the terminal
cups narrow ; one, on an angular prominence of the hydrocladium,
below each hydrotheca, one at each side above (under the free
part of the hydrotheca), two abreast on each of the processes
supporting the hydrocladia, one behind and one in front of the
rachis just below each axil, and others at irregular intervals along
the rachis. A crateriform prominence 011 each hydrocladium-
pi'ocess.

Gonosome. Gonotheca? on the apophyses of the hydrocladia,
small (about twice the length of the hydrothecae), regularly
pear-shaped, tapering gradually to the base and slightly flattened
at the top, delicate and colourless, almost membranous. A cluster
of rounded highly refractive granules near the aperture.

Colour. Light fawn.

I received two specimens of this remarkable species (perhaps
the largest of the genus), both nearly two feet in height. One
comprised a main stem and comparatively few branches, all on
the upper half, while the other was branched profusely for about
the upper three-fourths of its height, having a lateral spread of
over a foot near the summit. The base of this specimen is a
dense spongy fibrous mass of conical form, between two and
three inches in diameter at the area of attachment, and of about
the same height. From the apex of this rise two stems, each
about one-fifth of an ineh in diameter, one however is broken off
short, the other bearing the polypidom described above, which, as
the branches tend to spread laterally, assumes a flabellate form.
The hydrotheca? differ from those of all other species known to

HYPKOIDA, BALK. 31

me in the singular irregularity of the lateral lobes, which is very
pronounced in most of them. The sarcothecee ai-e exceedingly
thin and transparent, yet endure treatment with boiling liquor
potasste without injury. Their greatest diameter is about the
middle rather than at the extremity. Those which are most often
wanting are the pair below the axils, each of which springs from
a rounded thin area, which, in the newer parts of the branches,
looks like a perforation. The two sets of hydrocladia are in the
same plane, and the fii'st of the supplementary tubes which form
the polysiphonic stem commonly runs up the front of the primary
tube.

The ramification, as displayed in the small pinnately-arranged
branchlets, is very singular. Each one is supported by the
primary tube immediately above a hydrocladium. Its cavity
however is not directly continuous with that of the parent branch,
with which it communicates only indirectly, by a narrow passage
leading into the apophysis of the hydrocladium immediately below
it. On its distal side the base of the new branch gives origin to
a supplementary tube running up the parent branch, and
between this tube and the cavity of the new branch the
communication is uninterrupted.

The only closely related form which I know of is P. lierhi'iyi,
Stechow, from Japan. In that species the hydrothecae have
neai-ly the same genei'al form as those of P. asymmetrica,
but the lateral lobes are equal, while there is no intrathecal ridge.
A more remote affinity exists between P. asymmetrica and P. alata,
Bale, which two species however exhibit the two extremes of size
among the Plumularice.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, 40 to 100 fathoms.

GENUS AGLAOPHENIA, Lamouroux.
AGLAOPHENIA CRUCIALIS, Lamoiiroit.i-.

Aglaopltenia crucialis, Lamouroux, Hist. Polyp. Coral. Flex.,
1816, p. 169.

Plumularia crucialis, Blainville, Man. d'Act., 1834, p. 478.

Anisocalyx crucialis, Costa, Fauna del regno di Napoli, Zoofiti
Napoli, 1838, p. 19.

Aylaophenia crucicdis, Billard, Comp. Rend. Acad. Sci., cxlviii.,
'1909, p. 1063 ; An. Sci. Nat,, Zool. (9), ix., 1909, p. 331.
Ritchie, Mem. Austr. Mus , iv., 16, 1911, p. 864, pi. Ixxxvi.,
figl.

32 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

(Not Aglaophenia cran'flZ/s,Kirchenpauer, Abh.Nat. Ver. Hamb.,
v., 1872, pi. i., fig 8. Bale, Cat. Austr. Hyd. Zooph., 1884,
pi. xviii., fig 8.)

(Not Tliecocarpus crucialis, A. Billard, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool.
(9), v., 1907, P , 328, figs. 3, 4.)

The Aglaophenia crucialis of Lamom'oux, an inadequately
described species, was supposed by earlier writers (not however
by De Blainville) to be identical with the Plumularia Irachiata
of Lamarck, and the synonymy was generally accepted until Dr.
Billard ascertained by examining the original types that they
were distinct species. As two or three Hydroids described in the
present paper, as well as A. macrocarpa, previously described by
me, are very closely allied to A. crucialis, some reference to that
species may be of interest as a preliminary to treating of the
forms before us.

I am not aware that any full description of the typical
A. crucialis, or any figure of the stracture, has been published.
Billard, concluding from the figures and description of
A. macrocarpa that it was identical with A. crucialis, contented
himself with announcing the synonymy. Ritchie, in his Report
on the "Thetis" Collection, gives a photograph of the polypidom,
and many details of the structure. Dr. Billard informs me that
he thinks from Ritchie's description that his specimens were
typical. A form differing somewhat from the others is recorded,
but Ritchie considered it only a variety ; it is said to be
distinguished from the rest by its more dumpy hydrotheca? and
internodes. Lamouroux' description only states that the
polypidom is sparsely branched, with the branches in opposite
pairs, and that the colour is a light fawn. Ritchie's figure and
description indicate that the branches are divaricate at a wide
angle and that they may be re-branched to the third degree,
while the two series of branches are in planes meeting at a wide
angle. The branches arise from the hydrocladiate tube. The
hydrothecse are as in A. macrocarpa, but the margin varies
considerably " the characteristic broad lateral lobe especially
exhibiting stages of decrease in size, so that in some specimens
it has become obsolete." The corbulae are described as resembling
those of A. macrocarpa, but the margins of the leaflets
'' fi-equently rise into very pronounced crests."

A sketch of one of the best-preserved hydrothecte of Lamouroux'
type, for which I have to thank Dr. Billard, shows the border
nearly like that of A. macrocarpa, while the median sarcotheca
more resembles that of the form which I have named A. tasmanica.

HYDROIDA. BALE. 33

Of the species hereinafter described A. tasmanica and A. 1,111 it rili
were successively submitted by me to Dr. Billard in order to
obtain his opinion as to their identity or otherwise with
A. crncialis. After carefully examining them he considered that
the first, while differing from A. crncialis in some minor
particulars, might be considered specifically identical with it, and
that the second could be regarded as a distinct species, though
very closely allied. I have, however, judged it more convenient
to consider A. tasmanica also distinct, at least provisionally, and
subject to its reduction to the rank of a variety (either of
A. crucialis or A. billardi), should further investigation
show the advisability of such a classification. I should
indeed have no hesitation in regarding A. tasmanica
as distinct from A. macrocarpa, if these forms only were in
question, but it is at present doubtful how far they may be linked
by intermediate forms such as Ritchie seems to have observed.
Not only have I had no opportunity of observing typical forms of
A. crucialis, but I have not seen a complete specimen of
A. macrocarpa, but only two fragments, that from which I
originally described it, and another which Mr. R. Etheridge, Junr.,
was good enough to send me recently from the Aiistralian
Museum for comparison. Moreover, these two specimens differed
considerably in colour and ramification, though identical otherwise.
The first had, as I indicated in my original description, no
opposite branches, but two on the same side, while it was of a
deep red-brown colour, almost black in the stem and branches.
The other specimen has two pairs of opposite branches, and is
almost colourless. It is just, possible, however, that the colour may
have been discharged by the fluid in which it had been preserved,
especially as a Halicornaria parasitic upon it H. thetidis,
Ritchie appeared equally bleached. But Ritchie does not
mention the colour, either of H. thetidis or A. crucialis.

AGLAOPHENIA BILLARDI, sp. nov.
(Plate in., fig 3 ; Plate vi., fig 3.)

Hydrophyton polysiphonic, about a foot in height, sparingly
branched above; branches mostly in opposite pairs, both series in
one plane and all facing one way, forming angles with the stem
of about 45 ; each branch springing from an internode of the
primary jointed stem and replacing a hydrocladinm. Hydrocladia
alternate, one on each internode, both series directed slightly
towards the front and rising at angles of about 4(J U , nodes
slightly oblique.

HydrothecsB long, at an angle of about 30, nearly cylindrical
in their distal half, narrowed towards the base, a slight fold or
ridge near the base on the adcauliue side, directed a little

34 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

forwards ; some with a blunt rounded tooth projecting into
the cavity from the front, a little above the base ; border with
a sharp pointed anterior tooth, and a triangular tooth on
each side near the front, generally a minute undulation between
the anterior and the lateral teeth, the rest of the border
slightly sinuous at the sides (mostly with two slight undulations
between the lateral tooth and the lateral sarcotheca), not forming
elevated lobes; an angular lobe at each side behind the lateral
sarcotheca, back excavated, adnate. Hydi-othecal internodes
with septal ridges opposite the intrathecal fold and the base of
the lateral sarcotheca?.

Mesial sarcotheca? slightly over half the length of the
hydrothecsB, adnate most of their length, but with a short free
projecting portion, terminal and lateral apertures confluent,
forming an oblique canaliculate aperture. Lateral sarcotheca?
tubular, directed forward and outward, scarcely projecting
beyond the hydrotheca-margin ; aperture small, round, canalicu-
late. Cauline sarcotheca? broad, completely open above, two on
the rachis at the base of each hydrocladium.

Gonangial pinna? mostly in pairs, with the first five or six
internodes bearing sarcotheca? only ; corbula (female) long, con-
sisting of up to between thirty and forty pairs of alternate ribs,
springing from separate internodes of the rachis as narrow
pinnules, but expanding above into broad leaflets, which unite to
form a closed corbula ; the distal mai^gin of each leaflet con-
tinued a little beyond the line of union so as to form a free-
edged narrow extension or wing, bordered with sarcotheca?
and continued upwards into a large crest above the corbula,
having both edges free and bordered with sarcotheca? ; a lateral
spur or secondary leaflet projecting outwards and forwards
from the distal edge of each rib just above the origin,
bearing two series of sai'cotheca? (up to four or five on each
side), but no hydrotheca? : (male) narrower, with the lateral spurs
very short, and the superior crests very slightly developed or
entirely wanting.

Colour. Light fawn.

Sevei'al specimens were examined, attaining about a foot in
height. The stems are rather slender, in proportion to their
height, and the branches are confined to about three inches at the
top, where there are two or three pairs, about two to three inches
long. One had four pairs, but the lowest pair was already bare
of hydrocladia. The hydrocladia were somewhat shorter than
those of A. tasmcmica (up to about, half an inch).

HYDR01DA. BALE. 35

A pair of brandies originates from two successive iuternodes,
and they are therefore not opposite in the strict sense, though
to the naked eye, and when swathed, as they soon are, by the
enveloping supplementary tubes, they appear practically opposite.
They spring slightly towards the front, but soon bend back
sufficiently to bring both series virtually into one plane. The
occurrence of unpaired branches may be due in some cases to the
production of a single one only, but more often probably, to the
loss of one of a pair. As in all the allied forms seen by me, the
proximal part of a branch consists of sevei'al short internodes
(in this species sometimes as many as a dozen), each of which
bears a median sarcotheca only. Ritchie's statement that in
A. crucialis the branches bear on their proximal internodes a
series of TiydrotJiecce only, is probably a slip.

The hydrothecre nearly resemble those of A. tasinait/r,/
except in their size and proportions. Their length averages
about '45 mm. as against '37, but their median width in front
view is only about '15, while that of A. tasmanica is about '19.
A little variation occurs in the marginal outline, but in the most
typical specimens there is a minute denticle or undulation between
the anterior tooth and each of the lateral ones, while between
these and the lateral sarcotheca3 the border is nearly straight
except for two small convexities. The margin differs from that
of the next species in the presence of the angular lobes behind the
lateral sarcothecse.

The anterior sarcotheca? are shorter, but more prominent than
those of A. tasmanica, but- in these characters, as well as in the
canaliculate aperture, they agree with those of A. mawocarpa.

Some later specimens, received from the Australian Museum,
enable me to supplement the account of the gonosome, and to
recognize in the structure of the corbulze an instance of sexual
dimorphism not previously noticed. Torrey and Ann Martin,
have pointed out that in a number of species which are known
to possess two forms of corbulae those containing the female
gonophores are completely closed, except for a series of apertures
at the bases of the leaflets, while in the male type the leaflets are
separated for a portion of their length, or even throughout In
A. billardi the corbnlse of both sexes are, so far as I have seen,
closed throughout (always excepting the series of large openings
at the bases (if the leaflets), but there is a great difference in the
extent to which the protective armature is developed. In the
female corbula the distal sides of the leaves are continued past
the line of union with the next leaf and turned outward, being
continued into a free lateral \\ing which is widened upward in
the form of a large spreading secondary leaf, rising above the

36 " KNPKAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

corbula and curving forward over it, and having its edges fringed
with sarcothecse. The lateral spur-like projections from the
distal edges of the corbula-ribs near the base are large and pro-
minent, and are armed with eight or ten, or even more,
sarcothecas. In the Museum specimens, however, I found
narrower corbula?, with the lateral spurs reduced to short
stumps carrying only three or four sarcothecse, while the free
borders of the leaves were very narrow and the superior foliaceous
extensions entirely wanting, or only very slightly developed. In
some specimens fortunately the gonuphores wei'e sufficiently
preserved to enable the sex to be recognized, and in all such
cases I found that the corbula? with the large secondai'y leaves
contained female gonophores in various stages of development,
and in some cases planulae ready to emerge, while all those of
the other type contained male sporosacs.

I have no doubt that a similar differentiation will be found in
the other species nearly allied to A. liillardi. In A. tasmanica
I have found the female gonophores present in corbnlse which
even exceed those of A. billardi in the extent to which the
secondary structures are developed, but I have not yet seen the
male corbulse. Ritchie mentions that in his specimens of
A. crucialis " the margins of the leaflets frequently rise into
very pronounced crests." In A. macrocarpa I have seen only
one specimen with corbulae, which, from analogy with those of
A. billardi, are probably male. It may be noted too that in
these corbula? the distal portions of the leaves do not quite meet
in parts, so that a number of small openings are left between
them, as in some of the forms mentioned by Torrey.
A. clmiiirritji has corbula? which differ among themselves in a
fashion corresponding to that of A. billardi, though not in such
a marked degree, and in this case also the difference is presumably
sexual. In another (undescribed) species, not at all closely
related to any of the foregoing, the sexes are easily distinguish-
able, and here also the female corbulaa are marked by the far
greater development of the structures in question. It is evident
that none of the species which possess these appendages can be
considered sufficiently known until both sexes have been
identified.

In A. billardi (as also in A. tasmanica) the substance of the
corbula-leaves, like that of the hydrothecas, is nearly or quite
colourless, and the crests have a somewhat flaccid appearance,
being often bent about irregularly, yet the perisarc is really very
thick, or rather it consists of two laminas forming a hollow wall,
and separated by a considerable interval. The corbula reaches
a great length, one or two specimens which I observed measur-

HYDROIPA. BALE.

37

ing between 17 and 18 mm., and comprising about- thirty-six
pairs of leaflets ; many however, are less than half this length.

LOG. Great Australian Bight, 40 to 100 fathoms.

AGLAOPHF.NIA TASMANICA, sp.
(Plate iii,, fig. 2; Plate vi., fig. 2.)

Hydrophyton polysiphonic, about a foot in height, sparingly
branched above; branches mostly in opposite pairs, both series in
one plane and all facing one way, forming angles with the stern
of about 50; each branch springing from an internode of the
primary jointed stem and replacing a hydrocladium. Hydrocladia
alternate, one on each internode, both series directed towards the
front and rising at angles of about 40, nodes slightly oblique.

Hydrothecae at an angle of about 30, nearly cylindrical in
their distal half, narrowed towards the base, a slight fold or
ridge near the base on the aclcanline side, directed a little
forwards; some with a blunt rounded tooth projecting into the
cavity from the front, a little above the base ; border with a
sharp pointed anterior tooth, and a triangular tooth on each side
near the front, the rest of the. border rather sinuous at the sides
but not forming elevated lobes ; no angular lobes behind the
lateral sarcothecae ; back excavated, adnate. Hydrothecal
internodes.with septal ridges opposite the intrathecal fold and the
base of the lateral sarcothecae.

Mesial sarcothecae two-thirds to six-sevenths as long as the
hydrothecse, closely adnate throughout, apeiture simple, per-
pendicular to the hydrotheca or slightly oblique. Lateral
sarcotheca? tubular, directed forward and outward, scarcely pro-
jecting beyond the hydrotheca-margiu ; aperture small, round,
canaliculate. Cauline sarcotheca? broad, completely open above,
two on the rachis at the base of each hydrocladium.

Gouangial pinnae mostly in pairs, with the first three or four
internodes bearing sarcothecae only. Corbula (female) long, con-
sisting of up to about fifteen pairs (or more?) of alternate ribs,
springing from separate interuodes of the rachis as narrow
pinnules, but expanding above into broad leaflets, which unite
to form a closed corbula ; the distal margin of each leaflet
continued a little beyond the line of union so as to form a free-
edged narrow extension or wing, bordered with sarcothecae
and continued upwards into a very large crest above the
corbula, having both edges free and bordered Avith sarcothecae ;
a lateral spur or secondary leaflet projecting outwards and

" ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

forwards from the distal edge of each rib just above its origin,
bearing two series of sarcothecas (up to six or seven on each side)
but no hydrothecse.

Colour. Light fawn.

Two or three specimens were obtained, the largest being about
a foot in height, and dividing into two main stems, one of which
is broken off. It is about 3 mm. thick near the base and 2 mm.
above the division. The existing stem is bare for about half its
height to the lowest remaining branches, where the hydrocladia
also commence. There is first a single branch, then a pair,
about 18 mm, higher a second pair, and a third pair about
50 mm. above the second. One of the branches of the second
pair is longer than the others (about 110 mm); about 25 mm.
up it bears a very small branch, 12 mm. higher a larger
one (on the same side), then two opposite pairs at pretty
regular intervals. All the branches face in the same direction
and commence with several internodes bearing median sarcothecas
only. The hydrocladia often attain 20 to 25 mm. in length.

The hydrothecas are very similar to those of ^4. billardi,
but differ in their proportions, as described under that species.
The mesial sarco'heca is closely adnate throughout, not pro-
jecting as in all the allied forms.

Only the female corbula? were seen. They resemble those of
A. billardi but are usually more luxuriantly developed, the
superior crests, as well as the lateral spurs, being larger, and
supplied with a greater number of sarcothecas.

LOG. Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 20 fathoms.

I now proceed to summarize the differences and resemblances
between the three forms which I have examined, namely
A. macrocarpa, A. tasmanica and A. billanli, with, so far as I
can ascertain, the corresponding particulars for A. crncialis.

As to ramification, the general type is the same in all these
species, the branches being mostly in pairs and practically
opposite. In reality each pair springs from two successive
internodes of the hydrocladiate tube. Too much reliance must
not be placed on the paired condition, as unpaired branches are
often found. In. well-grown specimens the lower part of the
stem is denuded of both branches and hydrocladia.

In A. crucialis the hydrocaulus seems, considering the size of
the polypidom, rather slender, at least in the distal portion, which
retains the hydiocladia. The pairs of branches are widely

HYDROIDA. BALE. 39

divergent from the stem or the parent branch ; Ritchie says
" almost at right angles," but his photograph shows much
variation in this respect, from 00 to about 60, while some of
the secondary branches have an angle of only about 45. It is
to be noted that before an accurate notion can be obtained as to
the character of the branching in most species they must, if dry,
be immersed in water to make them resume their natural form.
According to Ritchie, the two series of branches, are in two
planes meeting at a wide angle.

A. tasmanica is a good deal like A. crucial! s in habit, my
specimens having comparatively slender stems about a foot high,
and bare about half way up. The branches have an nngle of
about 50 or 55. Both series are in one plane and all face in
the same direction.

A. billardi is very similar to the last; in my specimens the
hydrocladia and branches are confined to the top three inches,
the stems being aboiit a foot in height. The branches are less
divergent, being at angles of about 45, otherwise the habit is
much the same.

Of A. macrocarpa the best specimen is about three inches in
height and broken off both above and below. It bears on the
upper half two pairs of branches, and has the hydrocladia
extending down to about the origin of the first pair. The stem
and branches, especially the former, are much stouter and more
rigid than any which I have seen on the hydrocladiate portions
of the other species.

The branches, though subject to much irregularity, are mostly
in opposite pairs, and not in the same plane ; they diverge from
the sides of the stem at angles of about 55 or 60, and a,re also,
at their origin, directed well forward, so as to take them out of
the plane of the stem; they soon, however, take a charactei'istic
curve upward, becoming erect, and even in some cases incurved
in the distal portions (PI. i., figs. 1 and 2). The habit thus differs
from that of the two other species, in which the whole polypidom
is flat and the branches straight and comparatively slender.
Associated with the habit of A. iitucrurnqni, however, is a further
peculiarity, namely that the anterior aspect of the branches, from
which the hydrocladia spring, faces that of the stem or parent
branch, contrary to the condition in A. tasmanica, A. billardi,
and indeed in all species known to me in which the polypidoni
occupies a single plane, where the stem and all the branches
normally face the same way, so that such species are easily seen,
even by the naked eye, to have a " back " and a " front " to the
polypidom as a whole.

40 "ENDEAVOUR"

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Which of these types of growth characterises the typical

A. crucial is it is at present impossible for me to determine.

In regard to colour, A. crucialis, A, tasmanica and A. billardi
agree in being of a light fawn-brown. My original specimen of
A. macrocarpa is of a very dark red-brown, and other specimens
in the Australian Museum are described as "dark brown," but
as already mentioned the specimen lent to me by the Curator is
very pale, whether naturally or from the operation of some
bleaching agent is unknown.

The general form of the hydrothecse is very similar in all
these species. In A. macrocarpa they range from '29 to '33 mm.
in length, in A. tasmanica from '35 to '39, and in A. billardi
from '41 to '48, the last-named being, however, narrower in front
view than either of the others. A. crucialis ranges according to
Billard, from '31 to '34 mm., but Ritchie says from '27 to '34.
In A. macrocarpa each side of the border has near the front a
single triangular tooth, and between it and the lateral sarcotheca
there is a large smooth-edged convex lobe, sometimes much
developed. In A. tasmanica and A. billardi (as seen in exact
side view), this lobe is not visible, and the border between
the lateral tooth and the lateral sarcotheca? is straight, except for
slight siuuations, as mentioned in the descriptions. The two
angular lobes, which in A. billardi are situated behind the
lateral sarcotheca?, are not developed in A. macrocarpa and
A. tasmanica. The iutrathecal tooth, first noted by Ritchie, is
found in many of the hydrotheca? of both A. tn*nt<niica and
A. billardi, though in both it is often wanting ; in A. macrocarpa
I have not found it so far.

There is a characteristic difference between the mesial
sarcotheca of A. tasmanica and those of the other two forms.
In A. macrocarpa and A. billardi this organ rises at a wider
angle than does the front of the hydrotheca, so that the terminal
portion is distinctly prominent, the sarcotheca does not much
exceed half the length of the hydrotheca, and the aperture is
more or less oblique, being obviously formed by the transverse
terminal aperture cutting into the lateral one. In A. tasmanica
the sarcotheca, though considerably longer, does not project, but
continues adnate to the hydrotheca throughout its length, it is
often slightly swollen at the end, and it is abruptly truncate at
an angle perpendicular or nearly so to the hydrotheca. The
lateral sarcothecae do not differ much ; those of A. macrocarpn.
are conspicuously directed outward, the others somewhat less so.

HYDROIDA. - BALE. 41

The hydrotheca of A. frm-inHs, according to Billard, most
resembles that of A. macrocarpa, but Ritchie describes the
lateral lobes as obsolete in many of his specimens. I do not find
ranch variation in this particular in any of the forms described
above, if care is taken that the hydrothecas are viewed in exact
profile, though A. tasni<tni>-<i and A. billardi may exhibit
such lobes when lying obliquely. The mesial sarcotheca,
in Dr. Billard's sketch, resembles that of ^4. ta*niaui<-a, except
that the aperture is more obliqtie.

Reference to the descriptions of the corbulse of A. tasmanica
and A. billardi will show that there is no difference except such
as is due to the somewhat more luxuriant growth of the former,
as evidenced in the fuller development of the lateral spurs, and
also of the superior crests. In A. m-acrocarpa the male
coi'bulae only have been observed, and these in but a single
specimen ; their leaflets do not meet continuously, but on the
upper part of the corbula they become separate at intervals,
both edges being fringed with sarcothecee at those parts,

So far as A. tasmanica, A. billardi, and ^i. macrocarpa
are concerned the foregoing descriptions will I think suffice
for their discrimination, but J.. crucialis, as described by
Mr. Ritchie, seems to combine some of the characters which
differentiate these forms, e.g., the size of the hydrothecae, the
form of the hydrotheca-margin, and the structure of the corbula.
It is not stated whether the differences referred to are found in
the same colonies ; if so an extent of variability would be
indicated which might require that A. tasmanica at least should
be recognized as within the range of variation of A. crucialis ;
otherwise it is possible that more than one type is represented in
the specimens. But undoubtedly the three forms which I have
described are amply distinguished from one another, so far as
present information shows, whatever may be their relations with
Lamouroux' species, not yet completely elucidated.

AGLAOPHENTA DANNEVTGI, sij. nov.
(Plate iii., fig. 4; Plate vi., tig. 4.)

Hydrophyton polysiphonic, two feet or more in height, stems
thick, densely and profusely branched from near Ihe base to the
summit ; young branches mostly in opposite pairs, their anterior
aspect facing that of the parent branch, ascending at an angle of
about 20 laterally, and projecting forward at about the same
angle ; each branch springing from an interaode of the primary

42 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

jointed stem and replacing a hydrocladium. Hydrocladia
alternate, one on each internode, both series directed slightly
towards the front and rising at an angle of about 40 ; nodes
slightly oblique.

Hydrothecas at an angle of about 40, nearly cylindrical in
their distal half, narrowed towards the base ; a very slight fold
or ridge near the base on the adcaulinc side, directed a little
forward; border with a large pointed straight or slightly in-
curved anterior tooth, and a large triangular tooth near the
middle of each side ; an angular lobe at each side behind the
lateral sarcotheca ; back excavated, adnate. Hydrothecal
internodes with the two septal ridges usually scarcely indicated,
but with the thickenings at the base of the intrathecal fold and
the lateral sarcothecas conspicuous.

Mesial sarcothecas about three-fourths the length of the
hydrothecaa and adnate throughout, aperture oblique. Lateral
sarcothecaa tubular, directed forward and slightly outward,
scarcely projecting beyond the hydrotheca-margin, aperture
small, round, canaliculate. Cauline sarcothecaa broad, completely
open above, very thin, two on the rachis at the base of each
hydrocladium.

Gonangial pinnas generally in pairs, each replacing a
hydrocladium, with the first four or frve Intel-nodes bearing
sarcotheca? only. Corbula? (female) long, cylindrical, con-
sisting of up toabout twenty pairs of alternate ribs, springing from
separate internodes of the rachis as narrow pinmiles, but expand-
ing above into broad leaflets which unite to form a closed
corbula ; the distal margin of each leaflet continued a little
beyond the line of union so as to form a free-edged narrow
extension or wing bordered with sarcothecae and mostly more or
less widened upward, especially in those about the middle of the
corbula, which expand into a wide lobe with sarcothecaa on both
edges ; a large stout lateral spur projecting outward and forward
from the distal edge of each rib just above its origin and bearing
about six sarcothecas but no hydrothecas ; the end of the rachis
projecting a little beyond the corbula, curved upwar-d, armed
with sarcothecae : (male) rather narrower, with the free lobes of
the leaflets only slightly developed or entirely wanting, lateral
spurs much smaller ; the main leaflets becoming gradually
shortened and finally separate in the distal part of the corbula,
till at the end they are abbreviated close down to the lateral
spurs.

Colour. Bright chestnut brown.

HTDROIDA. BALE. 43

The original example of this magnificent species is by far the
finest specimen of any Hydroid which I have met with. It
springs from a dense spongy mass of hydrorhizal filaments,
measuring about four inches in one direction by one and a half
in another, and two inches high to a point where it subdivides ;
the two divisions extending upwards for about thi-ee inches
further, around the bases of the two main trunks on which the
colony is borne. One of these trunks, before emerging from the
spongy mass, has already divided into half a dozen branches,
each averaging about 2| mm. in diameter; the other, which
commences to branch a little higher up, is about 9 mm. through.
The polypidom, which slightly exceeds two feet in height, is
branched und re-branched most exuberantly, and is bare only
near the base, the hydrocladiate portion forming a dense bush
about fifteen inches in lateral spread, and between two and three
inches through in the dried specimen.

As in the last two species a pair of branches originates from
two successive internodes of the hydrocladiate tube, but they are
here much less divergent, rising at angles of as little as 20,
while they stand out in front in a plane of about the same angle.
Thus a branch of three or four inches in length may have about
three pairs, each of which lies in a plane cutting that of the
parent branch at about 20. When dry they are usually more
divergent, and in any case there is considerable variation, but
most of the young branches are as described. When older they
tend to diverge more, and the thicker branches are apt to be very
irregular, partly by the process of development, and often no
doubt through some of the branches being lost. A very note-
worthy character is the reversal of the aspect of the young
branches, so that their hydrocladia have the front facing the
front of the parent branch, hence the polypidom has not a dis-
tinct anterior and posterior aspect, like A. tasmanica and
A. billardi, in which the branches all face in the same direction.
The peculiar mode of branching in the present species results in
the young branches coming between the branch from which they
spring and the penultimate branch, it is easily understood
therefore how through the repetition of this process the ramifica-
tion will become very dense. In some cases a very small branch
is found springing from a part of an old thick branch otherwise
bare, apparently a new growth ; the inference would be that such
branches must spring from the supplementary tubes by which
the primary stem is enclosed, but I have not been able to verify
this. The hydrocladia reach a length of about three-quarters of
an inch. As in the allied forms the branches commence with a
series of internodes (about half a dozen) bearing only sarcothecaa.

The minute structure indicates a distinct relationship with the
A. crucialis group, notwithstanding the total difference in habit.

44 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The hydrotheca? are of the same type, making however a some-
what wider angle with the supporting internode. The median
tooth is longer and thicker, the lateral teeth larger and more in
the middle ; the two angular lobes behind the lateral sarcotheca?
as in A. liillardi. The aperture of the anterior sarcotheca is
oblique. The lateral sarcothecaa are only slightly divergent
laterally, and they seem to differ somewhat from the other forms,
especially in a slight thickening at the foot of the front wall.
The intrathecal fold is excessively feeble, but the thickening at
its base, as also at the base of the lateral sarcotheca?, is very
pronounced, owing to its deep colour, nevertheless the annular
septal ridges which usually originate at these points are
generally absent, though occasionally slightly indicated, especially
in the less mature hydrocladia.

The first specimen obtained was without the gonosome, but a
second example, collected in the autumn, bore numerous
corbula?, and others received still more recently from the
Australian Museum, show that there is in this species a distinc-
tion between the sexes similar in character to that which exists
in the last two. The female corbula? have the superior free
lobes very robust, but not nearly so large as in those of
A. billardi and A. tasmanica ; they do not form large over-
lapping crests, but mostly rise only about as high as the upper
surface of the corbula. The lateral spurs are long and stout, but
with fewer sarcotheca? than those of the other species, where they
are set closer together. The end of the gonocladium forms a
stout prolongation curving up round the end of the corbula like
the prow of a boat. The male corbula? have the protective
structures less developed, but they are also distinguished, in all
the specimens examined, by the leaflets becoming so much
reduced at the distal end of the corbula that the latter narrows
away to the point so as to have a caudate aspect to the naked eye.
For most of its length the corbula is closed, though here and there
interstices may be seen where the leaves fail to meet ; towards the
end however, the much abbreviated leaflets are separate. The
fragmentary appearance of the corbula at this part at first seemed
to me the result of decay, but finding it general and apparently
limited to the male corbula?, I am now inclined to regard it as
normal, more especially as the few corbula? which I have seen of
A. macroearpa, the most nearly allied species, agree in this
particular.* Between the male corbula? of these two species I

*A similar condition of the open male corbula of A. diegensis is
figured by Torrey and Ann Martin in their paper on " Sexual Dimorp-
hism in Aglaophenia," University of California Publications, Zoology,
vol. 3, p. 48, fig. 2.

HTDROIDA. BALE. 45

find very little difference, except in regard to the sarcothecfB. In
.1. Jniiin'riiji the line of union of two leaflets in the middle of the
corbula generally bears about three, in A. macrocarpa there are
five or six in the corresponding position, the sarcothecae being
smaller and closer together. In the latter species they are
usually widest in the middle, with the aperture small aud
circular, but having a deep narrow lateral sinuation ; in the
former they are cup-like, expanding up to the aperture, which is
vcrv wide and oblique, with the margin smooth or somewhat
irregular. These distinctions are very definite in the specimens
before me, but whether they are constant is hardly a matter of
certainty while so few examples of A. macrocarpa are available.

The female corbulas were in many cases ci-owded with
gonophores, but the male were empty. They evidently open by
the splitting of the upper side along the median line, aud in the
narrower distal portion.

In all the foregoing species the corbulee, like the branches,
originate in two successive internodes of the rachis, taking the
place which would otherwise be occupied by two hydrocladia.
They also follow the same rule as the branches in regard to the
direction in which they face. Thus in A. billardi and
A. tasmanica the corbula faces mainly forward, like the
branches, which all front in the same direction; while in
A. dannevigi and A. macrocarpa, where the branches have
their anterior aspect turned towards the rachis from whicli they
spring, the corbula? have a corresponding direction. When
therefore a fertile specimen is laid on a slide with the hydroclndia
facing upward, the corbula? will, unless twisted from their normal
position, face downward towards the slide.

Loc.- -Great Australian Bight, 40 to 100 fathoms.

AGLAOPHENIA MEGALOCARPA, sp. nov.
(Plate iv., fig. 1 ; Plate vi., fig. 5.)

Hydrophyton polysiphonic, two feet or more in height, with
numerous branches, mostly on the upper half ; branches alternate
or irregular, forming an angle with the stem of about 45-50 ;
each branch springing from an internode of the primary jointed
stem, opposite to a hydrocladiurn. Hydrocladia alternate, one on
each internode, both series directed slightly towards the front
and rising at an angle of about 40 ; nodes slightly oblique.

Hydrothecas appearing doubled on themselves, being divided
by a strong intrathecal ridge which starts from the back angle
of the lateral sarcotheca? and proceeds backwards parallel with

4C " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC KESULTS.

the hydrocladium half way through the hydrotheca, having its
free edge thickened and giving origin to a faintly indicated fold
which crosses the nppei- part of the hydrotheca towards the
anterior tooth ; distal part of the hydrotheca set at an angle of
about 40 to the internode ; border with a median anterior
tooth, which is bifid, the smaller point somewhat incurved, the
larger forming an acute crest above it ; two large teeth on each
side, and a third narrow pointed one at the junction with the
lateral sarcotheca ; back entire, adnate. Hydrothecal internode
with two very short septal ridges (often scarcely indicated), one
opposite the proximal extremity of the hydrotheca, the other
about the middle of the internode.

Mesial sarcotheca? about half the length of the hydrotheca?,
adnate throughout, terminal and lateral apertures confluent,
forming an oblique canaliculate aperture. Lateral sarcotheca?
sub-tubular, sharply recurved, completely open in front, margin
on a level with that of the liydrotheca or slightly projecting.
Cauliue sarcotheca? broader than laterals, completely open above,
two on the rachis at the base of each hydrocladium and a third
at the back of each axil. A craterifornr prominence on each
hydrocladium-process.

Gonangial pinna? with the first three or four internodes bear-
ing nearly normal hydrotheca?, generally followed by one or two
bearing more modified hydrotheca? (mostly without mesial
sarcotheca? i. Corbula very long (sometimes over 18 mm.),
curved, consisting of up to nearly forty pairs of broad leaflets,
which unite to form a closed corbula, the junction-lines smooth,
marked by slightly thickened ridges. Basal part of each leaflet
with a row of sarcotheca? along the lower and distal margins,
just above which is an opening filled by a small modified
hydrotheca A very large broad rounded secondary leaf rising
from the upper part of each corbula-leaf, free except at the base,
directed obliquely forward and fringed with sarcotheca?. A row
of sarcotheca? usually running up each leaf of the corbula proper,
starting from the point where the secondary leaflet originates.

Colour. Red-brown.

This fine species is unique in several of its characters, notably
in the form uf the hydrotheca} and the direction of the intrathecal
ridge, and in the enormous corbula?. In its height (fully two
feet), it vies with the last species, but is a slender form, with
comparatively few branches. In the larger of the two colonies
examined a spongy root-mass, some two inches in diameter, gives
origin to half a dozen distinct stems, averaging about 2 mm. in
diameter, of which three attain the maximum height. The

HYDROIDA. BALE. . 47

branches, which mostly occur on the upper half or two-thirds of
the stem, are usually in two Series and alternate, nearly in the
same plane, and attaining up to eight or ten inches in length ;
they often face in the same direction but this character seems
inconstant. Secondary brandies are abundant, and a few small
ones of the third order were observed. There is however, much
irregularity in the ramification, especially in the distance apart
of the branches, which may be from one to three or four inches.
The pioximal part of a branch may include as many as twenty
iuternodes on which only sarcothecae are borne. While the
branches have their origin in the hydrocladiate tube they do not,
as in all the preceding species, take the place of a hydrocladium,
but, at least in the few young branches which I examined, they
are supported on the same internode with a hydrocladium, and
opposite to it.

No other species, so far as I am aware, shares in the peculiar
construction of the hydrotheca which is found in the form before
us. The aperture by which the cavity of the hydrotheca com-
municates with that of the internode is not situated as usual at
the proximal end of the hydrotheca, but at the opposite extremity,
just under and between the lateral sarcothecte. Above this entry
is the intrathecal ridge, which runs directly backwards half
through the hydrotheca, and around which the latter is abruptly
recurved, being thus divided into two compartments, a narrow
proximal one, and a much wider distal one. Thehydranth there-
fore will be completely doubled upon itself around the intrathecal
ridge. It is interesting to note that the lateral sarcothecas are
doubled back in a somewhat similar fashion, their openings into
the internode being far forward so that the sarcostyles will be
recurved like the hydranths. In the presence of a sarcotheca
behind each axil we have a feature usually characteristic of
Halicornaria. The two cauline sarcotheca? 011 the front ot the
rachis are set further apart than in most species, the inferior one
being close to the lower end of the internode.

The corbulae are beautiful structures, varying in length from
about half to three-quarters of an inch, one specimen measuring
seven-eighths, or considerably larger, I believe, than any other
species is known to possess. They are when mature of a deep
reddish-brown colour, and of firm robust texture, not subject to
distortion in drying. The openings near the base of the leaflets
are very small and entirely occupied by the modified bydrothecas,
which do not in any way resemble those on the hydrocladia,
being very small, straight, and tubular, with the margin irregu-
larly crenate, and accompanied by a pair of very similar lateral
sarcothecse. A striking feature of the corbula is the double series
of large convex secondary leaflets which rise from the surface

48 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

of the primary corbula-1 eaves, arching over and overlapping those
in front of them. Similar structures, but much less regular and
symmetrical, occur in A. crucial is and other species, where they
are formed by a development of the free margins of the com-
ponent leaves ; here however, they originate independently, and
are not continuations of the margins. The lines of union of the
corbula-leaves are smooth, and not bordered by rows of
sarcothecee, but such a row usually runs up the leaflet from the
point at which the crest-leaflet starts.

LOG. Great Australian Bight, 40 to 100 fathoms.

AGLAOPHENIA DECUMBENS, sp. nov.
(Plate iv., fig. 4; Plate vi., fig. 6.)

Hydrophyton lax, slender, polysiphonic, about four or five
inches in height, sparingly branched ; branches springing from
the supplementary tubes, mostly in the distal portions of the
colony, irregular, forming angles with the stem of about 45.
Hydrocladia slender, alternate, one on each Intel-node, both series
directed towards the front, and rising at an angle of about 40,
nodes transverse.

Hydrotheca? long, parallel with the hydrocladium, a sl'ght fold
or ridge near the base on the adcauline side, directed a little
forwards ; border with a. median anterior tooth, bent outward,
and four nearly equal regular shallow triangular teeth on each
side, the last pair behind the lateral sarcothecaB ; back adnate.
Hydrothecal internodes with curved septal ridges opposite the
intrathecal fold and the base of the lateral sarcothecse.

Mesial sarcotheca? a little longer than the hydrotheca?, directed
very much forward, free part projecting beyond the hydrotheca-
margin, tubular, with distinct terminal and lateral apertures, and
an aperture communicating with the interior of the sarcotheca.
Lateral i-avcothecse subtubular, directed forward and outward,
rising about as high as the hydrotheca-margin ; terminal and
lateral apertures distinct or united, Cauline sarcothecaa large,
canaliculate, two on the rachis at the base of each hydrocladium.

Gonosome ?

Colour. Light brown, stem and branches darker.

H There is some doubt as to whether this species is identical with
the A. brevicaulis, Kirchenpauer. That species is described as
having a very thick but short stem, from the summit of which
spring several long slender branches, but the figure conveys the

HYDROIDA. HALE. 49

idea rather of a group of five or six stems with their bases all
bound together in a fascicle by hydrorhiza-like filaments. The
present specimen resembles a single one of these stems, and it has
one or two filaments adhering an inch or so above the point at
which it has been broken off, A characteristic feature is the
condition of the anterior tooth of the hydrotheca, which is
everted and stands immediately opposite the lateral orifice of the
anterior sarcotheca, just as in Kirchenpauer's species. On the
other hand the form of the hydrotheca in Kirclieupauer's
figure is very different, being much shorter. Dr. Hartlaub
obligingly undertook to examine Kirchenpauer's type, but the
specimen turned out to be merely A. divaricata. That species
certainly has the hydrothecas more like the figure in their general
form, but they do not have the anterior tooth everted ordinarily,
and the habit-figure does not resemble A. divaricata. The figure
of the hydrotheca is bad, whether intended for A. divaricata or
the present species, and under the circumstances it is impossible
to say whether Kirchenpauer has described an aberrant form of
A. divaricata, or whether an error has been made in labelling
the type specimen.

The whole polypidom is lax and slender, the compound stem
consisting of few tubes. As in A. divaricata the branches
spring from the accessory tubes, and commence with a series of
about ten internodes bearing sarcothecaa only. The internodes
of the hydrocladia are unustially slender. In some parts of the
colony the anterior teeth of the liydrothecas were without the
characteristic outward bend, but as this bend is found in the
portions where the perisarc is most perfectly preserved, I
conclude that it is the typical form.

Loc. Bass' Strait.

GENUS HALICORXARIA, Busk.

HALICORNARIA BIROSTRATA, sp. nov.

(Plate iv., fig. 5 ; Plate vii., fig. 6.)

Hydrocaulus monosiphonic ,(unbranched ?) about five inches
in height ; hydrocladia alternate, one on an internode, at an
angle of about 45, and both series directed towai'ds the front ;
nodes transverse or scarcely oblique.

Hydrothecte long, tubular, proximal part parallel with the
internode, distal part recurved upward, a narrow anterior
intrathecal ridge immediately below the aperture ; border entire
in front and behind, a large angular lobe at each side aboiit the

50 "ENDEAVOUR'' sciKvnnc RESULTS.

middle, everted horizontally, and a less pronounced lobe further
back ; back of hydrotheca free, more elevated than the front, so
that the aperture is oblique ; the aperture into the hydrocladium
with two or three minute denticles on the margin. No septal
ridges in the internode.

Mesial sareotheca? as long as the hydrothecas or longer, free for
more than half their length, the free part diverging Avidely from
the hydrotheca and overhanging its aperture ; free portion some-
times single but more often dividing into two distinct tubular
branches, which diverge widely from each other laterally ; ter-
minal apertures small, lateral aperture large, adjoining the hydro-
theca. Lateral sarcothecse saccate, adnate, with a small tubular
aperture directed forwards and outwards, distinct from the wide
lateral aperture. Cauline earcotnecse similar to the laterals,
two on the rachis at the base of each hydrocladium, and a third
at the back of each axil.

Gonotheca? about three times the length of the hydrotheca^,
campanulate, truncate, membranous, springing from the bases
of the hydrocladia.

Colour. Light fawn, stems darker.

The specimens comprised numerous shoots, all unbranched, and
are to the naked eye indistinguishable from H. urceolifera,
which is also found on A. megalocarpa. In the form of the
hydrotheca? and the mesial sarcothecee it is quite distinct from all
the known Australian species, but it has the characters, common
to all of them, of the monosiphonic habit, the absence of septal
ridges in the interuode, the sarcotheca^ at the back of the axils,
and the denticles on the margin of the opening from the inter-
node to the hydrotheca, which, by analogy with sarcopore, might
be termed hydropore.

The most striking characteristic of the species consists in the
bifurcated mesial sarcotheca-. There is much variation in these
appendages, some only forking close to the ends, others much
further back, and many remaining simple. As a rule those near
the two extremities of the hydrocladia are the less developed.
The lateral sarcothecee have the tubular mouth longer and
directed more forward as they approach the ends of the hydro-
cladia ; a condition found also in many other species.

The position of the intrathecal ridge, between the hydrotheca-
lip and the mesial sarcotheca, has not been observed in any
Australian species described hitherto, though common in
AglaopJienia and Lytocnrpus. The oblique aperture of the

HTDROTDA. BALK. 51

hydrothecoe is also peculiar, in being lowest on the anterior side,
the obliquity in this type of hydrotheca being usually in the
opposite direction. In side view there is visible a small linear
mark on the adcauline wall of the hydrotheca Avhich is seen in
front view to be caused by a rather thick band crossing the floor
of the hydrotheca from side to side, and forming apparently the
rudiment of a posterior ridge.

The gonotheca? are of a thin membranous character, quite
colourless, and so delicate that all of them have become more or
less shrivelled and distorted in drying. It is evident however,
that they are of the same flat-topped type as we find in
H. loHylrofiti-i* and H. iirceolifern.

On one of my specimens a few of the lowest internodes support
two hydrocladia each, which are nearly opposite. As I could
find no other similar specimens among those which I examined,
I conclude that the condition was abnormal.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, on stems of Acjlaoplienia
megalocarpa, 40 to 100 fathoms.

HALICORNARIA URCEOLIFERA (Lamarrl-), var. SCANDENS, var. nov.
(Plate v., fig. 4 ; Plate vii., fig. 5.)

Plumnlaria urceolifera, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ii., 1816,
p. 125.

Aglaopheni ft nrceoUfera, Kirchenpauer, Abh. Nat. Ver.
Hamburg, v., 1872, p. 29.

Hallcornaria urceolifera, Billard, Ann. Sci. Nat, Zool. (9),
v, 1907, p. 324, fig. 1.

Hydrocaulus monosi phonic (unbranched ?), about five inches
in height ; hydrocladia alternate, one or two on an internode, at
an angle of about 45, and both series directed towards the front ;
nodes transverse.

Hydrotheca? cup-shaped, deep, set at an angle of about 40,
without intrathccal ridge ; border with a small anterior tooth
which, along with the part of the hydrotheca-wall immediately
below _it, is abruptly bent inward, the first tooth on each side
large, erect, a large triangular tooth or lobe near the middle on

52 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

eacli side, everted almost horizontally, and another lobe, more
rounded, adjoining each lateral sarcotheca ; back entire, adnate ;
the aperture into the hydrocladiurn with a few mimite denticles
on the margin. No septal ridges in the internode.

Mesial saiTotheca? about two-thirds the length of the
hydrotheca?, projecting free portion short, but with the terminal
and lateral apertures generally distinct ; terminal aperture very
small, circular, rarely replaced by two still smaller, side by side.
Lateral sarcothecaa adnate, saccate, with one or two tubular
apertures, one directed downwards at right angles with the
hydrotheca, the other, when pi-esent, directed upwards and for-
wards, but commonly merged completely in the wide lateral
apertui'e. Cauline sarcothecaa similar to the laterals, two on the
rachis at the base of each hydrocladium, and a third at the back
of each axil.

Gonothecaa about three times the length of the hydrothecaa,
campanulate, truncate. " Ses vessies, courtes urceolees et
nombrenses, sont sessiles sur le rachis, entre les pinnules "
(Lamarck) .

Colour. Light fawn, stems darker.

The description and figures of H. urceolifera given by Billard
sufficiently resemble these specimens to permit of their reference
to Lamarck's species, though the type specimen seems to be a
]a,rger form (25 centimetres in height), and there are some minor
differences. The hydrothecpe are broader, in front view, than
those of any other species known to me. A very characteristic
feature, in side view, is the abrupt bending-in of that portion of
the hydrotheca which includes the anterior tooth, while the two
teeth next to it remain erect. The front view is no less distinc-
tive, the three teeth referred to appearing in that aspect as
nearly equal and very near together, contrasting strongly with
the nearly allied species. H. prolifera and others, which in
front view show the median tooth standing alone, with the first
pair of laterals sloping outwards and comparatively distant. The
median tooth is not thickened nor crested, but merely a lobe of
the hydrotheca-wall. The lateral sarcotheca^ much resemble
those of H. ascidioides, but the free front margin is often cut
back so far as to obliterate the upper circular aperture. In
those near the ends of the hydrocladia the lower aperture becomes
gradually more distinctly tubular, and directed more forward.
The mesial sarcotheca? have the terminal and lateral apertures
generally distinct, a rather exceptional condition when the
apertures are so closely approximated as in this species. The
single circular terminal aperture seemed at first to mark a dis-

HYDROIDA. BALI . 53

tiuction between the specimens and Billard's figure, which shows
two such apertures ; close examiuation of a number of specimens
however revealed a few instances in which the single oritice "was
replaced by two abreast, exactly as Billard shows them.

The modification of the hydrotheca; at the proximal ends of the
hydrocladia, common to many spscies, is in certain specimens of
H. urceolifera, carried further than I have seen it elsewhere.
The first hydrotheca presents a smooth even rim with all trace of
denticulatioii wanting, except as regards the anterior tooth,
which is not at all reduced. The next hydrotheca is less
modified, and so on successively, the normal form not being
attained till the fourth, or even the fifth hydrotheca.

I have not seen the gonothecse, but Billard's figure shows that
they are of the obcouic truncate form frequent in the genus.

Later specimens received from the Australian Museum differ
somewhat from that described above, and appear to agree
pretty closely with Lamarck's type. The present form may
convenieutly be distinguished as var. sccuideus, from its climbing
habit, which apparently is not shared by the larger form.

The species has not, I believe, been observed hitherto since
Lamarck described it from the Indian Ocean in 1816.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, on stems of Aglaopheuia mega-
locarpa and A. Mllardi, 40 to 100 fathoms.

HALICORXARIA INTEKMKWA, sp. itov.
(Plate v., fig. 2 ; Plate vii., fig. 4.)

Hydrocaulus monosiphonic, about 8-10 inches in height,
dividing dichotomously once or several times ; branches in one
plane and facing the same way, divergent at an angle of about
75 Q ; hydrocladia alternate or sub-alternate, two on an interuode,
at an angle of about 65-70, both series nearly in the same
plane ; nodes slightly oblique.

Hydrotheca? sub-cylindrical, broader near the base, set at an
angle of about 60 and almost facing the front; a strong
intrathecal ridge proceeding from about the middle of the front
of the cell obliquely downwards to about its centre, border entire
in front or with an indistinct median tooth, and a broad free
rounded lobe behind, three teeth on each side, the centre one
large and everted, the others more or less tending towards an
obsolete condition ; the aperture into the hydrocladium with a
few minute denticles on the margin. No septal ridges in the
iuternode.

54 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC KKSULTS.

Mesial sarcothecaa adnate to the hydrotheca 1 as far as the
margin ; free part short, slender, curved forward, terminal and
lateral apertures distinct. Lateral sarcotheca? adnate, saccate,
with two circular apertures, one directed forward, the other up-
ward ; both often more or less confluent with . the wide lateral
aperture. Cauline sarcotheca? similar to the laterals, two on the
rachis at the base of each hydrocladium, and a third at the back
of each axil.

Gonosome ?

Colour. Reddish-brown.

This species closely resembles H. baileyi and H. fnrcata,
between which it is to some extent intermediate. It may have
to be classed ultimately as a variety of H. farcata, when our
knowledge of the two forms is more extended ; at present it may
be provisionally regarded as a distinct species.

A large colony of it was found accompanying Aglaophetna
tasmanica, but whether it had commenced as a parasite on that
species, after the fashion of so many of its congeners, was
impossible to determine, the stems being matted together with
other growths. It divides in a purely dichotomous fashion, and
in most cases with considerable regularity, each division
bifurcating again at the same distance as its fellow from the
previous bifurcation. One specimen has divided four times,
all at regular distances, so that the final number of divisions is
sixteen.

In the widely divergent branches and hydrocladia, the latter
being almost at right angles, it nearly resembles H. fu-rcata,
and both species differ from H. baileyi, in which the hydrocladia
are more ascending as well as more directed forwards. The
hydroihecae of the three species are much alike, but those of
H. furcata are broader in front view (in proportion to their
length), than in either of the others. The internodes are longer
in H. intermedia than in the others, and the hydrothecas on the
proximal parts of the hydrocladia, with their internodes, are
rather broader in front view than the more distal ones.

In H. baileyi the base of each mesial sarcotheca springs
directly from the back of the next hydrotheca, in the other
two species there is a distinct interval between ; in other words
the back of the hydrotheca does not quite extend to the end of the
mternode. In the " Catalogue of the Aiistraliau Hydroid
Zoophytes " it is stated in error, under H. baileyi, that
H. fnrcata is similar in this respect ; they are, however, figured
correctly. The central lateral teeth of the hydrotheca are some-

HYDIUJIDA. BALE. OO

what shorter and less everted in II. intermedia than in the
other species, and the border is not quite so low at the sides, In
all three species the tirst hydrotheca on each hydrocladium differs
from the rest in having the aperture quite horizontal, and the
lateral teeth nearly obsolete, one generally more so than the
other.

Each species has its own characteristic condition of the axils
at the bifurcations. In H, furcata each axil is generally
occupied by a hydrocladium of one iuternode, the hydrotheca on
which is without a mesial sarcotheca. This hydrocladium
springs from the back of the axil ; the usual cauliue sarcothecas
in front are wanting, but there is a pair at the back, seated one
on each side of the base of the hydrocladium, and facing out-
wards. Of H. intermedia I examined a number of specimens,
but in none were these short hydrocladia present ; there are
however, in all cases a pair of divergent cauline sarcothecse
behind the axil, approximate at the base or completely united
and confluent, but in either case communicating with the interior
of the hydrocaalus by a single large orifice. H. baileyi has
behind the axil in the only specimen available for examination a
pair of sarcotheca? close together at the base, narrower than in
//. intermedia and directed more upward ; it has also a
sarcotheca in front below the axil, and below this a perforation
with a fragmentary border, probably also a more rudimentary
sarcotheca.

The most salient feature which distinguishes H. intermedia
from its nearest ally, H. furcata, is its large size and robust
habit, with its long hydrocladia, reaching about 18 mm. in
length (those of H. furcata being much shorter). In the
minute structure of H. intermedia the greater length of the
hydrothecal iuternodes, and the consequent less crowded condition
of the hydrothecee, furnish the most striking distinction. The
internodes average about '41 mm., and those of H. furcuhi
about *81. The difference is not so much in the hydrotheca 1 as
in the internodes, accordingly it will be observed that in a front
view the hydrothecae of II '. furcata are closer together, the
proximal ends of the hydrotheca; being just over the nodes, while
in H. Intermedia there is an intervening space. I have not
seen in H. furcata the noticeable narrowing of the hydrothecre
and their iuternodes, which in H. intermedia occurs towards the
cuds of the hydrocladia, and the hydrotheca of the latter species
do not so completely face the anterior side of the polypidom.

The colony of H. >>/tcrint>dia consisted of a good many shoots,
and among the specimens which T examined I did not observe

56 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIEXTIHI RESULTS.

much variation ; of H. furcata and H. baileyi, however, I have
seen 110 specimens except the one of each from which I originally
described them.

Loc. Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 20 fathoms.

GENUS HAMCOKNOPSIS, Bale.
HALICORNOPSIS ELEGANS (Lamarck).

Plumidaria elegans, Lamarck, Auini. sans \'ert., ii., 1816,
p. 129.

Aglaophenia elegans, Lamom-oux, Hist. Polyp. Cor. Flex.,
1816, p. 169; Eucyclop. Meth., Zooph., 1824, p. 16.

Aglaophenia avicularis, Kirchenpauer, Abh. Nat, Ver. Ham-
burg, v., 1872, p. 33, pis. i. and iii., fig. 3.

Halicornopsis avicularis, Bale, Journ. Micro. Soc. Viet., ii,,
1881, p. 26, pi. xiii., fig. 3 ; Cat. Austr. Hyd. Zooph., 1884.
p. 185, pi. x., figs. 1, 2, pi. xix., fig. 32 ; Trans, and Proc-
Roy. Soc. Viet., xxiii., 1887, pp. 90, 101. Marktanuer.
Turneretscher, Ann. k.k. Hofmus. Wien. v., 1890, p. 279.

Azygoplon rostratam, Allrnan, Rep. Sci. Results " Challenger "
Exp., Zool., vii., 1883, p. 54, pi. xix, fig. 1-3.

Halicornopsis elegans, Billard, Ann, Sci. Nat., Zool., (9) v.,
1907, p. 323; Comp. Rend., cxlvii,, 1908, p. 940; Ann. Sci.
Nat., Zool., (9), ix., 1909, p. 329 ; Ibid, (9) xi., 1910, p. 44.
Ritchie, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1911, p. 855, pi. Ixxxix.,
fig. 1.

The first account of this species which was of any value was
that of Kii'chenpauer, who described it as new in 1872, under
the name of Aglaoplienia avicularis. Later it was successively
described as new by myself and Allnian, under the respective
names of Halicornopsis avicularis and Azygoplon rostratum ;
but Billard, in 1907, announced from his examination of the type
specimens that it was identical with the Plumidaria eleguiis,
Lamarck, a species which had been described both by Lamarck
and Lamouroux, but not in such a way as to render it identifiable.
None of the descriptions were complete and correct in all
particulars, while one important feature the presence of a
median sarcostyle behind the hydrotheca remained unnoticed
till pointed out by Ritchie ; and I have farther observed, in

HYDROIDA. BALE.

57

examining specimens collected by the ' Endeavour " in the
Great Australian Bight, that this sarcostyle is not always naked,
as described by Ritchie, but is, sometimes at least, protected by a
sarcotheca of the most rudimentary form.

The hydrophyton, in the young state, is monosiphonic, but
afterwards becomes fascicled in the older portions. The branches,
which are not in any regular order, spring from the internodes
of the stem or older branches, not taking the place of a
hydrocladium, but originating opposite one. There is much
irregularity in the arrangement of the first few iuternodes of a
branch. Following the stem-process which supports the branch,
there is frequently but one very short internode bearing a
sarcotheca only, before the hydrocladia-bearing iuternodes
commence; in other cases the first iuternode is much longer,
with two or three median sarcotheca?, and sometimes a
hydrocladium also. The process itself has usually two sarcotheca?,
both on a level and widely apart ; sometimes only one is present
however, and in Ritchie's specimens there were three.

The hydrocladiate tube is mostly composed of single or double
internodes, supporting respectively one or two of the alternate
hydrocladia, In some specimens the shorter internodes pre-
dominate, in others the longer, and frequently the two forms are
interspersed at random, while in other cases all the internodes
may be alike. T have observed instances in which the first two
or three hydrocladiate interuodes of a branch are more elongated
still, supporting each three hydrocladia.

The hydrocladia are at an angle of 45 or somewhat less, and
are directed somewhat forward. Their internodes have the
perisarc, at the distal extremity, produced a little forward so as
to form a thin, delicate, collar-like extension, surrounding the
node, and continued into two narrow webs which run backward
along the upper side of the internode, to join the sides of the
hydrotheca, Midway between these, and under the back of the
hydrotheca, is situated the sarcopore. This orifice is obvious
enough in a front view of the hydrocladium, but owing to the
back of the hydrotheca being immediately above it, it appears
closed in, and resembles a circular thin area, for which I mistook
it until Ritchie called attention to its true nature. On one of
the "Endeavour'' specimens, which, when cleaned with liquor
potassa? and mounted in glycerine, was absolutel}- colourless and
of glassy transparency, I was able not only to verify Ritchie's
observation, but to discover a distinct sarcotheca (if the term
may be applied to a structure so rudimentary), just over the
orifice. As seen in front view it is simply a tongue-shaped flap
of the perisarc, of excessive delicacy and tenuity, visible through
the back of the hydrotheca, and usually projecting slightly

58 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

beyond it. In lateral view, being seen edge-wise, it appears
strictly linear, and is arched over the sarcopore in an almost
semi-circular form. Careful examination discloses the presence
of this structure in several of my other specimens, but there are
some iu which I have not succeeded in finding it.

Apart from these peculiarities the hydrotheca differs con-
siderably from that of ordinary Statopleaus. Its rostrum is
formed, not, as is usual, by the anterior sarcotheca, but by a
prolongation of the hydrotheca itself, somewhat as in
Aijlaoplienia fonuosa (Busk). Here, however, the front of the
rostrum is closed in by a thin wall, which is continued down-
ward into the cavity of the hydrotheca, forming an anterior
intrathecal ridge, and terminating in a thickened margin. In
the first hydrotheca of each hydrocladium this rostrum is
commonly much reduced. Oil each side of the hydrotheca-
margiu there is a small rounded lobe, and running from the
intrathecal ridge to this lobe is a broad curvilinear baud,
distinguished from the rest of the hydrotheca by a difference in
thickness (the baud being apparently thinner). The back of
the hydrotheca is broadly sinuated.

The anterior sarcotheca is short, and situated opposite the base
of the rostrum ; at first sight it would appear to originate from
the iiiternode and to run up the front of the hydrotheca, as in an
ordinary Aglaophenia ; closer observation, however, shows that
what might be taken for the proximal part of the sarcotheca is
really a process from the iuternode, not specially devoted to the
sarcotheca, but forming the channel of communication between
the cavity of the hydrocaulus and that of the hydrotheca,
which connect by means of a small opeuing into the hydrotheca
(the liydropore~) situated at the top of this process, Opposite
to this opening, and crowning the summit of the process, is the
sarcotheca, which is short, scoop-shaped, and entirely open on
the inner side. The position of the hydrotheca is similar to that
seen in some Plumularii.c (e.g. P. goldsteini), in which the
widening of the proximal end of the iuteruode, to embrace the
base of the hydrotheca, is carried to such an extent as to form a
distinct process, in the axil of which the hydrotheca is situated.

The cauliue sarcotheca) are small and inconspicuous. There is
one on the rachis, just above the hydrocladium, another, often
very difficult to make out, on the base of the latter, while a third,
as Ritchie has pointed out, is found in the axil.

The gonotheca?, Avhich are borne on the bases of the
hydrocladia, and are often turned alternately to left and right,
are somewhat irregularly ovate thick-walled capsules, showing

HVDKOIDA. BALE. 59

no trace of operculum or orifice. In places where they have
been detached a small basin-shaped portion of the base is often
left behind, it would seem probable therefore that the opening so
formed may be the normal channel of exit of the contents.

The coloiu- of the zoophyte varies a good deal, ranging from
a very light brown to a reddish tint. The hydrothecse measure
from the point of the rostrum to the furthest point of the
adcauline side from '34 rani, (in the proximal ones) to '52 mm.
Single internodes of the rachis range from '33 to '59 nim.,
double ones from '52 to 1'2 mm., hydrothecal internodes from
'3 to '36 mm.

Though decidedly Statoplean in habit, the species seems, in its
minute structure, at least as nearly allied to the Eleutheroplea.
The situation of the hydrotheca in the axil or a process from the
internode, is, as already mentioned, a distinctly Plumulariau
character, and the mesial sarcotheca is also very similar to those
of some of the Eleutheroplea. And in the median sarcostyle
behind the hydrotheca we have a character by which the species
is closely allied to some of the species of Plmnulariit, as well as
to the series of forms which have been grouped under the genus
Kirchenpaueria.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, 40 to 100 fathoms.

GENUS KmcHKNr.u'Ei.'iA, .lick el i.

KlBCHENPAUERIA 1'KODUCTA

r/,i. Bale, Journ. Micro. Soc. Viet., ii., 1881,
p. 39. pi. xv., fig. 3 ; Cat. Austr. Hydr. Zooph., 1884, p. 133,
pi, x., fig. 4 ; Trans and Proc. Koy. Soc. Viet., xxiii., 1887,
p. 96. Inaba, Zool. Mag. (Tokyo), No. 34, 1891, p. --
figs. 69-70.

Azygoplon productum, Bale, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales,
(2) Hi., 1H-38, p. 774, pi. xix., fig. 1-5.

Kirchenpaueria products, Bale, Pi-oc. Roy. Soc. Viet
(N.S.) vi, 1893, p. 111.

Halicornaria pi-n<ltn-t<t, Torrey, Univ. California Publ., i., 1902,
1>. 75, pi. x., fig. 95.

Diplocheilus productiis, Torrey, Univ. California Publ., ii.,
1904, p. 35. Stechow, Abh. math.-phys. Klasse k. Bayer
Akad, Wissensch., I. Suppl. Band, 1909, pp-. 88, 89.

60 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

One or two specimens were found growing on some of the
larger Hydroids, and not differing in any important particular
from the type.

In some examples of this species, which I have examined since
niy descriptions were published, I find the opening of the
hy'drotheca, as seen in front view, less narrowed than I have
figured it. In most cases however, the sides of the hydrotheca?,
owing to their excessive delicacy, are more or less bent or
distorted, even when they have never been dried, so that it is not
easy to find specimens which have kept their shape perfectly.
But I have not in any case found the aperture distinctly circular,
as iu K. mirabilis.

Torrey retains for this species and K. mirabilie, on grounds
which I consider untenable, the generic name of Diplocheilus,
Allman, in which he has been followed by several other observers ;
while Billaid on the other hand has argued in favour of relegating
them to the genus Plnmularia.

Torrey's remarks are as follows " According to Jickeli's
fioure the hydro! d for which he erects the genus is an eleuthero-
plean plumularian probably a Plumularia with uematophores
broken away. The frequent absence of nernatophores in species
which characteristically possess them and the absence of any
other distinguishing characters remove the slender claims to
priority over Diplocheilus which have been made for this
inadequate genus."

With the statement that Jickeli's figure represents an
Elemheroplean I fully agree, but I do not infer, as Torrey
apparently does, that K. producta is therefore not referable to
the genus ; on the contrary, I am now convinced that the species
is not only an Eleutheroplean but a true Plumularia, unless the
characters assigned by Jickeli to his genus suffice for its
separation.

The further statement that the figure represents a specimen
with the nematophores broken off is unwarranted. In reality
all the species which are known to agree with Jickeli's in
possessing naked sarcostyles agree with it also in being unpro-
vided with lateral sarcothec;o.

The remark that " the absence of any other distinguishing
characters" (that is other than the absence of the lateral
uematophores), removes the claim to priority of the genus is
equally unfortunate. Other characters are not absent, indeed
it is precisely on these other characters, namely the possession of

IIVDHOIPA. BALK. (31

naked sarcostyles and the rudimentary condition of the anterior
sarcothecae, that the genus was founded, Jickeli laying no stress
on the absence of the lateral sarcotheca?. But Torrey, while
disallowing Jickeli's genus on the ground of its inadequacy,
proceeds to re-establish the genus Diplocheilus, basing it on
precisely the same characters that Jickeli established his genus
upon. Such a position is of course untenable, and it is obvious
that if Kirchenpaueria is inadequate Diplocheilus, being com-
pletely synonymous with it, must be equally inadequate.

But if observers ultimately agree to accept the genus, then,
notwithstanding that Jickeli's account of it is clear, correct, and
unmistakable, while Allrnan founded his genus on a misinter-
pretation of structure, priority, if ascertainable, must decide
which name is to stand, I have not been able to settle this
question. The prefatory note to Allman's " Report on the
Hydroida dredged by H.M.S. ' Challenger ' during the years
1873-76 ; part i., Plumulariadse " is dated the 20th July, 1883,
but I have no means of ascertaining how long a period elapsed
between that date and the actual time of publication. Nor can
I find the precise date of publication of Jickeli's paper in the
" Morphologisches Jahrbuch," though there is a notice of it in
the " Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society " for August
1883. The probability is that Jickeli has priority, but in any
case the merit of correctly defining the genus rests with him,
and is ample warrant for preferring the name given by him
until the question of prioi-ity can be settled.

The following species are referable to the genus Kirchenpaueria,
Phiimdaria pinnata (Linn.), P. similis, Hincks, P. luans, Mark-
tanner-Turneretscher, P. prodncta, Bale, Diplocheilus mirabilis,
Allman, and P. aUmoni, Torrey. While they all agree in
the possession of naked sarcostyles and the absence of the
lateral nematophores, the last three differ from the others in
having an intrathecal ridge, anterior in position, just below the
lip. It was on a misinterpretation of this ridge in D. mirabilis
that Allman founded his genus ; there is however nothing
peculiar about its form, which is precisely the same as found in
many Statopleans and in some typical Plumularice, for example
in Lytocarpits pit ilippi nits, Aglaophenia plumosa, and Plumularia
balei, Bartlett. The presence of the intrathecal ridge is men-
tioned by Torrey in his description of the genus, but it has
never been regarded by observers as of generic importance, and
all the larger genera of the Plumularidae, Aglaophenia, Lytocar-
_*, Halicornaria, and PI muni aria comprise species both
with and without this characteristic.

62 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC KKSPI.TS.

Whether the genus KirclieHpaiieria is sufficiently distinct or
whether all the species should, as Billard suggests, be referred to
PI amid aria, is a question which I leave to others to determine,
though the fact that these few species agree among themselves
and differ from all the other forms of Plumularia in such
important characters, must have some weight. To one feature
however, the form of the anterior sarcotheca? I attach no
importance. They are in K. product a and K. mirdbilis
merely the ordinary fixed anterior sarcothecse, modified by the
terminal loculus being very widely expanded and very shallow ; in
short, they are saucer-shaped rather than cup-shaped. Jickeli
calls them dish-shaped continuations of the perisarc. Moreover
they vary, and I have seen them in K. producta scarcely
differing from the ordinary form found in such species as
P. campanula. In the case for the retention of the genus it is
doubtless a weak point that it rests on the concurrence of two
distinct features the presence of naked sarcostyles and the
absence of the supracalycine nematophores and that there
appears to be no necessary reason why these characteristics
should always be found associated, as however, they are in all
the species yet known.

Loc. Bass Strait.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Aglaophenia macrocar^a, Bale, from an incomplete
specimen in the Australian Museum, to show ramifica-
tion. Natural size.
Fig. 2. The riame, seen laterally.
Fig. 3. Synthecium siibventricosum, sp. nov. ; x 40.
Fig. 4. Synthecium subventricosum, sp. nov. ; x 40.
Fig. 5. Synthecium subventricosum, sp. nov. ; x 40.

Gonotheca.

Fig. G. C amp amd aria pumila, sp. nov. ; x 40.
Fig. 7. G amp anul aria pumila, sp. nov. ; x 40,

With double and triple peristome.
Fig. 8. Campamdaria pumila, sp. nov. ; x 80.

With double peristome.

/OOL. RESULTS " ENUKA V( H' \i." VOL. II.

I I

6 8

M. BAT.E, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Gonotheca; of Sertularella divaricata (Busk), aud allied

forms ; x 40.

Fig. 1. Sertularella divaricata (Busk). Port Stephens.
Fig. 2, Sertularella divaricata, var. dubia, Bale. Boudi.
Fig. 3. The same.

Fig. 4. Sertularella divaricata, var. Port Phillip, 1890.
Fig. 5. Sertnlarella divaricata, var. Hunter Group.
Fig. 6. Sertnlarella divaricata, var. subdichotoma, Bale,

(= S. subdichotoma Kirchenpauer.)
Fig. 7. Sertnlarella divaricata, var. Port Phillip, 1881.

(= S. johnstoni, Ba^s Strait vai'iety, Bale).
Fig. 8. Sertularella divaricata, var. Port Phillip, 1889.
Fig. 9. Sertularella divaricata, rar. Great Australian Bight.
Fig. 10. Sertnlarella johnstoni (Gray). New Zealand.
Fig. 11. Sertularella pyymcea, Bale. Port Phillip.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

PLATE II.

W M. BALE, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Aglaophenia megalocarpa, sp. uov.
Fig. 2. Plumnlaria asymmetrica, sp. uov. Front view.
Fig. 3. Plumularia asymmetrica, sp. nov. Side view.
Fig. 4. Agloaphenia decumbens, sp. nov.
Fig. 5. Halicornaria birostrata, sp. uov.
Figs. 1-5 x 80.

7.OOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," Vor,. II.

I'I.AII: IV.

W. M. BALE, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Halicornaria bailey >, Bale.
Fig. 2. Halicornaria intermedia, sp. nov.
Fig. o. Halicornaria furcata, Bale.
Fig. 4. Halicornaria urceolifera (Lamarck )
Figs. 1-4 x 80.

7.00L. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

PLATE V.

W. M. BALE, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Aglaophenia iitacrocarpa, Bale.

Fig. 2. Aglaophenia tasmanica, sp. nov.

Fig. 3. Aglaophenia biUardi, sp. nov.

Fig. 4. Aglaophenia dannevigi, sp. nov.

Fig. 5. Aglaophenia megalocarpa, sp. uov.

Fig. 6. Aglaophenia decuiribens, sp. nov.

Figs. 1-6 x 80.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. IT.

PLATE VI,

W. M. BALE, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Halicornaria bailey i, Bale.
Fig. 2. Halicornaria, furcata, Bale.
Fig. 3. Halicornaria intermedia, sp. nov.
Proximal end of hydrocladium.
Fig. 4. Halicornaria intermedia, sp. nov.
Distal portion of hydrocladium.
Fig. 5. Halicornaria urceolifera (Lamarck).

The specimen figured is of the maximum width ; the
hydrocladia are usually narrower, often no wider than
those of H. furcata.

Fig. G. Halicornaria birostrata, sp. uov.
Figs. 1-6 x 80.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," Vol.. I

PLATE VII.

\V. M. BALE, del.

II. Mollusca.
(Continued from Vol. I., p. 114.)

BY

CHAELES MEDLEY,
ASSISTANT CURATOR AND CONCHOLOGIST,

Australian Museum,
Sydney.

(Plates viii.-xii.)

MOLUJSCA. IIKDLKT. 65

IF. -MOLLUSC A.

1. From the GREAT AUSTRALIAN BIGHT.

The following notes are based on a parcel of shells trawled in
the Great Australian Bight, between E. Long. 126 and 129.,
in depths of from eighty to a hundred and twenty fathoms,
during February, March and April of the present year (1913).
This repeated a series collected a little to the eastward in the
previous year and on which Dr. J. C. Verco has furnished an
excellent and beautifully illustrated report. 1 Only shells of
large size are retained by the meshes of the trawl, so that the
consignment contained comparatively little material for dis-
cussion.

CHAROXIA XODIFERA, car. EUCMA, var. nov.
(Plate viii., fig. 1.)

Triton nod if '!- it in, Lamarck, Hist. Xat. Anim. s. Vert., V IT
1822, p. 178. '

There was a shell which quaint old Humphrey called " the
red and brown clouded Trompet from New South Wales." This,
for nearly a century, authors continuously, from Chemnitz to
Angas, had agreed to distinguish from the Mediterranean
Conch-shell. But on the contrary, Tryon 2 united the larger,
nodose, buff and brown European Triton nodiferum to the com-
paratively small, broad, smooth and reddish Australian Triton
australe (=Septa rubicunda, Perry, 1811). His authority has
been accepted by most Australian Conchologists such as
Hntton, Tate, Pritchard, Gatliff and Verco. Yet it seems to me
that the other view, as expressed in the " Challenger " Report,
was correct, and that the difference in size, shape, colour and
sculpture, entitled ( '. itndifera to be held apart. Confusion
of nomenclature has obscured the references in literature, but it
appears that the territory of C. rubicunda is South-east
Australia, Tasmania, New Zealand and the Kermadec Islands.
Although as a synonym of C. rubicunda Australian lists have
included C. nodi f era by mistake, yet as an independent species

1 Verco Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1912, pp. 206-231. pis. x.-xvi.

2 Tryon Mail. Conch., iii., 1881, p. 10.

66 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

it is now advanced for admission. The anatomical details
given by Parker and Haswell 1 for Triton nodi fern, s refer to
Charonia rubicund a.

From a depth of a hundred fathoms in the Great Australian
Bight, Dr. Verco has recorded a form of Cymatium rubicundum,
Perry, 2 representatives from there and from further west
prompted the present enquiry. 1 regard these shells as a variety
not of 0. rubicunda but of C. nodifera. The Australian
outlier is rather nearer the Japanese C. saulice, Reeve, than
the European expression of the species. Compared with
specimens from Marseilles, the West Australian variety has
stronger wrinkles on the arch of the inner lip, but weaker
transverse folds on the base of the colnmella near the canal, it is
more slender especially as regards the spire, and the nodules are
closer and more prominent. From C. sanJice, as figured by
Lischke, 3 the Australian shells differ by more slender form, by
smaller, closer and more prominent nodules, but agree generally
in the armature of the aperture. The example here figured is
22 centimm. long and half as broad, and for this West Australian
variety I now propose the name of C. nodifera var. euclia.
Since writing the above a series has been received from the
"Endeavour," trawled off the South East Coast.

Reviewing the whole group, Dr. W. H. Dall separated from
the other Tritons, a genus Septa, distinguished by an operculnm
with a subcentral internal nucleus and by a laterally extended
rachidian tooth with a median inflection in front, but without
basal plates. Recently Mathews and Iredale 4 have shown that
Se2)ta, Perry originally had for its type, Septa scarlatina, Perry
(=Murex rubeada, Linn.) and not Triton- tritonis, as was
generally supposed. Commenting on this discovery, Dr. Dall
remarks 5 that " the first name available for the group typified by
Murex tritonis, L., seems to be Nyctilochus of Gistel, 1848."
On further investigation Iredale found Nyctilochus to apply to
Cymatium or Fusns and recommended Charonia, Gistel, as pro-
posed for Mure.'c tritonis, L. alone 6 This name is accordingly
here adopted.

1 Parker and Haswell '\ 'ex tbook of Zoology, i , 1910, pp. 721-732.
figs. 608-618.

2 Verco Trans. Boy. Soc. S. Austr., xxxvi., 1912, p. 218.

3 Lischke Jap. Mar. Conch., ii., 1871, p. 33, pis. i. & ii.

4 Mathews and Iredale Viet. Nat., xxix., 1912, p. 9.

5 Dall. Nautilus, xxvi., 1912, p. 58.

6 Iredale Nautilus, xxvii., 1913. p. 55.

MOLLUSCA. HRDLEY. 67

AxCIT.LA COCf'lXKA, .</>. HOV,

(Plato x., tig. 3.)

From eighty or ninety miles west of Kucla and in from seventy
five to a hundred and forty fathoms, Dr. Verco reported a salmon
coloured Ancilla, which he identified as A. nniL-ronata, Sowerby.
Three more specimens from corresponding depths a little further
west have readied me.

It is now suggested that subsequent writers have transferred
this name of Sowerby's from one species to another and that the
form discovered by Dr. Verco should properly be regarded as
undescribed. A. inucroi/ata was introduced by Sowerby in
1830 and was figured from a single specimen of unknown origin.
As the same author afterwards remarked in the " Thesaurus," it
seemed related to ,1. ftnstrah's, Sowerby, 1 A. nibiyinosa,
Swainson, and to A. cuujustata, Sowerby. For A. ruucronata,
and as from Tasmania, Reeve has figured another species
different from Sowerby's in form, colour, and especially in the
grooving of the base. I think that A. mucronata, Reeve 2 not
Sowerby, is a growth stage of A. mistralis, Sowerby, in which
the " mucronate " apex becomes so by projecting from the mass
of callus which envelopes the spire. 3 Another form of this
species is A. pyramidcdis, Reeve. Though Tasmania was
given by Reeve as the habitat of his A. mucronata, no one has
since found it there. Since the " Challenger " Expedition
procured it in Queen Charlotte Sound, New Zealand, the
Dominion may be regarded as the proper locality. Tenison
Woods 4 thought that it occurred as a Tertiaiy fossil at Table
Cape, Tasmania, but subsequent writers referred the fossil to
A. pseudav&tralis, Tate. 5 My conclusion is that Reeve mis-
interpreted the " mucrouata " of Sowerby, substituting for it a
form of A. anstralis, and perpetrated a second error by ascrib-
ing the substitute to Tasmania instead of to New Zealand.

The original figure of A. mitcronata differs from the West
Australian species by having an internal furrow ending in a
spur on the lip, by three or four broad spiral furrows on the
base, by lacking the inferior brightly coloured callus zone, by

1 Sowerby Species Conch., 1830, Ancillaria, p. 8, pi. ii., figs. 47-48;
Id., Thes. Conch., iii., 1859, p. 63.

2 Eeeve Conch. Icon., xv., 1864, Ancillaria, pi. iv., fig. 10.

3 Harris Brit. Mns. Cat. Austr. Tert. Moll., 1897, p. 77.

4 Ten. Woods Proc. Eoy. Soc. Tasm., 1877 (1879), p. 30.
SPritchard Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet,, viii.; (n.s.), 1896, p. 104.

68 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

possessing a much broader unglazed median area, a thinner
deposit of upper callus and a broader contour. Neai-est to the
novelty is A. austral is, but that New Zealand shell is far
smaller, comparatively broader and more solid and coloui'ed
slate and bi'own. A. montrouzieri, Souverbie, 1 from New
Caledonia is smallei 1 , comparatively more slender and of paler
colour. The relations of this group are rather with the dead
than with the living, for it was repi-esented in the Australian
Tertiaiy by such fossils as, A. helera, Huttou, A. pseudaustralis,
Tate, A. lanceolate^ Tate, A. ligata, Tate, A. papillata, Tate,
and A. semilcevis, Ten. Woods.

The new species may be characterised as follows :

Shell large, solid, ovate-fusiform, whorls probably eight.
Colour : the central area of the body whorl is orange, bounded
above and below by a white spiral line, beneath the lower one is
a narrow belt of brilliant cadmium orange, followed by pure
white on the base and pillar. Above the upper white spiral is a
broad space of cadmium orange shading off into buff on the
upper part of the spire. Sculpture : the central zone of the
body whorl is unglazed, and is bounded by an incised spiral line
above and below, anterior to this is a narrow belt of callus
limited by another incised line, the latter issuing at the centre of
the notch. Above the an glazed central zone there is a broad and
thick deposit which envelopes the spire, concealing the sutures,
and from which the apical whorl alone projects. Aperture
narrow, ovate, effuse anteriorly, the posterior angle blocked by a
pad of callus, from which a thin glaze spreads over the inner lip.
Columella grooved and twisted. Canal short and broad. No
furrow within, or spur upon the lip. Length, 45 mm., breadth,
19 mm.

Hab. Great Australian Bight, west of Eucla, 75 to 140
fathoms.

Genus AI.TIVASUM, yen. nor.

A new genus of the family Turbiuellida?, distinguished by
elevate spire, hollow axis, and three plaits on the lower columella.
Type : Latinis aurantlacus, Verco.

The affinities of the new genus ai'e with Vasu.ni and in* that
genus it is more like the tall V. ceramicinn than the typical
short spired V. turliindlnm or V. muricatum. But from either
form the greater number of whorls, the smaller proportion of
the body whorl, the perforation and especially the reduction and

1 Souverbie Jcmrn. de Conch., viii., 1860, pp. 207, H24. pi. xi.. fig. 3.

MOLLUSCA. HEDLFY. 69

displacement of the columella plaits distinguish Altivo.su m .
Judging from literature, V. ciqiitcUimi, Liune, makes the
nearest approach to the new genus, but I have no specimens to
decide if it should be included, or not.

'Chascax', referred by its author to the Muricida?. has a strong,
if apparently superficial resemblance to Alticasinn. Though its
author denied 1 to it any columella plaits, Tryon 2 has affirmed
their existence. Several years ago Mr. J. Dennaut showed me
an undescribed Victorian Tertiary shell which from my re-
collection might belong to this genus.

The type species, Latirns aiirantiacus, was described from a
young shell 46 mm. long, dredged alive by Dr. Verco in
Backstairs Passage, S.A. Afterwards he dredged in St. Vincent
Gulf two others, one of which had lost four or five whorls and
had four remaining in a length of 57 mm. This was taken
alive. The other was a very worn example of an older shell, and
had about four whorls remaining in a length of 88mm.
Dr. Verco kindly lent these to me for comparison with
"Endeavour" material.

Between that here figured and the one illustrated by
Dr. Verco, great difference appears. That is partly due to the
difference between youth and age, a difference here unusually
great. But the "Endeavour" shells are beset with prominent
spines which are absent from the eastern shells. The South
Australian specimens agree in having fewer and bolder ribs
than those from West Australia, so that it is difficult to decide
Avhether here are one or two species. I prefer to take the con-
servative view that the differential characters are probably
variable and that a fuller series will unite these extremes.

The " Eudeavoiir " series are therefore described under the
name of .

AljTIVASUM AUKANT1ACUM, VerCO, up,

(Plate ix., tig. 2.)

Latirus aurantiac'us, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xix.,
1895, pp. 89, 107, pi. ii., figs. 1, la. Id., Melvill, Jourii. of
Conch., xiii., 1911, p. 167. Xot Latirus atir.nt!'irii*, Montfort,
Conch. Syst., ii., 1810, p. 531.

Shell large, for its size rather light and thin, ovate-acuminate,
broadly and deeply perforate. Colour uniform salmon red.
Whorls eleven, gradate, slowly increasing, angled at the suture.

1 Watson Proc. ZooL Soc., 1873, p. 361, pi. 36, fig. 30.

2 Tryon Man. Couch., iii., 1881, p. 89.

70 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

contracted at the base then produced to the canal. Apex
mucronate, of two smooth whorls. Epidermis thin, membranous
and easily shredded. Sculpture : low broad radial ribs ascend
the spire obliquely at the rate of about a dozen to a whorl, but
vanish on the last. There are eight spiral cords, the four
lower are wider spaced than those above, of which two ascend
the spire. Each cord carries distant high vaulted scales, some-
times projecting as long spines, those on the shoulder and the
base being most developed, set at the rate of twelve or fifteen to
a whorl. Besides, there is an unarmed spiral beneath the
suture and another margining the umbilicus. Perforation broad
and deep, expanding finally and penetrating as a spiral tube to
the earlier whorls, its surface is spirally grooved and transver-
sely scaled. Aperture elliptical, outer lip fimbriated by incipient
scales, inner lip spread above on the preceding whorl for a
short space, then projecting free for the rest of its course.
Above, the aperture is slightly channeled, below it passes into a
short narrow and recurved canal. Deep within the aperture,
and low on the columella, appear three strong well spaced plaits,
of which the lowest nearly overlies the umbilical margin of the
former whorl. Length, 130 ; breadth, 65 mm.

Hal. Four empty shells were trawled in from 80 to 120
fathoms in the Great Australian Bight, between Long. 126 and
129 E., Feb. April, 1913. A few specimens of coral,
apparently a Cylicia, are attached to one, and on another are
Polyzoa, which suggest that the mollusc lived on hard ground.

2. From NORTH AND SOUTH OF GABO ISLAND.
Genus FORAMELTNA, yen. nov.

A genus related to Mdinu, in Avhich the byssus instead of
escaping by a lateral notch, penetrates the right valve by a
median subumbonal orifice and groove. A suture extends from
the perforation posteriorly to the edge of the hinge. Adductor
muscle single, concentrated and reduced. Ligamental furrows
narrow and crowded. Type : F. exempla.

An affinity with Anomia is suggested by the perforation, but
convergence has probably here as with Perl-inn reached similar
results from unlike origins. The multivincular ligament and
general appearance of the shell indicate rather that this is a deriva-
tive from the stock of Melhia. In typical species of that genus the
byssal notch forms a pouch and if the byssus had pressed more
on one valve than on the other, further advance might have
enclosed the byssus in a tube. With a transition form,
M. percrassa, Tate, 1 an approach seems to be made to such a

1 Tate Traus. Eoy. 800. S. Anstr., xxxiii., 1899, p. 277.

MOM.USCA. HE [)I,K V. / I

state, for Tate wiites of it that the byssal sinus lies altogether in
the left valve and is consequently very long and narrow. The
suture from the hole to the edge traces the path travelled by the
byssus of Foramelina.

A French Jurassic fossil which united the hinge of Mel in a to
the perforation of Anonn'it, was desci'ibed by D'Orbigny 1 as
Hypotrema. Resembling the Australian shell in this eccentric
combination, it differed by being what its author termed
" pleuroconch," that is having a deep lower and a flat upper
valve. In D'Ch'bigny's opinion the perforation contained a
muscle, not a byssus as iu Foramelina. So though Hypotrema
is nearer than any other genus that I can find in literature to the
shell under review, it cannot be regarded as identical.

Even more like the Australian shell is Pulvinites argenten,
Conrad, 2 from the Upper Cretaceous of the Mississippi Valley.
But the reference of Conrad's fossil to the genus Pulvinites is
doubtful,

FoUAMELINA EXEMl'LA, Sp. HOV.

(Plate xi.-xii., figs. 6-7-8.)

Shell equivalve, equilateral, large, fiat, discoidal, margin
irregular in outline. Valves thick, composed of brittle, imbri-
cating lamellae which both include and are overlaid by a thin
membranous epidermis, where eroded of a silvery sheen, interior
a dark bronze. Perforation in the 1'ight valve about 10 mm. in
diameter, median and subumbonal, internally with a raised
margin, externally excavated as an oblique furrow ascending to
the vertex. From the margin of the perforation a suture leads
to the anterior extremity of the hinge plate. Byssus a dense
bundle of threads about half an inch long. Hinge line about
43 mm. long. Area much eroded above and traversed by about
twenty-two narrow ligamental grooves which slightly radiate
from above. Externally the hinge gapes when the valves are
closed as in Melina. Adductor small, subcircular, about, its own
breadth below the perforation. Byssal retractor rather larger
than the adductor and immediately above it in the left valve.
Pallial margin entire, about half an inch within the ventral
margin. Height, 120 ; length, 130 mm.

1 D'Orbigny Journ. de Conch., iv., 1853, p. 432, pi. 10; Fischer-
Man. Conch., 1886, p. 933, fig. 702.

2 Conrad Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. (2), iii.. 1858, p. 333, pi. 33,
fig. 5; Op. cit., iv., 1860, p. 298, pi. 4f>, fig. 51.

72 "KNDEAVOUK" SCIENTIFIC RKHUUS.

Hab. A living specimen and a separate right valve were
trawled Sept.-Oct. 1913, in 100250 fath., south from Gabo
Island. With them were associated Argdbuccinum retiolum,
Cyprcea timlilicata, Sowerbj, Scaphella papillosa var. kenyoniana,
Brazier, and S. magnifica, Chemnitz.

CASSIDEA STADIAMS, xp. nov.
(Plate x., tig. 4.)

Gassidea turgida, Hedley (not Reeve), Mem. Austr. Mus., iv.,
1903, p. 330, pi. xxxvi., tig. I.

A pair of this species, taken by the " Thetis " Expedition,
was doubtfully referred to C. turgida, Reeve. Now that rny
acquaintance with it has been improved by examining numerous
similar specimens from a wide range of localities, I consider it
as distinct and undescribed. From C. turgida it differs as
already remarked by larger size and a smooth inner lip. Some
might regard it as a form of C. pymiti, Lamarck, the interpre-
tations of which are various. Tryon went to the extreme of
regarding C. pyrmn as identical with C. paucirugis, Menke, and
as a variety of C. achatina, Lamk. It is well to select Kiener's
Cassis, fig. 25, as the proper expression of C. pyrnm rather than
Kiener's fig. 30 or Reeve's discordant figures in the " Concholo-
gica Iconica." I cannot exactly match Kiener's fig. 25 with an
actual specimen, but it is approached by examples from New
Zealand. By this standard G. stadialis differs from C. pyruin
by larger size, absence of angles or tubercles on the shoulder,
absence of spiral grooves on the base and presence of wrinkles on
the columella lobe.

It may be characterised thus:

Shell large, thin, smooth, inflated, ovate-acuminate. Colour
vinaceous pink, traversed by four evanescent spii-al bands of rufous
blotches, apex lemon, mouth white except on the outer lip, where
four pair of chestnut splashes represent the spiral bands of the
exterior whorls, five plus a smooth two-whorled protoconch.
Sculpture: the body whorl is quite smooth, the antipenultimate
and previous whorls are decussated by fine dense spiral threads
and oblique growth lines, these disappear on the penultimate. Canal
short, recurved, separated from the body whorl by a broad im-
pressed farrow which winds beneath the columella lobe into a
capacious spii'al false umbilicus. At the tip of the canal opens a
minute axial perforation. Outer lip slightly but abruptly ascend-
ing at the insertion, moderately expanded and reflected. Inner lip

MOLLUSCA. HEDLEY. 78

reduced above to a thin smear of callus, below expanded into a
broad sinuous lobe adnate to the canal. Above are a few faint
wrinkles. Coluniella armed with about eight plications, the
upper short and deep seated, the lower running out almost to
the margin of the lobe and doubling by intercalation. Specimen
figured, 00 mm. long and 60 broad; another, 100 mm. long,
70 mm, broad.

Hal). Between Green Cape and Gabo Island, 50 to 100
fathoms.

With it were associated, Casbidea thomsoni, Brazier ; Fasciolaria
austrcdasia, Perry; Fusinus novce-hollandice, Reeve; Peni<>n
maximus, Tryon ; P. ivaitei, Hedley ; Charonia nodifer, var.
euclia, Hedley ; Scaphella fusiformis, Swainson ; Pecten bifrons,
Lamarck ; Cardita raouU, Angas ; and Chione cJiemnitzii,
Hanley.

ARGOBUCCINUM KETIOLUM, sp. nov.
(Plate xi., tig. 5.)

Shell ovately fusiform, large, light and thin, spire elevated,
body whorl two thirds of total length. Colour pale buff, within
the aperture an ochraceous margin. Whorls in all specimens
seen have a broken apex, on the best preserved example seven
whorls remain, inflated, parted by deeply contracted sutures.
Sculpture : varices are irregular in position and development,
two, one or none to a whorl. The general surface is neatly
reticulated, on the last whorl twenty-two spiral cords intersect
thirty-five radials and project as small tubercles at the crossing-
point, between the main cords run minute interstitial threads;
the penultimate carries twenty-seven radials and nine spirals.
Fragments remain of a thin olivaceous epidermis. Aperture
ovate, outer lip protected by a varix outside, simple within. At
the posterior angle a low, deep seated, entering ridge. Inner lip
with a thin callus margin. Canal open, short, broad, bent
slightly upwards and to the right. Length, 130 mm. : breadth,
60 mm.

This species belongs to the small subgeuus Priene, hitherto
limited to America. From Triton scoter, King, 1 the type of that
subgenus, the Australian shell differs by its larger size, more
elongate form, longer canal and more open sculpture. It makes
the seventh member of the genus found in Australia, the others

] King Zool. Joxirn., v., 1831, p. :

74 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

being, A. australasia, Perry, 1811, A. &a*W, Augas, 1869,
A. epitrema, Tenison Woods, 1877, A. fraterculum, Danker,
1871, A. suceinctum, Linne, 1771, and A. tiiiiii<lnm, Unnker,
1872.

Hfib. A few specimens from 50-100 fathoms between Green
Cape and Gabo Island; a few more including the type, from
100-250 fathoms south of Gabo Island. In the British Museum
1 noticed a unique broken specimen, about four inches long,
marked Ranella, sp., which was taken by the "Challenger"
Expedition at Station 164B., off Sydney, in 410 fathoms.
Probably it is the species under discussion.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIIT.

Fig. 1. Charonia nodifera, Lamarck, var enclia, Hedley.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

PLATE VIIT.

C. CLUTTON, photo., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 2. AUivasum aurantiacum, Vevco.

ZUUL. RESULTS "ENDKAVolJR," VOL. II.

I'l.ATK IX.

P. CI.ARKE, del., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 3. Ancilla coccinea, Hedley.
Fig. 4. Cassiden stadialis, Hedley.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

1'l.ATK X.

\

P. CLAKKE, del., and C. GLUTTON, photo., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XT.

Fig. 5. Argdbuccinum retiolum, Hedley.

Fig. 0. Foramelina exempla, Hedlej, dorsal aspect : valves

closed in natural apposition, and a tnft of byssns

protruding from the orifice.

/nnL. RESULTS " KNDKAVOUR," VOL. II.

PLATE XI.

C. CLUTTON, photo., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 7. Foramelina exem-pla, Hedley ; exterior.
Fig. 8. Interior of the same (right) valve.

ZUOL. RESULTS " KNDKAVOUli," VOL. II

PLATE XL1.

.

C. CLUTTON, photo., Austr. Mus.

III. Report on some Fishes obtained by the F.I.S. " Endeavour "
on the Coasts of Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria,
Tasmania, South and South- Western Australia.

PAET II.

BY

ALLAN E. McCULLOCH,
Zoologist, Australian Museum, Sydney.

Plates xiii.-xxxiv. ; Text figs. 1-15.

FISHES. Mcrru.ocH. 77

REPORT OX THE FISHES.

PART 2.
I. INTRODUCTION.

Inclusive of both the marine and fresh-water forms, there are
about one thousand eight hundred and forty species of fishes at
present known from Australia. Though this number includes
many which will ultimately prove to be mere synonyms of the
others, yet it is almost certain that a complete list of the fishes
occurring in our waters will exceed two thousand. In their
excellent check-list of the fishes of Oceania 1 , Jordan and
Seale list one thousand seven hundred and four species, of which
four hundred and forty seven are Hawaiian 2 , and about
four hundred and eighty occur at Samoa l . The relatively
small islands of Japan provide one thousand two hundred and
thirty species 3 , while the fishes of North and Middle
America, which are much better known, number three thousand
two hundred and sixty three 4 .

Taking into consideration the length of the Australian coast-
line, and its extent from far into the tropics to the cooler
temperate regions, we may expect to find a richness of marine
faiuia equal to that of any other part of the world of similar size.
By far the greater proportion of those already recorded are
known from the eastern and south-eastern parts of the continent,
no collecting having been systematically carried out on the
northern and western coasts. The present number one thousand
eight hundred and forty, therefore, can only be accepted, as
indicative of an extraordinary variety of fish-life occurring on our
coasts, much of which remains to be discovered.

Further, our knowledge of the deep-sea fishes is particularly
meagre, being based on a few scattered hauls made by the
" Challenger Expedition " 5 , and more recently by the
" Woy Woy " G . The " Endeavour," however, has lowered a

1 Jordan & Seale Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish., xxv., 1906, pp. 173-455.

2 Jordan & Everniauu Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxiii., pt. i., 1905.

3 Jordan, Tanaka & Snyder Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, xxxiii., Art. 1,
1913.

4 Jordan & Evermann Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, pt. iv., 1900.

5 Gunther " Challenger" Kept., Zool., i., 880, and xxii., 1887.

6 McCullooh Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1907, p. 346.

78 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

lai'ge commercial trawl into 450 fathoms and several lesser
depths in the Great Australian Bight, and, as might be expected,
has captured a wonderfully rich collection of new or little known
fishes. Many of these are genei'ically and even specifically
identical with the species known from similar depths in other
parts of the world, though they have not been previously
recognised from Australian waters, and they give some idea of
the lai'ge number of species which will have to be added to the
Australian list when this section of our fauna is better known.

It may be mentioned here that such of these deep-sea fishes as
have been examined bear a marked resemblance to those
described from Japan, Hawaii, and the Indian Ocean, while a
few are apparently identical with species occurring in the
Mediterranean and the neighbouring Atlantic Ocean. Some of
them are also known to occur in shallow water in New Zealand
whei'e so many deep sea types are occasionally cast up on the
beaches.

The following are dealt with in this Report :

Oxynotns bmniensis, Ogilby ; Southern Australia. Near
0. centrina, Linnaeus ; Mediterranean and neighbouring
Atlantic.

Scymnorhinus licha, Bonnaterre ; Mediterranean and neigh-
bouring Atlantic, Japan, New Zealand and Southern
Australia.

Squatina tergocellata, sp. nov. ; Southern Australia, Near
S. africana, Regan ; Natal.

Polyipnus tridentifer, sp. nov. ; Southern Australia. Near
P. spinosus, Giinther ; Indian and Western Pacific
Oceans.

Neoscopelus macrolepidotus, Johnson; Atlantic, Indian, and
Pacific Oceans, New Zealand and Southern Australia.

Centriscops humerosus, Richardson ; Southern Australia and
New Zealand.

Notopogon lilliei, Regan ; Southern Australia and New
Zealand.

Hyperoglyphe johnstonii, Morton ; Southern Australia and
New Zealand.

Seryx decadactylus, Cuvier & Valenciennes ; Madeira, Japan,
and Southern Australia,

Hoplostethus intermedius, Giinther ; Southern Pacific and
Southern Australia.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 79

Hoplostetlius mediterraneus, Cuvier & Valenciennes ; Mediter-
ranean and Madeira, Japan and Southern Australia.

Hoplostetkus gigas, sp. nov. ; Southern Australia.

Plagiogeneion macrolepis, sp. nov. ; Southern Australia. Near
P. rubiginosus, Hutton ; New Zealand.

Cyttosoma boops, Gilchrist ; South Africa and Southern Aus-
tralia.

Allocyttns verrucoaus, Gilchrist ; South Africa and Southern
Australia.

Neocyttus rhomboidcdis, Gilchrist ; South Africa and Southern
Australia.

Hoplichthys haswelli, McCulloch ; Southern and South-eastern
Australia.

Hoplichthys ogllbyi, sp. nov. ; Southern Queensland. Near
several Indian and Pacific Ocean species.

Chirolophim laticeps, Ogilby ; Southern Queensland.

Halieutwa brevicauda, Ogilby ; Southern Queensland. Near
H. fttmosa, Alcock ; Indian seas.

Of the other species referred to in this Report, little need be
said here. Their representation in the " Endeavour " collections
has enabled me to extend their known distribution in some cases,
and to prepare complete descriptions and figures in others. In
all, fourteen species are described as new, and two gepera are
proposed for known species. Variations of others are ateo noted
and figured.

An item requiring special reference here is the status of a
paper by Mr. J. Douglas Ogilby, entitled " Endeavour Series,
No. 1 On some New Fishes from the Queensland Coast."
This was read before the Royal Society of Queensland in
November 1910, and was to have been published in Vol. XXIII.
of the " Proceedings " of that Society. It was set up in type,
and author's reprints were issued and distributed before it Avas
withdrawn from publication for reasons stated on page 85 of the
same volume, It is fully quoted in the " Zoological Record " for
1911 as though it had appeared in the "Proceedings," but, of
course all the references there given are unfortunately incorrect.
The only copies of the paper extant therefore are a few of the
author's reprints which were distributed by him before its with-
drawal, so it becomes a matter of opinion as to whether the paper
has been published or not.

80 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

I have accordingly treated it from both points of view, quoting
it and using the new names as though they had appeared accord-
ing to the rules of nomenclature, while redescribing and figuring
the actual specimens, so far as is possible, on which the names
are based.

Mr. Ogilby was on board the " Endeavour " during the greater
part of the time she was in Queensland waters, and his paper
deals with some of the more striking fishes which attracted his
attention. Some of his descriptions were prepared on board the
ship, and the type specimens were forwarded to Sydney without
labels or other identification marks, and without being again
examined by him. The preparation of a second description of
such specimens as can be identified as his types has enabled me
to rectify errors in the original diagnoses which Avere doubtless
the result of their hurried preparation. The following species
were described as new Raja polyomtnata, Sauridafilamentosa,
MacrorhampJwsus lancifer, Dentex spariformis, Pentapus aurifilum,
I 'i>i'n"<iidcs Jiltfer, Sillago aurieo'iuis, Choerodoii frenatus, CJicerodon
inbi<jHns, Chcsrodon monostigma, Antigonia rubicunda, Neosebastes
luclsiplii-nis, Scorpcena, grandisqtiamis, J/</x//r* macrolepidotus,
Ml >iu us versicolor, Erosa iridea, Paracentropogon scorpio, Para-
ceii.tropogoii vespa, Hyalorhynchus pellucidus, Lepidotrigla umbrosa,
Lepidotrigla tjraitdis, Lepidotrigla argns, Lepidotrigla calodactyla,
Dactyloptenapapilio,Arnoglo8su8 rai-atncp, Uranoscopus terrceregince,
CallinityiiuiH utfiiiis, CJiirolophi u$ laticeps and Halieutcea Irei-t-
i;nida. The last two are redescribed and figured here, and
Hyalorhynchiis pellucidus is shown to be synonymous with
Elates thompsoni, Jordan and Seale. Figures of others have
been prepared, and will be published later.

In conclusion, I have to thank Mr. H. C. Danuevig, Common-
wealth Director of Fisheries, for valuable information on the
occurrence of the specimens forwarded for examination.

FAMILY SQUALID^.
Genus OXYNOTUS, l\nfm_

O.XYNOTUS BRUNIENS1S, UijilbiJ.

(Plate xiii.J

Centriiia bninieiisis, Ogilby, Rec. Au.str. Mus., ii., 1893. p. 62.

Id,, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), ii., 1908, ,,. 42,
Centriint Adrian!, Hntton, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., xxii., 1890.

p. 276.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 81

Six examples, 585-600 mm. long, exhibit some variation in the
form and size of the tins. The spines of both dorsals differ in
length iu each specimen, and the extreme height of the tirst
dorsal is equal to the distance from the tip of the snout to either
the tirst or the last gill-opening ; the hinder margin may be con-
cave, or straighter as in the specimen figured. The membrane
of the tail is damaged in two of the specimens, and consequently
that tin appeal's to be a little smaller than in the more perfect one
which is figured.

Regan has suggested the identity of O. bnniti'iixis and
0. centrum, but a comparison of the Australian specimens with
a Mediterranean example of the latter species, shows the two to
be quite distinct. In (). hrft-n-iensi; the body is very much
deeper, and the interspace between the two doi'sal tins is narrower
than in 0. centrum. The scales of the Mediterranean species are
smaller, of uneven size, and densely crowded, whereas they are
larger and more uniform in size in O. bruniensis, and separated
from one another so that the bare skin is visible between them.
Filially the spiracle is quite different in the two species, being
smaller and round, and less than half as wide as the eye in
0. bnaueHsia, while it is larger, oval, and more than half as wide
as the eye in 0. centrum.

For the opportunity of comparing the Australian specimens
with a European one, I have to thank M. Jules Richard, Director
of the Musoe Oceanographique, who forwarded specimens of this
and other fishes to the Australian Museum.

Jjucfi. Eastern edge of Bass Strait, 100-220 fathoms;
December, 1912.

Great Australian Bight, 80-120 fathoms; April, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, Long. 127-128 U E., 160-200 fathoms ;
June, 1913.

FAMILY SCYMNORHINID^E.

Genus SCYMNORHINUS, Bonaparte. 1
SCYMNOKHINUS LICHA, Bonnuterre.

(Plate xiv., fig. 1 ; Fig. 1.)
licha, Bonnaterre, Encycl. Meth., Ichth., 1788, p. 12.

s lichia, Parker, Trans. N. Zeal. lust., xv., 1883,
p. 223, pis. xxxi-xxxii.
Did at iiia licha, Jordan & Fowler. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxvi.,
1903, p, 637 (synonymy).

Scyinnorhiniis lic-hla, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), ii.,
1908, p. 54.

1 For notes on the use of Scymnorhinus rather tliaii Dalatia*, Rafines-
que, see Garman Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxiv., 1899, p. 31.

82

ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Head, from end of snout to first gill-opening, 6.47 in the total
length ; its breadth behind the spiracles 1.6 in its length. Depth
of body at origin of first dorsal, 1.34 in the head. Snout almost
equal to the eye in length, a little less than half the interocular
width, and 5.67 in the head. Preoral portion of head 3.14,
aperture of mouth 2.79, interocular space 2.66, and least depth
of the caudal peduncle 5 in the head. Width of spiracle two-
thirds the diameter of the eye,

Body elongate, rather robust. Head short and broad, flat
above, the lower profile forming a deep curve from the snout to
the mouth. Snout obtusely pointed anteriorly but widening
rapidly to the nostrils which form an angle on each side of it
about the middle of its length. Eyes large, a little nearer the
spiracle than the tip of the snout, and placed in the upper half of
the head. Mouth very slightly curved, the centre of the upper
lip below, or a little behind the middle of the eye; upper lid
continued backward in a broad curve on either side to below the
spiracle, forming an oblique groove behind each angle of the
mouth. Nostrils wide, opening anteriorly on the sides of the
snout with large circular apertures, their lower halves each with
a broad, free, skinny lobe in front. Spiracle very broad, 2^-2f
in the interval separating them. First to fourth gill-slits sub-
equal in width ; about as wide as the spiracle ; the fifth is a little
wider than the others and extends a little round the anterior base
of the pectoral.

Fig. 1 Under side ef head, teeth, and scales of Scymnorhiitus licha.

Teeth of the lower jaw divided into two portions, the upper
one triangular and minutely serrated : loAver portion quadrate,
the outer surface with two tumid swellings at its upper angles,

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 83

and three impi'essed grooves, the median of Avhich is the deepest.
The lateral teeth are very slightly oblique. Either one or two
rows may be functional, and about five more are reversed inside
the mouth. The upper teeth are much smaller, narrow and
pointed, and not serrated. They are arranged in about seven
oblique rows of which three are functional.

Skin everywhere covered with small, rough scales which are
diamond-shaped, the hinder half being larger than the anterior
portion. The posterior angle is raised from the skin as a stout
spine from which a median ridge extends to the front of the
scale, and two lateral ones are parallel with its sides ; the
junctions of the ridges at the anterior and lateral angles of the
scale are marked by small triangular areas. A. lateral line can
be traced from the inner angle of each spiracle along the upper
half of the body to the middle of the caudal peduncle, whence it
extends along the tail and descends to the lower side of the
vertebral column near its tip.

Profile of the back rising evenly from the snout to the first
dorsal, which originates about midway between the tip of the
snout and the posterior base of the second dorsal, or rather nearer
the latter ; the distance separating the two fins equals about five
times the length of the base of the first. The two dorsals are
subequal in size or the second may be a trifle the larger. The
tip of the first is rounded, and the posterior angle is either not
produced or only slightly so ; the second differs only in having
the posterior angle more or less produced. Pectorals a little
larger than the dorsals and their margins rounded without any
angles ; their tips do not reach backward to the origin of the first
dorsal, the intei-val between the verticles of the two points being
either a little greater or less than the length of the eye. Ventrals
originating far in advance of the second dorsal, their posterior
point of insertion below the anterior portion or the middle of that
fin ; their outer angles are rounded, and the posterior ones are
slightly produced, though more so in the males than in the female
specimens. Caudal fin large and broad, the inferior lobe not
produced backward ; inferior margin oblique, forming a sharp
angle at its junction with the posterior lobe.

Colour. Brown with a very few small blackish spots, which are
round and irregularly scattered. Lips whitish in formalin.

Described from a male example, 114-0 mm. long. Bight others
are preserved, 500-1390 mm. long, of which two are females and
six are males. Beyond some slight variation in the relative sizes
and positions of the fins, all are quite similar. The scales of the
smaller specimens are less worn than those of the adults, and
the posterior portion is consequently rather longer and more
acute.

84 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Professor T. Jefferey Parker examined an example of
Scymnorhinus from New Zealand waters in 1882 which he
identified as S. liclui. In using that name for the specimens
described above, I do so only because the descriptions of the
Mediterranean species are so incomplete, that, in the absence of
typical specimens to compare Avith, it is impossible to determine
whether they are specifically identical or distinct. The Aus-
tralian Museum collection includes a skull of S. licha from the
Mediterranean, of which the teeth are similar to those of the
Australian specimens.

Though not particularly spiny, the scales of this shark are
extremely rough to the touch, and ones skin becomes unpleasantly
scraped when specimens are much handled.

Loo-.Great Australian Bight, Long. 127-128 E., 160-200
fathoms ; May & June, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, Long. 128-129 E., 200-300 fathoms.
FAMIIA SQUATINLD^.

Genus SQUATINA, Dnnteril.
SQUATINA TEUGOCEI.LATA, .sy>. HOC.
(Plate xv.; Fig. 2.)

Head, from snout to level of posterior angles of gill-openings,
4.32 in the total length to the middle of the caudal fin ; its
length is 1.12 in its width, which is 3.85 in the total. Eye 3
in the interocular space, which is 2.69 in the length of the head.
Width of mouth, including the tips of the maxillaries 1.49,
height of first dorsal 2.77 in the head. Length of pectoral from
anterior to posterior angle 2.59, length of tail to middle of caudal
fin 2.51 in the total length ; width of tail at its base 3.63 in its
length.

The skinny fold on each side of the head forms a very short,
indistinct lobe anteriorly, which terminates in front of the angle
of the mouth ; remaining portion of nearly equal width through-
out. Inner nasal lobes very large and divided into two portions :

Fig.. 2 Front view of head of Squutina tergocellata.

the innermost part forms a ramose flap on a short stalk, and the
other portion is broader with a ramose border. Outer nasal

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 85

lobes hidden beneath the others, their margins fringed. Inter-
ocular space concave, its width a little greater than that between
the inner angles of the spiracles. Snout and supraorbital regions
armed with stout, spiniform tubercles ; a series of three runs
from the snout to the autero-superior angle of the orbit, and one
or two smaller ones are grouped around the base of the last;
another one is in front of the eye, and three more are placed
between the postero-superior margin of the orbit and the
spiracle. Teeth strong, in two rows autei-iorly and in three on
the sides of each jaw. Tongue triangular, pointed in front.

Back covered with minute tricarinate denticles, of which the
median ones are somewhat enlarged, and form a series which
extends backward nearly to the first dorsal. They are present
on the proximal portions of the pectorals and ventrals, but the
remaining parts of the upper surface of these fins is naked ; their
anterior edges are covered with microscopic, imbricate denticles
which extend onto their lower surfaces, and form, on the pectoral,
an inferior band which is about half as wide as the iuterocular
space. Head granular above and in front of the eyes, and on its
sides. Tail uniformly covered with minute denticles above.
Lower surface of head and body naked, that of the tail closely
covered with imbricate denticles which do not extend forward to
its base.

Outer angle of pectoral much greater than a right angle, the
posterior rounded ; the distance between the anterior extremity
and the posterior angle of the base is rather more than half the total
length of the fin, Ventrals reaching a little beyond the origin
of the first dorsal. Base of the first dorsal a little more than
half its height, which is greater than the interspace between the
two fins. Second dorsal a little lower than, but otherwise similar
to the first. Posterior margin of the caudal deeply notched ; the
upper lobe is truncate behind, becoming oblique before its
junction with the lower lobe, which is obliquely truncate.

Colour. Light yellowish- brown, closely covered with small,
round, blue spots. Upper surface with eight dark-edged, and
dark-spotted ocelli, of which four are in a row across the back
behind the head, the two outer ones being the larger and placed
on the pectoral fins ; the four others are in a line with the front
of the ventrals, the two inner ones the larger, and the othei's on
the hinder portions of the pectoral and not so marked as the
first. Several other paired brown rings are placed at intervals
along the back. Described from a single female specimen,
420 mm. long from the snout to the middle of the caudal.

This species appears to be closely allied to ti. africtm*,
Regan 1 , but has much more complex nasal lobes, longer
pectorals, and a different colour pattern. There is also a

1 Regan Ann. Natal Govt. Mus., i., pt. 3, 1908, p. 248.

86

" ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

slightly enlarged median series of dorsal tubercles, which,
however, may be lost with age. It differs from the only species
recorded from Australia, S. australis, Began 1 , in having the
dorsal denticles tricarinate, and the greater part of the pectorals
and ventrals naked ; the tubercles on the snout are much larger
and differently arranged, the interspace between the spiracles is
less than the interocular width, and the colour marking is
altogether different.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, Long. 127-128 E., 160-200
fathoms ; June, 1913.

FAMILY AETOBATID^E.
Genus AKTORATUS, IHainville.
AKTORATUS AUSTRALIS, Macleay.
(Fig. 3.)

Aetobatus australis (Macleay), McCulloch, Zool. Results
" Endeavour," i., pt. 1, 1911, p. 15 synonymy.

Through the kindness of Mr. E. R. Waite, I have been able to
compare a New Zealand example of Aetobatus tenuicaudatus,
Hector 2 , with others of A. australis from New South Wales.
In general form, colour markings, and all other external
characters they are identical, but the teeth apparently afford

Fig. 3 Teeth of Aetobatus tenuicaudatus (left) and A. australis (right.)

specific characters. Those of the New Zealand species are
narrower in a longitudinal direction, and more numerous than in
A. australis ; the differences are illustrated in the accompanying
figures.

1 Began Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xviii., 1906, p. 438.

2 Hector Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., ix., 1877, p. 468, pi. x. Id , Waite,
Rec. Cantb. Mus., i., pt. 2, 1909, p. 152, pi. xxiii.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 87

FAMILY ARGENTINID^E.
Genus ARGENTINA, Luimt'iis.
ARGENTINA ELONGATA, Hnttun.

Argentina elongata (Hutton), McCulloch, Zool. Results
" Endeavour," i., pt. 1., 1911, p. 18.

A single specimen from eighty miles west of the meridian of
Eucla, Southern Australia, is of interest as showing that this
species occurs in Western Australian waters. It was trawled
in 80-120 fathoms,

FAMILY STERNOPTYCHID^E.
Genus POLYIPNUS, G'imther

POLYIPNUS TRIDENTIFER, sp. HOV.

(Plate xvi. ; Fig. 4.)

D. 13-14; A. 17-18; P. 13; V. 7; C. 19. Height of body
1.60-1.67 in the length to the hypural ; head, from tip of upper
jaw to operculum, 3.2-3.26 in the same. Eye 5.52-5.88, pectoral
fin 3.54-3.67, highest dorsal ray 3.54-3.67 and highest anal
ray 4.92-5.25 in the length. Depth of caudal peduncle 1.78-1.80,
and longest gill-raker 1.78 in the eye.

General form similar to that of P. nuttingi, Gilbert, though a
little more elongate posteriorly. The crests denning the inter-
orbital space are finely denticulated, and form, near their hinder
ends, a more or less distinct process with spines pointing forwards
and backwards. The post-temporals end in three very large
spines on each side, of which the upper is the longest, and the
lower one is bent downwards ; the middle one is a little smaller
than the others. The preopercular angle is armed with a strong
spine, near which the margins of both limbs are a little serrated.
Cleft of mouth vertical. Both the maxillary and mandible are
very bi-oad. The inferior maudibular margin is a little serrated,
and the lower angle is formed by a broad spine. Anterior
margin of the maxillary sloping forward when the mouth is
closed, and forming a sharp angle with the inferior one which
may be a little hooked ; inferior margin granular. A broad
supplemental bone is present with a smaller scale-like lamella
overlying its upper portion. Premaxillaries granular exteriorly,
with a series of depressible teeth which are in two rows
anteriorly. Mandibular teeth similar. Vomer with several
irregular, longitudinal rows of small depressible teeth, and there
mav be one or two small ones on the anterior end of the pala-
tines.

88 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Gill-membranes united, free from the isthmus, with nine
branchiostegals, of which the anterior are very slender and the
hinder ones broad. The gill-rakers are slender, and there are
about twelve on the lower limb of the first arch.

Dorsal fin preceded by a rather large, raised bone, which
forms several spines and keels ; it is placed midway between the
snout and the hypural or somewhat nearer the latter. The
dorsal rays are bifurcate, and the fourth or fifth is the longest.
Adipose dorsal of moderate size. The anal commences below or
behind the middle of the dorsal ; the fourth or fifth ray is the
longest, and the following ones are bifurcate. Pectorals narrow and
elongate, reaching nearly to the verticle of the base of the
ventrals ; the third or fourth upper rays are the longest, and
most of them are bifurcate. Ventrals inserted below the
anterior dorsal rays ; all its rays are divided, and the first is
broader than the others. Caudal forked.

Below and in front of the pectoral there is a large fan-like
expansion of the coracoid bone, which is coarsely striated, the
stride ending in small teeth on the margin. The clavicles form a
small, double spine at their symphysis on the ventral edge. Very
few scales are left upon the body, only a few of the stronger
ones covering the photophores remaining. Those along the
ventral edge bear some coarse striae, and their lower margins are
denticulated. Those above the anal are smooth, but the four on
the caudal peduncle are rough like the ventral ones.

The arrangement of the photophores is as usual in the genus.
By far the largest is the one occupying the greater portion of the
cheek. There is a small one on the upper part of the operculum
behind the eye. Six are in the gill-membrane on each side
anteriorly, and one underneath the lower part of the operculum.
There are six on the chest in front of the pectoral, and ten before
the ventral. Five are on the side between the pectoral and the
ventral, and two much higher up. Five in front of the anal, and
fifteen to seventeen above it in an unbroken row ; four more are
separated from these by a short space on the caudal peduncle.

Colour. Back blackish brown, with minute darker specks ;
a small triangular patch descends onto the sides anteriorly. A
small iridescent, blackish spot before the eye, and the upper
portion of the operculum is black, Eye brownish black, the
pupil surrounded by a golden ring which spreads out into a
broad patch below, and is sharply defined from the rest of the
eye. The fleshy area enclosed by' the post-temporal is blackish
above and silver below, the junction of the two forming a very
sinuous curve. All the photophores strongly outlined with deep
black.

FISHRS. McrrU.OCH. 89

Described from three specimens, 87-89 mm. long from the
snout to the end of the tail. The collection includes an excellent
series of ninety seven specimens, 42-93 mm. long, which exhibit
considerable variation in the form of the post-temporal spines,

Fig. 4 Polyipniis tridentifer. Variation of post -temporal spines.

Normally there are three spines as described above, but they
are often either deformed or not developed, and may be quite
different on each side of the same individual as in the accompany-
ing figures. The variations are not connected with the age of
the specimens, the spines being equally developed in young and
old specimens.

Young specimens ai*e a little deeper than the larger ones, the
depth being 1.54 as against 1.75 in the length ; the latter
measurement is taken from the most elongate specimen of the
series. There appears to be but very little variation in the
arrangement of the photophores, though those above the anal are
a little more uneven in some than in others. In all the remaining
characters the specimens are very similar to one another.

This species is very near to P. spinosns, Giinther 1 but has
more dorsal and anal rays and a greater number of anal photo-
phores. It is also more elongate, and the post-temporal spines,
though variable, are much more developed than in that species.
The same differences distinguish it from P. stereope, Jordan &
Starks 2 , which also has a smaller eye. It resembles P. nutthiyi,
Gilbert 3 in general form, but has more anal photophores and a
different colour-pattern ; in that species also the post-temporal
spines are but little developed. P. laternatits, Garman 4 , the
only other species, is not a true Palyipuus according to Gilbert 5 ,

o<-. Great Australian Bight, Long. 12928'E,, 350-450
fathoms: May 14, 1913.

1 Giinther-" Challenger " Kept., Zool., xxii., 1887, p. 170, pi. li., fig. b.

2 Jordan & Starks Bull. U.S. Fish. Oomm., 1902 (1904), p. 581,
pi. ii., fig. 3.

3 Gilbert Bull. U.S. Fish. Counu., 1903 (1905), p. 609, pi. Ixxiii.

4 Garman Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxiv. , 1899, p. 238.

5 Gilbert Loc cit. p. 610.

90 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

FAMILY MYCTOPHID^.
Genus NEOSCOPELUS, Johnson.
NEOSCOPELUS MACROLEPIDOTUS, Johnson.
(Plate xvii.)

Neoscopelus macrolepidotus, Johnson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1863,
p. 44, pi. vii. Id., Goode & Bean, Oceanic Ichth., 1895,
p. 93, pi. xxix., fig. 108-109. Id., Alcock, Cat. Ind.
Deep-sea Fish., 1899, p. 164 (references).

Scopelus macrolepidotus, Giinther, Brit. Mns. Cat. Fish., v.
1864, p. 414, and " Challenger " Rept., Zool., xxii., 1887,
p. 196.

The collection includes two specimens, 200-230 mm. long,
which do not quite agree with any of the published figures of this
species. In Johnson's plate, the ventrals are shown as inserted
below the fourth dorsal ray, whereas in my specimens they com-
mence vertically beneath the origin of the dorsal. The relative
positions of the adipose dorsal and the anal are better shown in
Goode & Bean's figure, the former being placed well before the
end of the latter ; but it is not so far forward as in Jordan and
Starks' figure of the closely allied N. alcocki. In all other
details my specimens appear to be identical with A 7 , macrolepi-
dotus.

Colour. When first received their general colour was deep
pink, the scales having silvery reflections, and the ventral surface
on which the photophores are placed was violet black. Eyes and
photophores silvei'y gold, and the exposed bones of the head
burnished silver. Fins pink like the body,

Loc. Great Australian Bight, Long. 129 28 'E., 350-450
fathoms ; 14th May, 1913.

FAMILY MACRO RHAMPHOSIM}.

Genus CENTRISCOPS, Gill.
CENTRISCOPS HUMEROSUS, Richardson.

Centriscus humerosus, Richardson, Voy. " Erebus & Terror,"
Fish., 1846, p. 56, pi. xxxiv., fig, 5-6. Id., Giinther, Brit.
Mus. Cat. Fish., iii., 1861, p. 522.

Centriscops humerosus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Philad.,
1862, p. 234, footnote.

Centriscops humerosus, var obliquus, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus.,
i., pt. 3, 1911, p. 170, pi. xxvi.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 91

Gentriscops obliquus, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., i., pt, 4, 1912,
p. 318.

Gentriscns (Limiculina) humerosus, Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philad., 1907 (1908), p. 426.

(Not Centriscops humerosus, McCulloch, Zool. Results
"Endeavour," i., pt. 1, 1911, p. 24, fig. 9, and pi. v.
Id., Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., i., pt. 3, 1911, p. 169,
= Notopoyon lilliei, Regan.)

The collection includes thirty-three specimens, 152-245 mm.
long from the end of the snout to the tips of the middle caudal
rays. The smallest agree perfectly with Richardson's figure,
while the largest are well represented by Waite's plate of
G. obliquus. The form of the body is very variable, but the
dorsal hump is always much more pronounced in old than in
young specimens. The ventral profile may form either a very
deep curve or only a shallow one, and the slope from the vent to
the caudal peduncle, together with that from the dorsal spine, is
much more abrupt in some than in others. The dorsal spine is
always much shorter in adults, and the snout is a little variable
in length. The eye increases in size with age, and becomes
surrounded with more or less numerous spinules.

All the specimens had the oblique bands shown in Waite's
figure, but they have become indistinct or have been lost during
preservation. When first received, some retained patches of a
deep rose-pink colour and the oblique bars were yellowish ; the
pink was broken up into an angular network on the head and in
front of the pectorals.

The principal difference between C'. obliq'tms and G. humerosus
lies in the presence or absence of the oblique colour-bands, but I
regard this as entirely due to the state of preservation of the two
type specimens. All the differences in form betsveen them are
fully accounted for by the changes which this species undergoes
with growth.

s. Great Australian Bight, Long 12928'E., 350-450
fathoms ; 14th May, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, Long. 12645i'E., 130-320 fathoms.

Genus NOTOPOGON, Regan.
NOTOPOGON LILLIEI, Regan.

Notopof/on lilliei, Regan, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (8), xiii., 1914,
pp. 14, 20.

92 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Centriscops humerosus, McCulloch, Zool, Results " Endeavour,"
i., pt. 1, 1911, p. 24, fig. 9, and pi. v. Id., Waite, Rec.
Cantb. Mus., i., pt, 3, 1911, p. 169 (not of Richardson).

D. vi-vii. 15-16; A. 17-19; P. 16-17 ; V.I.4; C. 9. Head
1.93-2,27 in the length to the hypnral ; height, in front of the
venti-als, 2.46-2.11 in the same. Eye 3.75-6.11 in the head, and
2.12-4 in the snout, which is 1.76-1.50 in the head. Second
dorsal spine 1.42-3.58, caudal fin 2.72-2 88 in the head. Inter-
orbital space 1.6-1.3 in the eye.

All the exposed bones of the head are finely striated, and the
skin is covered with extremely minute longitudinal scales. The
snout is directed slightly upwards. A striated bony ridge
passes along the snout to the upper orbital margin, where it
spreads out into a fan-shaped bone ; it is followed by a series of
small, roughened bones, which extend over the upper border of
the preoperculum, and which are broader and less distinct than
in Ceiitriscops humerosus. A second ridge passes below the nostrils
to the front edge of the eye, and forms the lower orbital border.
The nostrils are placed close together in a smooth area, a little in
advance of the eye.

The profile of the back arises in front of the eye, and ascends
rapidly to a point above the operculum, where, in young
specimens, it forms a slight angle, and then runs almost straight
to the dorsal spine. In adults, this point is marked by a crest of
stout bristles, behind which tlie profile rises still higher before
timiing towards the spine. The back is never greatly humped as
in C. humerosus. The ventral profile forms a more or less even
curve between the snout and the caudal peduncle. In front of
the ventrals its edge is very sharp, and is formed of five bony
scutes which are almost hidden in the skin in all but the
smallest specimens ; the posterior sciite ends in a spine or
several spinules. A ridge is present on either side of the median
line, which extends backwards to the end of the ventral fin ; its
postei'ior scutes are armed with spines. Two or three more
scutes are on the median line between the tips of the ventrals and
the vent.

The scales covering the body are exceedingly fine and velvety,
though they are proportionately larger in the young than in the
adults ; they cannot be distinguished from one another as in
C. humerosus. There are two series of bony plates on the sides
of the back above the pectoral fin, the upper consisting of four
plates and the lower of three ; these are smaller, and more
oblique than in Richardson's species, and there is no sign of any
smaller ones on either side of the profile of the back.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 98

First dorsal spiue minute. The second is very long in the
young, and short and stout in adults ; it is coarsely striated, and
is armed with more or less numerous spines on its hinder edges.
The following spines are largely hidden in the skin, only their
tips projecting ; they are striated, and decrease in size backwards.
Third or fourth dorsal rays longest, and either a little, or much
longer than the base of the soft portion of the fin ; all the rays
are simple except the last which may be so deeply divided as to
count as two. The base of the anal is longer than that of the
dorsal, and it commences much, and terminates a little in advance
of that fin. The third or fourth rays are the longest, and equal
to one-half or three-quarters of the length of the base. Caudal
rays simple, the upper ones often, a little longer than the others.
Pectoral rays simple, the third the longest, once and a half to
more than twice as long as the eye, Ventrals small, one half
to three-quarters as long as the eye ; the spine is rather small,
and the four rays are branched.

Colour. Uniform sandy-yellow in formalin. Some notes on
the colours of fresh specimens are given in my previous paper
quoted above.

Described from two specimens 70 and 270 mm. long. The
young differ from the adults in having the body less elevated, and
the snout shorter The second dorsal spine is very much longer,
the eye larger, and the crest of bristles on the bck is not
developed. Both forms are figured in my first " Endeavour
Report,"

N. littiei differs from Q. humerosus in lacking the pro-
minent hump on the back, and in having a more slender snout.
The scales are minute and velvety instead of larger and rough,
and the enlarged scutes are not so numerous, less prominent, and
differently arranged. C. humerosus also lacks the tuft of bristles
on the back, and its colour marking is quite different to this
species.

Mr. Waite has very kindly compared specimens of C. cristatus
which I forwarded to him, with those he described as C*. humerosus,
and he informs me that they undoubtedly all belong to the same
species. He has also enabled me to examine one of his
" Nora Niven " examples which does not differ from those
described above.

Locs. The largest of the specimens described was trawled
sixty miles south of Cape Everard, Victoria, in 60-70 fathoms.
The other was obtained off Storm Bay, Tasmania.

94 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

FAMILY SYNGNATHID^E.

Genus HIPPOCAMPUS, Rafinesque.

HIPPOCAMPUS ABDOMINALIS, Lesson.

Hippocampus abdominalis (Lesson), McCulloch, Zool. Results
" Endeavour," i., pt, i., 1911, p. 29, pi. vi., fig. 1.

Hippocampus graciliformis, McCulloch, Loc. cit,, fig. 2.

Two specimens, 110-120 mm. long, though more like
H. abdominalis form than that of H. graciUformis, nevertheless
leave no doubt that the latter is but the young of the former.
The form of the coronet and cephalic spines is intermediate
between the two as is the development of the tubercles, and to
a lesser degree, the breadth of the abdomen. The length of the
snout is different in both specimens. They are pure white in
formalin with chocolate-brown spots and crossbars, which vary
greatly in their arrangement ; the dorsal fin has a rather broad
dark edge.

Loc. Investigator Strait, South Australia, 12-20 fathoms ;
February, 1912,

FAMILY STROMATEID^E.
Genus HYPEROGLYPHE, G'ttnther.

Hyperoglyphe, Giiuther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., i., 1859, p. 337
(Diagramma porosa, Richardson).

Eurumetopos, Morton, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1887 (1888),
p. 77. Id,, Waite, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst , xliv., 1912,
p. 202 (E. johnstonii, Morton).

Regan 1 regarded Hyperoglyphe as a synonym of Leirus, Lowe,
but it seems to be separable from that genus by the constant form
of its first dorsal fin, of which the spines are very strong, and the
median ones are higher than those following them.

In his definition of Hyperoglyphe, Giinther has described the
teeth as arranged in villiform bands on the jaws, but they really
form single rows as noted by Richardson in the original descrip-
tion of H. porosa.

Eurumetopos, Morton, is evidently the adult form of
Hyperoglyphe. 1 have compared my examples of E. johnstonii
with Richardson's description and figure of H. porosa, and find
no important differences between them. Though all are of large

1 Began Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), x., 1902, p. 195.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 95

size, 527-1072 mm. long, my specimens prove that the body
becomes more elongate with age, the depth being 2.81-3.42
respectively in the length from the snout to the hypural. In the
type of H. porosa, which is only 5^ inches long, the depth is 2|
in the same length. The latter also has the margins of the
preorbital and several opercular bones serrated, while they are
nearly smooth in Kurumetopos, though there are distinct indica-
tions of serrations in the smallest of my specimens.

As Eummetopos, the genus has been defined by Waite (loc. fit.),
to whom I am indebted for drawing my attention to its probable
identity with Hyperoglyphe.

HYPEROGLYPHE JOHNSTONII, Morton.
(Plate xviii.)

Eummetopos johnstonii, Morton, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1887
(1888), p. 77, with plate. L:L, Waite, Trans. N. Zeal,
List., xliv., 1912, p. 200, pi. xii.

The type of this species was found on the beach at Bridge-
water, Tasmania It was brought to Sydney by Mr. A. Morton,
and. while here, a photograph was taken of it which is the original
of the very imperfect plate illustrating his paper. An excellent
print of it, and a second stuffed specimen 635 mm. long, which
was received from him is in the Australian Museum collection.

Four specimens, 527-1072 mm. long, taken by the " Endeavour "
agree perfectly with both the photograph and the skin, but show
considerable variation in the depth of the body as noted above.
The largest specimen has a rather more tumid snout than the
others, and the pectoral fins may be either about three-fourths the
length of the head or a little longer than it ; the first anal spine
is extremely small, and more or less hidden in the skin.

Waite has recently described and figured a large example,
954 mm. long, from the Chatham Islands, New Zealand. He
also had another smaller one, 537 mm. long, from the market in
Christchurch, of which a cast is in the Australian Mixseuni. His
figure agrees better Avith my smaller specimens than the larger
ones, though in none of mine is the curve of the back so pro-
nounced as he shows it. I therefore publish a photograph of a
specimen in the flesh, 900 mm. in length.

H. johnstonii is possibly the adult form of H. purosa,
Richardson 1 which is known only from the type specimen, 5|
inches long, and some very small ones 25-30 mm. long which

1 Eichardson Zool. "Erebus & Terror," Fishes, 1845, p. 26, pi. xvi.,
fig, 5-6

96 u ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

were obtained by the "Challenger" 1 . The "Endeavour"
specimens differ from Richardson's description and figure chiefly
in having the preorbital and various opercular bones almost
entire instead of serrated, the dorsal originating behind instead of
above the base of the pectoral, and the pectoral much more
elongate.

Loc. The specimens examined were taken in the trawl with
several others of similar size in the Great Australian Bight,
Lat. 33'18'S, Long. 12642'E., in 130-170 fathoms. Their
eating quality proved very good, the flesh being white and flaky.
They were forwarded to Sydney in ice, and the largest weighed
41 Ibs. after being thawed out.

FAMILY BERYCIML

Genus BERYX, Cuvier.

BERYX DECADACTYLUS, Cuvier fy Valenciennes.

Beryx decadactylns, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
iii., 1829, p. 222. Id. Giinther, "Challenger" Rept.,
Zool., xxii , 1887, p. 33, pi. vi. (skeleton.)

Beri/.i' *i>~leit<leiis, Lowe, Cambr, Phil. Trans., vi., 1839, pi. iii.
(not description).

Three large examples, 460-500 mm. long, agree with Lowe's
excellent figure of this species, and with the proportions and such
external parts as are shown in Gunther's plate. When first
received in ice, the entire body and fins were of a uniform
carmine pink, each scale and the opercular bones being shot with
a beautiful silvery blue iridescence.

Loc. Eastern slope of Bass Strait, between Gabo and Flinders
Island, outside the 100 fathom line.

FAMILY TRACHICHTHYID^.
Genus HOPLOSTETHUS, Cuvier Valenciennes.

Hoplostethus, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., iv.,
1829, p, 469 (H. mediterranens, Guv. & Val.)

The identification of the several species of this genus offers
many difficulties, partly owing to the fact that they have nearly
all been described from young specimens, and again because their
scanty representation in collections has prevented any systematic

1 Giinther "Challenger" Eept., Zool., xxxi., 1889, p. 11, pi. ii.,
fig. F (head).

FISHES. MCCULT.OCH. 97

study of their variation.- Some of the differences indicated in
the following key may therefore prove to be invalid.

a. Body elongate, height about 3 in length ; 4 dorsal

spines elongatus J .

mi. Body deeper, height 2-2| in length ; 5-7 dorsal spines.

b. 17 dorsal rays atlantii-"*.

bb. 13-15 dorsal rays.

c. Superficial bones of head delicate and narrow.

d. 5 dorsal spines; 15-19 abdominal scutes

pacificus,

dd. 6 dorsal spines; 9-13 abdominal sctites

mediterraneiis inter medius.
cc. Superficial bones of head coarse and broad.... yigas.

HOPLOSTETHUS MEDiTERRANEUS, C'nvier $ Valenciennes,

var, latns, var. nur.

(Fig 5.)

Hoplostethus mediterraneus, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat.
Poiss., iv., 1829, p. 469, pi. xcvii. Id., Goode & Bean,
Oceanic Ichthyol., 1895, p. 189, fig. 208. Id., Alcock,
Cat. Indian Deep-sea Fish., 1899, p. 34, and Illnstr. Zool.
Investig., Fishes, 1895, pi. xiv., fig, 3.

D.vi./13 ; A.iii./9 ; V.1./6 ; P.12-14; C.v-vi/21/v-vi. L.Lat, c.28.
Abdominal scutes 11-12. Height of body at origin of dorsal
1.90-2.05 in the length from the snout to the hypural. Length
of head, to end of bony operculum, 2.65-2.85 in the same. Orbit
2.33-2.63 in the head, and wider than the interorbital space
which is 2,85-3.05 in the same. Sixth dorsal spine 1.87-2.05,
longest ray 1.45-1.61. and third anal spine 2.41-2.26 in the head.
Base of anal fin 1.94-1.90 in that of the dorsal.

The above are the proportions of three specimens, 100-126 mm.
long, which are evidently very similar to H. mediterraneiis, as
originally described and figured by Cuvier and Valenciennes.
They differ however in being deeper and rounder, and in having
only nine instead of ten anal rays. According to Goode ami Beau,
the number of rays in the dorsal and anal fins is subject to con-
siderable variation (D, 12-15; A. 8-9), but in forty-five specimens,
representing three species, I find them to vary very little. In the

1 Trachichthys elongatus, Gunther ("Challenger" Eept., Zool., xxii.,
1887, p. 22) agrees in all its important structu7-al details with
Hoplostethus. Ogilby has placed it in Paratrachichfhys, Waite (Ogilby,
Mem. Qld. Mus., i., 1912, p. 43) but it has no affinity with that genus.

98

" ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Fig. 5. Hoplosteihus mediterraneus var. ladix, McCulloch.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH,

99

\ : ;.-;-- f' : ,;v/: :;.;';;;. -;^:;.'J
'' *

"" :

'''- > : >^

~>- I:

'. . 'I' '. -V-'

Fig. 6. Hoploatethus intermedius, Hector.

100 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC KESULTS.

several figures of H. mediterraneus, also, the pi-oportions of the
body are shown to differ considerably, which suggests that more
than one species is confused under that name. I have therefore
figured a Southern Australian example, 129 mm. long, which
may be regarded as a variety of the European form until repre-
sentative specimens of the two can be compared.

Locs. Nine specimens are in the collection from the following
localities.

Great Australian Bight, Long. 12645'E., 190-320 fathoms;
4th April, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, Long, 126-127E., Lat. 3320'S.,
80-100 fathoms ; March, 1912.

HOPLOSTETHUS INTERMEDIUS, Hector.

(Fig. 6.)

Trachichthys intermedius Hector, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., vii,,
1875, p. 245, pi. xi. Id., Giinther, " Challenger " Kept.,
Zool., xxii., 1887, p. 24, pi. v., fig. D. M, McCulloch,
Rec. Austr. Miis,, vi., 1907, p. 349,

D.vi./l3; A.iii./lO; V.i./6; P. 15-16; C.vi./21/v-vi. L. Lat.
28-29. Abdominal scutes 9-13. Depth of body at origin of
dorsal 2.11-2.27 in the length from the snout to the hypural ;
head, to the opercular spine, 2.64-2.8 in the same. Eye 2.61-3.11,
orbit 2.5-2.57 in the head. Interorbital space 1-1.31, snout
1.61-1.63 in the eye. Breadth of the maxillary 1,5-1.61, and
longest gill-raker 1,38-1.75 in the eye. Sixth dorsal spine
2.5-2.66, longest ray 1.71-1.75, and third anal spine 3.11-3 5 in
the head. Base of anal fin 1.67-1.77 in that of the dorsal.

The foregoing are the proportions of six specimens, 102-173
mm. long from the snout to the end of the middle caudal rays.
There are twenty two others in the collection, all taken together
in the one haul, which do not exhibit any variation in their
characters. They are easily distinguished by their more elongate
form from the others which I have identified as a variety of
H. mediterranem ; they also have always ten instead of nine anal
rays, counting the last double one as one in both cases, and the
length of the base of the anal is more than half that of the
dorsal.

Mr. C. Tate Regan has very kindly compared one of the
"Endeavour" specimens with the example in the British
Museum which was described and figured by Giinther and he
informs me they are referable to the same species. Giinther

FISHKP. MCCUI.LOCH. 101

counted forty scales along the lateral line, but this is obviously
an error. As both the type and the " Challenger " specimen are
rather small, and the figures of them are wanting in detail, I
have prepared a drawing of my largest specimen, which is repro-
duced in fig. 6.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, Long. 12928'E., 350-450
fathoms; 14th May, 1913.

HOPLOSTETHUS GIGAS, sp. nor.

(Plate xix.)

Br. 8; D, v-vii./13-14; A. iii./9-10 ; V. i./6 ; P. 15; C.
vi./21/vi.; L. Lat. 28-30. Head 2.89-3.03, depth, 2.16-2.26 in
the length to the hypural. Eye 3.43-3.88, bony orbit 3.12-3.58,
interorbital space 2.94-3.23 and snout 3.88-3.97 in the head.
Last dorsal spine 2.55-3.12, longest ray 2.09-2.37, and third anal
spine 3.14-3.58 in the head. Snout 1-1.14, breadth of maxillary
1.2-1.31, longest gill-raker 1.33-1.55 in the eye.

Body compressed, covered with moderately large scales, which
are a little less than half as wide as the enlarged ones on the
lateral line. They are very rough and have a broad striated
border ; their margins are more or less distinctly ctenoid. The
dorsal profile between the head and the first dorsal spine is raised
into an obtuse keel formed of slightly enlarged, and very rough
scutes. Eight to nine very large abdominal scutes, which are
coarsely striated and end in large spines.

Head rough, exposed surfaces of the bones finely granular;
the spaces between them are covered with thin, transparent
membrane. Operculum with coarsely granular radiating striae,
and without distinct spines, Preoperculum with a double border,
the angle with a spine in the smallest specimen, which is lacking
in the others. Eye very large, in the upper half of the head.
Interorbital space convex. Mouth oblique, maxillary reaching
to a little behind the posterior margin of the eye ; its upper half
is formed of an oblong, roughened, supplemental bone. Nostrils
directly before the upper part of the eye ; the anterior is about
half as large as the posterior. Lower jaw projecting, with two
bony tubercles at the symphysis. Suprascapular exposed, its
upper margin curved and denticulated, and there is a strong
spine overhanging the origin of the lateral line ; below this there
is a second more or less distinct spine.

Teeth villiform, in bands along the whole length of the pre-
maxillaries and mandible. A broad band, of moderate length,
on each palatine ; none on the vomer. At the junction of the
basibranchial bones and each gill arch there is a large patch of

102 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

strong villiform teeth, the patches increasing in size backwards ;
the gill arches are also provided with teeth anteriorly. Large
patches of similar teeth occur in the back of the throat. Gill-
rakers long and flattened, denticulated along their inner edges ;
there are thirteen along the lower limb of each arch. Gill-
membranes free from the isthmus.

Dorsal spines increasing regularly in length to the last, which
is much shorter than the anterior rays; all are rough with
coarse striae. The soft dorsal is more than twice as long as the
spinous portion, and its rays decrease evenly backwards. The
anal is similar in form to the dorsal, but it is considerably
shorter than the soft portion of that fin. Pectorals rather long
and narrow, l|-lf in the length of the head, and not quite
reaching the verticle of the vent; its margin is more or less
rounded. The ventrals reach from half to two thirds of their
distance from the vent ; the spine is broad and striated. Caudal
forked, with six striated spines on either side which are quite
distinct from the rays.

Colour. Yellowish white in formalin ; when first received all
the fins had traces of deep rose pink,

Described from eleven specimens, 350-525 mm. long. They
were trawled in the Great Auutralian Bight. They possibly
represent the adult form of the smaller ones which I have
identified as a variety of H. mediterraneiis, but differ so greatly
from, them that, in the absence of intermediate examples, they
are best regarded as distinct.

. Great Australian Bight, Lat. 3318'S,, Long. 12642 / E.,
in 130-170 fathoms.

FAMILY SERRANID^E.

Genus DIPLOPRION, Cuvier Valenciennes.

DIPLOPRION BIFASCIATUM, Cuvier fy Valenciennes.

Diploprion bifasciatum (Kuhl & Van Hasselt), Cuvier &
Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., ii., 1828, p. 137, pi. xxi.
Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ii., J878,
p. 346. Id., Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wieu, Ixxx.i.,
1879, p. 340. Id., Jordan & Richardson, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., xxxvii., 1910, p. 427, fig, 2 (references).

Two specimens, 200-215 mm. long, from Western Australia,
between Cape Naturaliste and Geraldtou, do not differ from
others in the Australian Museum from Cape York, Queensland,
and China. Macleay and Klunzinger have recorded the species
from Port Darwin.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH, 103

FAMILY CHEILODIPTERID^E.

Genus AMIA, Gronow.
AMIA CONSPERSA, Klunzinger.

Apogon conspersus, Klunzinger, Arch. Nat., xxxviii.i,, 1872,
'p. 18, and Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxx.i., 1879, p. 344,
pi. iii., fig. 2. It?., Steiudachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, Ixxxviii.i., 1883 (1884), p. 1066, pi. i., fig. 1, la.
Id, Macleay, Proc. Liim. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 1884,
p. 8.

Vincentia waterhousii, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Viet., i.,
1872, p. 245, and ii., 1873, p. 60. Id., Macleay, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 1881, p. 350.

Though the seventeen specimens examined differ somewhat
from Castelnau's description of Vincentia waterhonsii, I think it
probable that that species is identical with A. conspersa as stated
by Steindachner.

Steindachner also regarded Apogon opercularis, Macleay, as
synonymous with Klunzinger's species, b\it I have examined the
types of the former and find that they differ in having much
smaller mouths, and somewhat shorter and much broader
maxillary bones ; the direction of the dark band passing from the
eye to the preoperculum is also constantly different,

Loc. Investigator Strait, South Australia, 12-20 fathoms ;
February, 1912.

FAMILY ERYTHRICHTHYID^E.
Genus PLAGIOGENEIOX, Forbes.

Plagiogeneion, Forbes, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., xxii., 1890, p. 273
(Tlierapon rubiginosm, Hutton),

This genus is closely allied to Erythrichthys, Temminck &
Schlegel, and Emmelichthys, Richardson, but differs in the form
of its dorsal fin, and in having twelve spines. It is very similar
to Erythrichthys but the dorsal is not so deeply notched, and the
penultimate spine is as long as the last instead of being shorter
than it ; the teeth of both, if present, are microscopic, and are
apparently variable, though they are probably more distinct and
more persistent in Plagiogeneion. E mmeliclttltys has the poste-
rior dorsal spines isolated, and the body more slender than in the
other two genera ; it also appears to be always without teeth in
the jaws or palate. The three may be readily distinguished as
follows :

104 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC KESUI/FS.

a. Posterior dorsal spines isolated, thirteen in number.

Emmelichthys,
an. Posterior dorsal spines connected by membrane.

b. Eleven dorsal spines, the posterior ones low, and the

last longer than the penultimate one

Enjthrichthys.

bb. Twelve dorsal spines, the penultimate one as long as
the last, and not very low Plagiogeneion.

PLAGIOGENEION RUBIGINOSUS, Hutton.

Therapon rubiginosus, Hutton, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst,, viii.,
1876, p. 209.

Plagiogeneion. rubiginosus, Forbes, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., xxii.,
1890, p. 273, Id., Waite, Trans. N, Zeal. Inst., xlv., 1913,
p. 218 pi. vii., and Rec. Cantb. Mus., ii., pt. 1, 1913, p. 18.

A single large specimen, 365 mm. long, differs from Waite's
description of this species only in a few minor details. The
height is 2.98 in the length to the hypural ; the ventral spine is
inserted below the third donsal one instead of in advance of the
first ; and the base of the second dorsal is less than half the
length of the spinous poiiion. I count 71 scales to the hypural,
the remainder about ten being on the base of the tail.

Loc. Eastern slope of Bass Strait, between Gabo and Flinders
Islands, outside one hundred fathom line.

PLAGIOGENEION MACROLEPIS, sp. nov.
(Plate xx.)

D.xii. 11; A. iii. 10; V. i. 5 ; P. 18-19; C. 17; 1. lat. 49-50 ;
1. tr. 8-9/1/18. Head 3.38-3.71 in the length to the hypural ;
depth 3.16-3.43 in the same. Eye 3-3.33 in the head; inter-
orbital width varying from slightly less, to a little greater than
the diameter of the eye, and 3.07-3.35 in the head. Snout
1.41-1.50 in the eye, and 4.25-4.75 in the head. Greatest breadth
of the maxillary 2-2.12 in the eye. Caudal peduncle 3.33-3.64,
fourth dorsal spine 1.7-1.96, second dorsal ray 2.85-3.07, and
second anal ray 2.59-2.83 in the head. Pectoral as long as, or a
little longer than the head, and 3-4 in the length of the body.

Body moderately elongate and compressed ; it is deepest at the
verticle of the ventrals, thence tapering towards the tail. The
lower profile is a little more convex than the back. Head
obtusely conical ; mouth obliq-ie. Maxillary very broad, its
posterior margin either truncate or a little rounded ; it reaches
backward to below the end of the first third of the eye. Lower
jaw projecting, chin prominent. Suborbital very narrow.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 105

Hinder preopercular margin either straight or concave, extending
obliquely backward and downward, the angle broadly rounded ;
its margin is entire though striated. Operculum with two flat,
spines which are almost hidden by the scales. A single row of
exceedingly minute teeth in the front of each jaw is usually
present, though they cannot always be detected. Palate and
tongue toothless. Gill-rakers long and slender, about twenty six
on the lower limb of the first arch ; the longest are about half as
long as the diameter of the eye.

The scales are finely ciliated, and the surface near their hinder
margins is roughened ; they are smaller above the lateral line
than on the sides. They extend forward onto the snout and pre-
orbital bone, and also cover the maxillary and lower jaw,
together with all the opercles. Base of the pectoral scaly, and
there is a long axillary scale above the base of each ventral. The
scales form a triangular shield on the base of each caudal lobe,
and the dorsal and anal fins are provided with scaly sheaths
which are most developed posteriorly. Lateral line roughly
following the line of the back, but nearer to it posteriorly than
in front ; it extends beyond the hypural onto the bases of the
middle caudal rays.

Dorsal fin originating over, in front of, or a little behind the
insertion of the ventrals. The spines are moderately strong, and
the third or fourth is the longest ; the following ones decrease
regularly backwards, the last being not longer than the penul-
timate one. The second dorsal ray is the highest ; the base of
the soft dorsal is very much less than half that of the spinous
portion. Anal originating below the anterior dorsal rays, and
terminating level with or behind that fin. The spines are rather
stronger than those of the dorsal, and the third is the longest,
but is much shorter than the anterior rays. Pectoral falcate.
Ventral spine long and slender ; the outer ray the longer. Caudal
deeply forked.

Colour. Yellowish in formalin, probably pinkish during life,
with longitudinal rows of yellow spots along the series of scales.

Described from three specimens, 192-325 mm. long from the
snout to the middle caudal rays. They are the largest, the
smallest, and a median sized example of a series of twenty three
specimens, the last mentioned being the type, which is figured.

P. macrolepis differs from P. rubicjinosus in having much
larger and less numerous scales ; the vomer also appears to be
toothless, though microscopic villous teeth are perhaps present in
some specimens.

Lor. Great Australian Bight, west of Eucla, Lat.
Long. 126-127E., 70-120 fathoms; March, 1912.

106 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

FAMILY LETHRINID^E.

Genus PENTAPUS, Cuvier Sf Valenciennes.

PEXTAPUS YITTA, Qnoy ' Outward.

(Plate xxi.)

Pentapodus vitta, Qnoy & Graimard, Voy " Uranie et Physi-
cieune," Zoo!., 1821, p. 294, pi. xliv., fig. 4.

Pentapus vitta, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., vi.,
1830, p. 204. J/7., Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., i.,
1859, p. 381. Id., Castelnau, Res. Fish. Austr. (Viet.
Offic. Rec. Philad. Exhib.), 1875, p. 12. Id., Macleay,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N,S. Wales, v., 1881, p. 384. Id., Waite.
Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 1902, p. 185.

? Mcenoides auro-frenatus, Richardson, Icones Piscium, 1843,
p. 8, pi. v., fig. 2.

Smarts porosus, Richardson in Stokes, Discov. in Austr., i.,
1846, p. 489, pi. iii.

D. x. 9; A. iii. 7; P. 16; V. i. 5 ; C.17; L. 1 at. 47-49. Height
of body before the ventrals 3-3.16, length of head 3.3 in the
length to the hypural. Eye 4.2-4.4 in the head and narrower
than the interorbital width, which is 3.1-3.2 in the same. Snout
2.6-2.7, and breadth of caudal peduncle 2.8-2.9 in the head.
Fifth dorsal spine 2.5-2,7, seventh ray 2.3, third anal spine
3.9-4.4, and pectoral 1.45 in the head.

Body compressed. The snout is rather pointed and its upper
profile is a little convex. Maxillary not reaching back to the
verticle of the eye. Nostrils small, and placed in the hinder half
of the snout, the anterior with a small skinny lobe. Preorbital
edge entire. Preopercular angle broadly rounded, its hinder
border smooth or crenulate. Operculnm with a single small
spine, the margin rounded. Premaxillaries with a band of
villiform teeth which is broad anteriorly and becomes very
narrow on the sides ; two rather large and one small canine on
each side of the symphysis. Mandible with villiform teeth
anteriorly and a single row of larger ones on each side ; each
ramus with a canine in front. Vomer and palatines toothless.

Scales with finely ciliated edges. They are largest between
the lateral line and the dorsal fin, and much smaller below it and
on the caudal peduncle. They extend forward on the upper sur-
face of the head to between the nostrils, and cover the cheek and
all the opercles. The preorbital, snout, and lower jaw are naked
and porous. The bases of the dorsal and anal are protected by

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 107

low scaly sheaths in which they can be partly hidden. The
scales cover the basal portion of the pectoral, and a considerable
part of the caudal. Ventral with an enlarged axillary scale.

Third, fourth, and fifth dorsal spines longest, subequal ; the
following ones decrease a little in length, but the rays increase in
height to the seventh. Third anal spine longest, but much
shorter than the rays which are highest anteriorly. Ventrals
inserted behind the pectorals, the spine rather long and slender
and the first ray produced. The fourth upper ray of the pectoral
is the longest and the margin of the fin is rounded.

Colour. A broad dark band extends from the eye to the
operculum, and sloping upwards, reaches the lateral line below
the soft dorsal and runs along it to the tail. The scales at the
base of the dorsal are blackish, and there is a longitudinal series
of dark spots between these and the lateral line, A narrow,
dark stripe commences below the soft dorsal and runs backwards
to the caudal above the broad lateral band ; a similar stripe below
the band joins the upper one on the tail. A narrow bar crosses
the anterior portion of the snout, and there is a trace of another
from the postero-superior angle of the eye.

Described from two specimens, 190-194 mm. long. They
differ from the descriptions and figure of P. vitta in having only
49 scales along the lateral line. Quoy & Gaimard's figure shows
about 70, while Cuvier & Valenciennes counted 56, and Giinther
60. But Monsieur R. Despax, of the Paris Museum, has very
kindly examined the type specimen for me, and finds only 49
scales as in mine. I sent him a specimen similar to that figured
on Plate xxi, which he compared with the type, and he informs
me it does not differ from it in any important details.

Castelnau noted the close resemblance of Smarts porosus,
Richardson, and P. vitta. Richardson's description and figure
agree so well with my specimens that I have no doubt of the
identity of the two species.

It is probable that Mceuoides auro-frenatus, Richardson, is
another synonym of Quoy & Gaimard's species. It was described
from a very imperfect drawing which has the general charac-
teristics of a Pentapus, and the colour-marking of P. vitta,
but the scales are shown much too large, and the dark lateral
baud is pale yellow. The fish from which the drawing was pre-
pared was said to have been taken at Talc Bay, Australia, but I
can find no such place, though there is a Talc Head near the
entrance to Port Darwin.

Locs. P. vitta is recorded from Shark Bay (Quoy & Gaimard,
and Cuvier & Valenciennes) ; Victoria, Port Essington and
Houtman Abrolhos (Giinther) ; Swan River (Casteluau) ; Man-

108 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

durah (Waite) ; King George Sound (Richardson, as Smarts
porosus} ; Talc Bay (Richardson, as Mcenoides auro-frenatus).
The two specimens described above ai'e from Fremantle and
Mandurah, and the " Endeavour " collection includes a specimen
from between Geraldton and Cape Natural iste.

PKNTAITS SETOSUS, Curler $ Valenciennes.

Tetitapus setotns, Cuvier A Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., vi.,
1830, p. 270. Id., Sleeker, Nat. Tydschr. Nederl. Ind., i,i.,
1851, p. 175, and Atl. Ichth., viii., 1876-7, p. 101,
pi. cccxxiv., fig. 1. Id., Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish.,
i., 1859, p. 382. Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, v, 1881, p. 385.

Pentapus paradiseits, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., i., 1859.,
p. 383. Id., Alleyne & Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, i, 1877, p. '272. Id., Macleay, Loc. cit., p. 385.

Dentex filifer, Castelnau, Res. Fish. Austr. (Viet, Offic. Rec.
Philad. Exhib.), 1875, p. 12. Id., Macleay, Loc. cit.,
p. 383.

Fifteen specimens, 80-210 mm. long from the snout to the
middle caudal rays, agree very well with Bleeker's description and
figure of P. setosus, and with Giinther's description of P.
paradiseus. They also appear to be identical with Dentex filifer,
Castelnau, of which the number of dorsal spines has been mis-
printed as two instead of ten, and altered by Macleay to twelve.

All the " Endeavour " specimens, and all others I have seen,
have the caudal filament well developed so that this is not a sexual
character as suggested by Giinther. The blue markings on the
head and body are veiy dark in examples preserved in formalin
instead of being lighter than the ground colour as in many spirit
specimens. The young have a broad dark band from the snout
which passes throiagh the eye in a straight line to the base of the
caudal ; on either side of this is a narrow, rather indistinct one
separated from it by a yellowish stripe. The dark bands are
wanting in the larger specimens.

The presence of a caudal filament, and the different colour
marking readily distinguishes this species from P. vitta, in
which the dark lateral band is always present, and inclines
obliquely upwards towards the lateral line.

Through the kindness of Mr. J. D. Ogilby, I am able to add a
note on a deformed example of this species which is included in
the collection of the Queensland Museum. It agrees in every

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 109

detail with the " Endeavour " specimens except that it is very
much shorter and deeper than normal specimens; the greatest
depth is 2.45 in the length from the snout to the hypural. It
was obtained at Murray Island, Torres Strait.

I have compared the specimens of P. setosus and P. paradisens
recorded by Macleay from Port Jackson and Cape Sidmouth,
with those of the " Endeavour " collection, and find no differences
between them. If the Port Jackson example be properly
localised, it must be regarded as a chance visitor to this harbour
since the species is ordinarily confined to Queensland waters on
the eastern Australian Coast. Other specimens are in the Aus-
tralian Museum from Moreton Bay and Dunk Island, Queensland,
.and I have examined one in the collection of the Western
Australian Museum from Port Hedland, North Western Aus-
tralia.

Locs. The " Endeavour " specimens were caught on Eock-cod
Shoal, eleven miles south-west from Masthead Island of the
Capricorn Group, Queensland, and in the Great Sandy Strait,
off Point Inskip, 10-12 fathoms, 27th July, 1910.

FAMILY CEPOLID.E.
Genus CEPOLA, Li/nneus.
CEPOLA AUSTBALIS, Oyilby.

(Plate xxxiv., fig. 1.)

Cepola australis, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxiv.
1899, p. 185.

I have compared four specimens of this species with four
others of C. tcenia, Linnaeus, and one of C. aotea, Waite, and find
that they differ as follows.

a. Lower jaw without an anterior supplementary band of

teeth tcenia.

act. Lower jaw with an anterior supplementary band of teeth,

fc. D. 70-74; A. 65-69 aotea.

U. D. 57-60; A. 48-55 australis.

It must be noted that all my four specimens of C. australis
have an inter-maxillary dark spot, thoiagh it is much larger and
more conspicuous in some than in others ; it was wanting in the
type specimen. Some specimens, also, have very much longer
bodies than the others, the head being from 7i-9 in the length
to the hypural.

110 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

(,<>. The "Endeavour" collection includes two from the
following localities.

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 42 fathoms.
Investigator Strait, South Australia.

FAMILY CH^TODONTID^E.

Genus VixcmuM, gen. nov.

A Cha^todon with ten dorsal spines of which the middle ones
are the highest. Scales very small, seventy-five or more between
the operculum and the hypural. Second anal spine stronger, but
not longer than the third.

This genus differs from Cha'todun in having very much smaller
scales and fewer dorsal spines. The small scales also separate
it from Mici-ocuiitltiis, and Hemitaurichthys, Bleeker, while the
first-named also has the third anal spine much shorter than the
second.

VlXCULUM SEXFASCIATl'M, EirJi /ll'dsou.

(Plate xxii.)

Cltct'todoH xexfu-sciatus, Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., x.,
1842, p. 26. Id., Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., ii , 1860,
p. 35. LI, Castelnau, Res. Fish. Austr. (Viet, Offic. Rec.
Philad. Exhib.), 1875, p. 13. Id., Castelnau, Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S. Wales, iii., 1879, p. 350. Id,, Klunzinger, Sitzb;
Akad. Wiss. Wit-n., Ixxx.i., 1879, p. 360. LI, Macleay,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 1881, p. 388. Id.,
Kershaw, Viet, Nat., xxviii., 1911, p. 95.

This species is well described by Richardson. The scales are
so small and irregular that I have been unable to satisfactorily
count the number between the operculum and the hypural, but
there are between seventy-five and ninety.

iocs. The " Endeavour " specimen is 250 mm. long, and was
obtained in Doubtful Island Bay, West Australia in 20-25 fathoms.
I have examined two others, one of which is from Albany, West
Australia, and the other is one of those recorded from Mordialloc,
Port Phillip by Kershaw. The last is the specimen figured.

FlSHt>. Mccri,[,( It. Ill

FAMILY \'K\A KKK 1 1) JO.

Genns VKI.IKKI;, ,s7//<';/>>/.

VEMFEK MULTIKAL>IATI;S, /iV<///.

(Plate xxiii.)
/'/vr multiradiatus, Kegan. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1007. p. 633.

D. 43 : A. 34 ; P. 15 ; V. ; C. 10 ; 1. lat. 42. Body strongly
compressed, broadly ovate, its depth at the origin of the anal 1.67
in the length from the preorbital to the hypural. Head 3.48 iu
the same. Eye 3 in the head, and about one fourth longer than
the snout ; it is a little narrower than the interorbital width,
which is 2. 64 in the head. Depth of caudal peduncle equal to the
leiisfth of the snout. Pectoral 1.28 in the head.

n

The dorsal aud ventral profiles are about equally arched ; the
line from the snout to the first dorsal spine is almost straight,
that to the ventral tin is slightly concave below the mouth and
convex before the fin. The greatest height is at the base of the
third or fourth dorsal ray, and the lowest point is just before the
anal. The snout is tumid and fleshy, and is pitted with minute
pores. The nostrils are two oval openings separated by a small
free lobe, and are a little nearer the end of the snout than the
eye. When closed, the mouth is entirety hidden beneath the
preorbital bone, but it is very protractile. Maxillary short aud
rather broad posteriorly, not reaching backwards to the orbital
border ; lips thick and fleshy. Teeth apparently wanting.

The whole body is covered with rather small, cycloid scales,
which are not very adherent ; they also extend onto the head and
lower jaw, leaving only the snout bare. Skinny sheaths, covered
with scales, cover the bases of the dorsal and anal fins, and the
first half of the caudal is also scaly. The lateral line is a little
arched anteriorly, thence straight to the middle of the caudal
peduncle ; there are about forty-two perforated scales along its
length, but there appear to be a greater number in a longitudinal
row.

The anterior dorsal rays increase rapidly in length to the sixth,
which is broad and greatly produced ; the following ten become
regularly shorter, but the next six are broken off in my specimens.
The remaining rays form a rounded second dorsal, of which the
greater number are divided at the tips. The first anal ray is very
short, but is followed by about fifteen longer ones resembling
those of the first dorsal, of which the fourth and fifth are the
longest, the others decreasing regularly backwards ; the posterior
eighteen rays form a second rounded fin as in the dorsal. The
ventral s are elongate, and consist of eight branched rays, and one

112 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

broad simple one in front. The caudal is deeply forked. The
upper pectoral rays are the longest, and the margin is rounded.
Nearly all the fin- rays are articulated, though the joints are very
widely spaced and difficult to see. The first five of the dorsal may
be true spines, but the sixth and those following it are simple rays.
The anal has apparently one spine, all the rest being rays. Thei-e
is no ventral spine.

Colour. Apparently silvery in life, with traces of darker
cross-bauds. A daivk bar crosses the cheek below the eye, and a
second one descends from the hinder border of the preoperculum
to before the ventrals. Indications of four or five more occur on
the back, and a striking blackish spot covers the bases of the
anterior rays of the second dorsal and the back below them. The
first dorsal is partly dusky, and the anterior portion of the anal
is blackish. The veutrals are dusky with a round black spot in
the middle of their length, and their tips blackish. Each lobe of
the caudal is crossed by three broad oblique dark bars.

Described from two specimens, 96-108 mm. long, from the
preorbital to the middle caudal rays. The larger one belongs to
the Western Austi'alian Museum, and was collected at Fremantle ;
the other was trawled by the " Endeavour " somewhere between
Cape Naturaliste and Geraldton. Both are imperfect, and the
accompanying figure has been prepared partly from one and
partly from the other. The larger specimen retains sufficient of
its scales to show their disposition, but they cannot be counted,
and are therefore only approximately correct in my drawing.
The form of the fins is best shown in the small example, but the
rays connecting the fii'st and second portions of the dorsal and
anal are damaged in both specimens.

A third and larger specimen, 117 mm. long, differs from the
others in being somewhat more elongate and in having the fins
proportionately lower. It was collected in Doubtful Island Bay,
on the southern coast of West Australia, in 20-25 fathoms.

FAMILY ZEID^E.
Genus CTTTOSOMA, Gilchrist.

Cyttosoma, Gilchrist, Marine Invest. S, Afr., iii., 1904, p. 6
(C. ~boops, Gilchrist).

Body compressed, back abruptly elevated behind the head.
The scales on the sides are small, imbricate, cycloid and
deciduous ; on the nape and top of the head, and along the
ventral profile they are adherent, juxtaposed, and tubercular, and
more or less roiTgh with upstanding spiuules. Those along the

FISHED. MCCULLOCH. 113

bases of the dorsal and anal fins are slightly enlarged and
spiuate. A few enlarged scaled may be present below the
anterior dorsal spines.

Jaws very protractile, the intermaxillary processes received
into a broad cavity extending backwards to above the middle of
the orbits. Superficial bones of the head a little roughened :
the operculurn with a strong, transverse, spiuate ridge. Pre-
orbital very narrow. Microscopic teeth may be present on the
lower jaw ; upper jaw, vomer, palatines and tongue toothless.
A single dorsal fin with six to eight spines, and about thirty
rays. Anal with three spines and about twenty nine rays.
Ventral with one spine, and usually seven rays. Seven
brauchiostegals.

CYTTOSOMA BOOPS, Gilchrist.

Cyttosoma fcoo^s, Gilchrist, Marine Invest. S. Afr., iii., 1904,
p. 6, pi. xxiii., and Loc. cit., iv., 1907, p. 150.

Br. 7 ; D. vi-viii. 29-31 ; A. iii. 28-30 ; V.i. 7 ; P. 19-20 ; C. 13 ;
L. lat. c. 100. Height, at origin of dorsal tin, 1.57 in the length
to the hypural ; head 2.73 in the same. Snout 2.23 in the eye,
which is 1,65 in the head. Interorbital width 1.72 in the eye.
Second dorsal spine 1.4, first anal spine 2.11, longest dorsal and
anal rays 1.5 in the eye.

Supraorbital bones rough with serrated ridges ; suborbital,
preoperculum, preorbital, and mandibular also granular. Upper
part of operculum crossed by a strong raised ridge which is
denticulated, or it may form a cluster of spiuules Interorbital
space bounded on either side and posteriorly by the supraorbital
bones ; the median portion is somewhat triangular. Nostrils
rather small, close together, the posterior placed directly in
front of the eye ; they are protected above by a granular bone.
Eye very large, about once and two-thirds as wide as the inter-
orbital space. Cheeks and interorbital space scaly, snout naked ;
lower part of operculum with rudimentary scales. Lips broad
and fleshy. Maxillary oblique when the mouth is closed, its
hinder margin truncate, the lower portion rounded. Very
minute teeth may be present in front of the lower jaw ; all the
other mouth-parts toothless.

Scales of the sides very small, imbricate, and deciduous. On
the nape and ventral profile they are juxtaposed and tubercular,
the tubercles being either low and smooth or strongly spiuate.
Several enlarged scales usually remain below the anterior dorsal
spines ; according to Gilchrist, others also occur aloug the sides
and below the abdominal regions, though these are missing in
all my specimens. The scales along the bases of the dorsal and

114 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

anal fins are slightly enlarged, adherent, and strongly spinate.
The lateral line is arched anteriorly, but descends to the median
line of the body and runs along the middle of the caudal
peduncle.

Dorsal spines of moderate strength and coarsely cariuate ; the
second is the longest, the others decreasing evenly backwards.
The rays are simple, and increase in length to about the
eighteenth. Anal similar to the dorsal. Ventral rounded,
inserted a little in front of the pectoral ; the spine is long and
carinate and the rays are divided. Pectoral short and broadly
rounded, its rays simple. Caudal a little rounded, or with the
outer rays very slightly produced.

Colour. Brownish. Some specimens have more or less
numerous small brown ocelli on the dorsal and anal rays. Iris
golden. The membrane behind the maxillaries black.

Described from a specimen 207 mm. long from the snout to
the end of the caudal fin. Twenty-eight others, 145-205 mm.
long, vary a little in the form of the body, the back being more
abruptly elevated in some than in others. The depth at the
origin of the dorsal may be either 1.49 or 1.70 in the length to
the hypural, and some specimens have a small pa,tch of
microscopic, villous teeth attached to the skin behind the vomer,
which, however, are very different to the tnie A'omerine teeth of
Neocyttus or Allocyttus.

Loc. Great Australian Bighr, Long. 12928'E., 350-450
fathoms ; 14th May, 1913.

Genus ALLOCYTTUS, gen. >wv.

Body compressed, covered with rather small scales with
strongly ctenoid margins which are turned outwards ; they are
imbricate on the sides and hinder half of the body only, those 011
the nape and abdomen being simply juxtaposed, angular, and
each having a small raised tubercle in its centre. Some enlarged
flat scales are irregularly arranged in two rows on the sides
below the pectorals ; none below the origin of the dorsal fin.

Jaws very protractile, the intermaxillary processes received
into a broad oblong caviiy extending backwards to above the
middle of the orbits. Superficial bones of the head with
granules and course ridges, those of the operculurn forming a
radiating series. Preorbital of moderate width. Small teeth
in one or two series on the jaws and vomer ; palatines and
tongue toothless. A single dorsal fin with about six, rather weak
spines, and thirty-one rays. Anal with two or three spines, and
aboiit twenty-eight rays. Ventral with one spine and six rays.
Branchiostegals seven.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 1 1 - r >

Type. Cyttiwiiu'i rcrni'-'^tini, Gilchrist. var. propinquus,
var. nov.

Boulenger 1 considers tliat Cyttosow.a verntcosiim is possibly
the adult form of Oreosomit, Cuvier & Valenciennes 2 , and if his
view is correct, the above genus is unnecessary. There are.
however, several important differences between AUnnjtrna
(Gyttosoma) vernicostts and 0. atlanticiim, which seem to nie to
indicate that they are not geiierically identical, though closely
related.

0. ntliiiiticiiiii was, until recently, known from only a few very
small examples, but Waite 3 has lately described and figured a
New Zealand specimen 80 mm. long, which does not differ in its
essential characters from the smaller ones. Though there is a
great difference in size between my smallest specimen of
Allocyttns, 253 mm.., and Waite's example, it is nevertheless
difficult to suppose that a fish could undergo such a remarkable
change of form as would be necessary to alter it from Oreosoma
to Allocyttus, particularly as it retains its larval characters
unchanged up to a length of 80 mm. Oreosoma has a stout body
which is trigonal in section, while Allocijttus is compressed. The
large conical tubercles of the small fish are altogether differently
arranged to the flat scales which are supposed to represent them
in Allocyttus, the lower ones being below the ventral fins. None
of the scales are imbricate in Oreosoma, but are six-sided
and form a mosaic, whereas only a portion of them are so
arranged in Allocyttus, the remainder being imbricate.

I therefore believe that the unknown adult form of Oreosoma
will prove to be generically distinct from Gyttosoma verrucosiou,
and therefore propose Allocijttus for the latter. It differs from
Gyttosoma and Pseudocyttus in having vomerine teeth and ctenoid,
adherent scales, while the structure of the scales separates it
from Neocyttus. These genera may be readily distinguished by
the following key :

a. No vomerine teeth. Scales deciduous, cycloid, or with

minute soft points.

b. Some enlarged flat scales below the origin of the dorsal
and on the sides of the abdomen. Back abruptly
elevated behind the head. Preorbital very
narrow .................................... Gyttosoma.

1 Bcmleuger Compt Kendu Acad. Sci. Paris, cxxxvii., 1903, p. 523.

2 Cuvier & Valenciennes Hist. Nat. Poiss., iv., 1829, p. 515, pi. xcix.

3 Waite Trails. N.Z. lust., xliv., 1912, p. 197, pi. xi.

116 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

66. No enlarged scales. Back not abruptly elevated.

Preorbital of moderate width Pseudocyttus.

aa. Vomeriue teeth present. Scales adherent, strongly

ctenoid.

c. Scales nearly uniform, without any enlarged flat
scales 011 the sides of the abdomen.... ..Neocytttis.

cc. Scales before the dorsal and on the ventral regions
tubercular ; some enlarged flat scales on the
sides of the abdomen Allocyttus .

ALLOCYTTUS VERRUCOSUS, Gilchrist,
var. PROPINQUUS, var. nov.
(Fig- 7.)

Oreosoma, sp. Bouleuger, Compt. Rendu Acad. Sci. Paris,
cxxxvii,, 1903, p. 523.

Cyttosoma vernicosutn, Gilchrist, Marine Invest. S. Afr., iv.,
1908, p. 151, pi. xl.

Br. 7 ; D. vi. 30-32; A. ii-iii, 28-29 ; V.i, 6 ; P. 19 ; C. 13 ;
L. lat. c. 87-93. Height, at origin of dorsal fin, 1.62 in the
length to the hypural ; head 2.5 in the same. Length of snout
a little less than the iuterorbital width, and 1.79 in the eye ; the
latter is 2.14 in the head. Second dorsal spine 2.15, longest
dorsal ray 1.26 in the eye.

The dorsal profile is convex from the snout to a point some
distance before the dorsal fin, where it rises more or less obliquely
to the base of the first spine. From there it descends rapidly in
a slightly convex line to the caudal peduncle. The ventral pro-
file is almost similar to that of the back.

The exposed preorbital, supraorbital and suborbital bones,
together with the operculum, preoperculum, suboperculum,
mandibular and maxillary are rough with granules and coarse
ridges ; the preoperculum and suborbital are perforated by
several large pores covered with skin. The interorbital space is
bounded on either side and posteriorly by the supraorbital bones ;
the median portion is an oblong scaly space which receives the
posterior processes of the intermaxillaries when the mouth is
closed. The nostrils are large and close together, the posterior
the largest and placed directly in front of the eye, they are pro-
tected above by a granular bone. Eye extremely large, about
once and a half as wide as the interorbital space. The cheeks
are covered with scales, each bearing a low elevation in its
centre. A few incomplete scales are also present on the lower

FISHES. MCCULLOCH.

117

Fig. 7. Allocytlus vei-ntcosus, var. propi

118 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

half of the operculum. Anterior portion of snout naked Lips
broad and fleshy. Maxillary very oblique when the mouth is
closed ; its posterior margin is a little excavated, and the lower
angle somewhat produced. Teeth small and conical, forming two
irregular rows on the front of each jaw, and one on the sides ;
the symphysis of the upper jaw is toothless. Similar teeth
form a series across the head of the vomer.

Scales of the sides of the body usually flat and imbricate, with
their margins turned outwards and armed with several very
strong teeth. On the nape and upper portion of the head, as well
as on the sides of the abdomen, they each have a median tubercle
which may be either low and blunt or acute ; on the ventral pro-
tile the scales are particularly rough owing to the great develop-
ment of the tubercles and marginal spines. On the side, below
the pectoral there are two rows of enlarged flat scales which are
irregular both in position and number, though there appear to
be about eight in each row. The lateral line is more or less
arched anteriorly, but descends to the median line of the body
and runs straight along the middle of the caudal peduncle. The
scales at the bases of the dorsal and anal fins are slightly en-
larged, and have their free edges strongly spinate.

The dorsal spines are rather weak and deeply grooved ; the
first is very small, the second the longest, and the others
decreasing evenly backwards. The rays are all simple and in-
crease in length backwards to about the twentieth. The anal
spines are shorter than the dorsal ones, but the rays are similar
to, though a little longer than those of that tin. Veutrals inserted
slightly before the pectorals ; the spine is long and weak, and
the rays are divided with their margin rounded. Pectoral short
and broadly rounded, its rays simple. Caudal rays branched,
with their margin rounded.

Colour. Brownish in formalin, the fins and naked skinny
parts darker than the rest.

Described from a specimen 280 mm. long from the snout to the
end of the caudal fin. Seven others, 253-32r5 mm. long, were
trawled with it which show some little variation in the form of
the body. In the larger examples the dorsal profile is less
elevated before the dorsal fin than in the smaller ones, and some
are a little longer proportionately than others. The lengths of
the rays are also subject to some variation.

Gilchrist's short description gives biit few details, but it would
seem that the Australian specimens differ from the African ones
in being somewhat longer, and in having the back elevated
before the dorsal fin instead of continuous with the line of the

FISHES. MCCn.I.OCH. 119

neck. Both these characters vary somewhat, and it may prove
that they are not worthy of recognition by even a varietal name,

L<v. Great Australian Bight. 12928'E., 350-450 fathoms:
14th May, 1913.

Genus NKOCYTTUS, Gilchrist.

Neocyttus, Gilchrist, Marine Invest. S. Afr., iv., 1907, p. 153
(X. rhomboidalis, Gilchrist.)

Body compressed and elevated, covered with rather small
ctenoid scales, which are mostly imbricate ; on the nape, head,
and ventral profile their edges are turned outwards and strongly
spinate, making these parts very rough. They do not bear any
central tubercles, nor are there any enlarged flat scales on the
sides as in Allocyttus and Cyttosoma.

Jaws very protractile, the intermaxillary processes received
into a broad, oblong cavity extending backwards to above the
middle of the orbits. Superficial bones of the head with coarse
granules and ridges ; those of the operculum forming a radiating
series. Preorbital of moderate width. Small teeth in the jaws
and on the vomer ; palatines and tongue toothless. A single
dorsal tin with seven or eight strong spines and about thirty-four
rays. Anal with three or four spines, and about thirty-one
rays. Ventral with one spine and six rays, Seven branchios-
tegals,

NEOCYTTUS RHOMBOIDALIS, Gilchritt.
var. GIISBOSUS, var. nov.
(Fig. 8.)

Xt'uci/tttts rJwmboidalis, Gilchrist, Marine Invest. S. Afr., iv.,
1907, p. 153, pi. xlii.

Br. 7 ; D. vii-viii. 33-35; A. iii-iv. 31-33; V.i. 6; P. 19-21 ;
C. 12-13 ; L. lat. c. 101. Height, at origin of dorsal, 1.47 in the
length to the hypural ; head 2.67 in the same. Eye 2.12 in the
length of the head. Snout 2.16 in the eye and a little more than
half the interorbital width, which is 1.18 in the eye. Second
dorsal 2.07, longest dorsal ray 2.37, first anal spine 2 30 and
longest anal ray 2.59 in the head.

The exposed preorbital, snpraorbital and suborbital bones,
together with the operculum, preoperculum, suboperculum,
mandibular and maxillary are rough with granules and coarse
ridges ; the preoperculum and suborbital are perforated by large

120

ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

pores, the openings being covered by membrane. Intevorbital
space bounded on either side by the supraorbital bones ; the
median portion is an oblong, scaly space, which receives the
posterior processes of the premaxillaries when the mouth is closed.
Nostrils close together, the posterior the larger, and placed
directly in front of the eye ; they are protected above by a
granular bone. Eye large, about once and a quarter as wide as
the interorbital space. Cheeks, interorbital space and snout
covered with scales with upstanding denticulated margins ;
lower half of operculum similarly scaly. Lips of moderate
breadth and fleshy. Maxillary very oblique when the mouth is

Fig. 8. Neocyttus rhomboidalis, var. gibbosns.

closed ; its hinder margin more or less excavate, and the lower
angle produced. Teeth minute and conical, in one or two rows
in front of the jaws and in one on the sides ; maxillary
symphysis toothless. Similar teeth form a series across the
head of the vomer.

margins

Scales of the sides flat and imbricate, with their
strongly ctenoid. On the nape and lower part of the abdomen
their edges are turned outwards and are strongly spinate.
Lateral line more or less arched anteriorly, but descending to the

FISHES. MCCTT-LOCH. 121

median line of the body and running 1 along the middle of the
caudal peduncle. The scales along the bases of the dorsal and
anal fins are not larger than those of the sides, and their edges
are strongly spinate.

Dorsal spines strong and coarsely carinate ; the second is
much the longest and the following ones decrease evenly back-
wards. The rays are all simple and increase in length to about
the eighteenth ; their basal portions are armed with minute
spinuies on either side. Anal similar to the dorsal though the
spines and rays are a little shorter. Veutrals rounded, inserted
below or behind the pectorals ; the spine is long and carinate,
and the rays are divided. Pectoral short and broadly rounded,
its rays simple. Caudal slightly rounded, the rays branched.

Colour. Silvery, the membrane of the soft dorsal, anal, and
ventral blackish. The skin on the sides of the mouth and the
gill-membranes are black. Iris golden with a dark inner ring.

Described from a specimen 270 mm. long from the snout to
the end of the caudal tin. Eight other examples, 203-280 mm.
long, were obtained with it, and show some little variation in
the depth and form of the body. The back is more abruptly
elevated before the dorsal fin in some than in others, but all differ
in this respect from the typical form, in which the line from the
head to the first dorsal spine is but little concave. Eight of my
specimens have four anal spines, and one has three.

Gilchrist has described the rays of the dorsal, anal, and
pectoral fins as covered with minute ctenoid scales. These
"scales" are merely the articulations of the rays which are
armed with minute spinuies on either side.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, Long. 129 Q 28/E., 350-450
fathoms ; 14th Mar, 1913.

FAMILY PLEURONECT1DJE.

Genus AMMOTRETIS, Gunther.

AMMOTRETIS ROSTHATUS, Guntlier.

Loner-snouted Flounder.

6

Ammotretis rostratits, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv., 1862,
p. 458. Id., Klunzinger, Arch. Nat,, xxxviii.i., 1872,
p. 40, and Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxx.i., 1879, p, 407.

122 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., 1881,
p. 128. Id., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882
(1883), p. 127, and 1890 (1891), p. 36. Id., Waite,
Mem. Austr. Mas., iv., 1899, p. 123. Id., Stead, Ed.
Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, p. 103, pi. Ixx.

Ammotretis rostratus vel adspersus, Kuer, Reise " Novara,"
Zool., i., 1868, p. 286, pi. xiii., fig. 4. Id., Ogilby, Cat.
Fish. N.S. Wales, 1886, p. 48,

Rhombosolea bassensis, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Viet., i.,
1872, p. 167. Id., Macleay, Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
vi., 1881, p. 132. Id., Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. (2),
ii., p. 34.

Ammotretis zonatus, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
vii., 1882, p. 367, and ix., 1884, p. 50.

Ammotretis madeayl, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, x.,
1885, p. 121-2'.

Peltorliampltiis lassensi*, Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1906,
p. 1'J'S, pi. xxxiv.

Having carefully compared and counted the fin rays and
scales of fourteen examples of this variable species, 135-325 mm.
long, I find they have the following characters, D. 76-86 ;
A. 51-56 ; P. 9-12 ; V. dex. 7 ; V. sin. 3-6 ; L. lat. 80-90 ; L. tr.
34-38-5-46-50. Depth l-fe-H, head 3|-4| in the length from the
upper jaw to the hypural. Scales of upper side ctenoid.
Maxillary not reaching the level of the orbital margin. Origin
of the lateral line more or less below the level of the upper margin
of the upper eye Gill-rakers of the first arch of the lower side
large, tubercular. Colour ranging from blackish to light brown
with darker dots ; upper pectoral more or less blackish.

I have re-examined the specimen figured in Waite's paper,
and find that I have drawn the scales too large, there being only
68 along the lateral line whereas there should be 80. The
nostrils are shown as if connected which is incorrect, while
the fourteenth to eighteenth rays are not longer than those
immediately following them ; they are really similar to what 1
have shown in my figure of A. tit don.

Locs. A. rostnttus is recorded from Tasmania, Victoria, and
New South Wales northwards to Port Jackson. The
" Endeavour " also trawled it in South Australian waters :

Off the East coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 fathoms.

Off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia. 20
fathoms.

FISHER. MCCUTjLOCH. 123

Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island, South Australia.

Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South Australia, 37
fathoms.

I have also examined specimens from near Sydney, Queens-
cliff in Victoria, and from northern Tasmania.

AMMOTRETJS EI.ONGATUS, sp. nov.
(Plate xxvii.)

D. 74-75 ; A. 50-51 ; P. 8-10 ; V. dex. 13 ; V. sin. 3-4.
Depth 2j, head 4| in the length from the upper jaw to the
hypural. Eye equal to its distance from the tip of the upper
jaw, and 4|-5 in the length between that point and the end of
the operculum. Pectorals of equal length, nearly half as long as
the head. Caudal about as long as the head. Longest dorsal
and anal rays about If in the head.

Scales of the upper side almost all cycloid, only a few on the
head and near the margins of the body being ctenoid ; on the
lower side the ctenoid scales are more numerous. The scales
extend over the greater part of all the rays except those of the
pectoral and the anterior dorsal and ventral ones. The lateral
line is almost straight, being only very slightly curved over the
pectoral ; its origin is a little below the upper margin of the
upper eye. There are about ninety pores, and as many scales
along its length as far as the hypural, and from thirty-three to
thirty-nine on either side of it across the widest part of the
body.

Lower eye a little in advance of the upper. Maxillary not
reaching back to the orbital margin ; lower lip with a few
simple tentacles. Nostrils tubular, the anterior of both sides
with posterior lobes. Teeth much smaller than in A. restrains
and A. tudori, in a band on the lower sides of each jaw. Gill-
rakers of the first arch small, tubercular.

Dorsal commencing on the tip of the rostral hook, the anterior
rays free, simple, and serrated ; the fourteenth to eighteenth rays
are longer than those immediately following them. Left pectoral
of similar form and size to the right. Right ventral in a line
with, and joined to the anal, the anterior rays somewhat similar
to those of the dorsal. Middle caudal rays longest, the margin
i-ounded.

Colour. Light sandy-coloured with minute black dots over
the head, body, and fins.

Described from two specimens 195-215 mm. long.

124 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

A. elongating is distinguished from all other species of the
genus by its comparatively naiTow form. It has also thirteen
rays in the right ventral, its scales are mostly cycloid, and its
type of colouration is different from the others.

Loc. Investigator Strait, South Australia, or the area south
of Kangaroo Island.

AMMOTRETIS TUDOR i, gp. nor.
(Plate xxvi.)

1). 77-82 ; A. 54-58 ; P. 10-11 ; V. dex. 10; V. sin. 6. Depth
Wo-lTi), head i|-4^ in the length from the upper jaw to the
hypural. Eye equal to or less than its distance from the tip of
the upper jaw, and 4^-5 in the length between that point and the
end of the operculum. Upper pectoral l-lj 8 o in the head : the
lower only a little longer than the eye. Caudal equal to or a
little shorter than the head. Longest dorsal and anal rays about
If in the head.

Upper side mostly covered with ctenoid scales which become
almost cycloid towards the middle of the body in large specimens ;
011 the lower side they are nearly all cycloid, sometimes ctenoid
towards the edges. They extend over the greater part of all the
rays except those of the pectoral and the anterior dorsal and
ventral ones. The lateral line is nearly straight between the tail
and the pectoral, but is slightly curved or inclined upwards over
the latter fin. Its origin is on the same level as the upper
margin of the upper eye. There are about eighty or ninety
poi-es, and the same number of scales along its length as far as
the hypural, and from thirty-five to forty on either side of it
across the widest part of the body.

Eyes on almost the same level, or the upper a little in advance
of the lower. Maxillary not reaching backwards to the orbital
margins ; lower lip with a row of fringed tentacles. Nostrils
tubular, the anterior of both sides with posterior lobes. Teeth
similar to those of A. rostratus, in a narrow baud on the lower
sides of each jaw. Gill-rakers of the first arch reduced to minute
tubercles.

Dorsal commencing on the tip of the rostral hook, the anterior
rays free, simple, and serrated ; the thirteenth to fifteenth rays
are longer than those immediately following them. Left pectoral
much smaller than the right, the first ray with a large fleshy
tubercle at its tip. Right ventral in a line with and joined to
the anal, the anterior rays somewhat similar to those of the
dorsal. Middle caudal rays longest, the margin rounded or
obtusely pointed.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 125

Colour. Light sandy-coloured or greyish, with or without
numerous darker spots on the head, body and fins. Upper
pectoral light coloured like the body.

Length 135-235 mm.

This species is distinguished from A. rostratus in having ten
instead of seven rays in the right ventral, and in the left pectoral
being much shorter than the right and having a curiously
modified ray. The gill-rakers are also much smaller, and the
origin of the lateral line is somewhat differently situated, while
the type of colouration also appears to be different. A. guniln-ri,
Hutton and A. nudipinnis, Waite, differ from both A. rostratus
and A. tudori in having no scales on the dorsal and anal fins.

I am glad to have the opportunity of associating with this
interesting new species the name of the Honorable F. G. Tudor,
late Minister for Trade and Customs, under whose direction these
Reports were originated. Although only five specimens have
been preserved, it is probable that the species will be found to
be sufficiently abundant to form a valuable addition to the list of
edible Australian flounders.

Locs. Off the East coast of Flinders Island, Bass Sti-ait.
Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 20 fathoms.

Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South Australia, 37
fathoms.

AMMOTRETIS MACROIJEPIS, sp. nov.
(Fig. 9.)

D. 90; A. 59; P. 8-10; V. dex. 12; V. sin. 5. Depth
1-nj, head 4i in the length from the upper jaw to the hypural.
Eye twice as long as its distance from the tip of the upper jaw,
and 3f in the length between that point and the end of the
operculum. Upper pectoral longer than the lower, If in the head.
Caudal longer than the head. Longest dorsal and anal rays as
long as the pectoral.

All the scales are ctenoid but those of the upper side are more
strongly toothed than the lower ones. They extend over the
greater part of all the rays except those of the pectoral and the
anterior dorsal and ventral ones. Lateral line almost straight,
its origin on the same level as the upper margin of the upper eye.
There are about sixty-six pores and as many scales along its
length to the hypural, and twenty-four above and thirty below
it across the widest part of the body.

126

" ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

pt^^wjg 8 ^

xRsSBSls^sa

Fig. 9. Ammofretis macrolepis.

FISHES. MCCULI.OCH. 127

Upper eye slightly in advance of the lower. Maxillary ex-
tending backwards to behind the orbital margin ; lower lip with
a few small tubercles. Nostrils tubular, the anterior of
both sides with posterior lobes. Teeth in a band on the lower
side of each jaw. Gill-rakers of the first arch reduced to minute
tubercles.

Dorsal commencing on the tip of the rostral hook, the anterior
rays free and simple. Left pectoral shorter than the right, the
the first ray very short, with a small fleshy tubercle at its tip.
Right ventral in a line with and joined to the anal, its anterior
rays somewhat like those of the dorsal. Middle caudal rays the
longest, the margin obtusely pointed.

Colour. Pinkish, with numerous small dark grey ocelli on the
head and body. Fins dotted with dark grey.

Described from a single specimen 98 mm. long.

A. inacrolepis is most nearly allied to A. tudori, and it is with
hesitation that I venture to separate it from that species. It
differs in having such larger scales and rather more numerous
dorsal, anal, and ventral rays. The maxillary also reaches well
beyond the anterior orbital margin.

Loc. East coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 fathoms.
The following is a key to the species of Ammotretis.

a. Width more than half the length from the upper jaw to
the hypural.

b. Rays of dorsal and anal fins scaly above.

c. Pectorals of equal length ; right ventral with 7
rays m*ti-i(tus.

cc. Lower pectoral shorter than the upper ; ventrals with
10-12 rays.

d. Maxillary not reaching to orbital margin ; 1. lat.
80-90 tudori.

dd. Maxillary reaching beyond orbital margin ; 1. lat.
66 macrolepis.

bb. Dorsal and anal rays without scales above.

e. Rostral hook long; interorbital space wide; body
with large blotches nudipinn >'* .

ee. Rostral hook small ; iuterorbital narrow ; body with
spots forming lines guntlieri.

aa. Width less than half the same length clongatus .

128 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

FAMILY BOTHID^.
Genus LOPHONECTES, Gunther.
LOPHONECTES GALLUS, Gunther-

Lophonectes gallus, Gunther, "Challenger" Rept., Zool., i.,
1880, p. 29, pi. xv., fig. b (reversed). Id., Ogilby, Cat.
Fish. N.S. Wales, 1886, p. 48. Id., Waite, Mem. Aushv
Mns., iv., 1899, p. 124.

Lopliorlwinbus cristat'iis, Macleay, Proc. Liuu. Soc. N.S. Wales,
vii., 1882, p. 14, and ix., 1884, p. 52.

D. 87-93 ; A. 72-78 ; V. 6. Depth 2f2|, length of head 4f-5
in the length to the hypural. Snout T-* in the eye. Lower eye
in advance of the upper, 3j-4 in the head. Maxillary reaching
to or slightly beyond the anterior orbital margin. Several bony
tubercles are more or less developed on the snout and chin.
Dorsal commencing opposite the anterior nostril on the lower
side of the head ; second to fifth ray always prolonged, except in
very young specimens, 4-H as long as the head. Left pectoral
larger than the right i-^ as long as the head. Left ventral in a
line with the anal. Middle caudal rays longest, |-li in the head.
Lateral line strongly arched over the pectoral, thence straight to
the end of the caudal. Light sandy coloured to dark brown,
with or without darker markings the most conspicuous of which,
Avhen present, are three blotches on the lateral line. Vertical
fins finely dotted with brown. Left ventral usually blackish
posteriorly with a light edge.

Locs. This species has been recorded from New South Wales
between Jervis Bay and the Manning River, from 10-84 fathoms.
The " Endeavour " collection includes forty specimens, 100-198
mm. long from New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia and
Tasmania.

Between Newcastle and Port Stephens, NCAV South Wales,
22-60 fathoms.

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms.

36 miles off Cape Everard, Victoria, 75 fathoms ; May 28th,
1910.

Off the East coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 fathoms.
Entrance to Oyster Bay, Tasmania.

Off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia, 20
fathoms; August 17th, 1909.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 129

Genus PSEUDOKHOMBUS, Bleeker.

PSEUDORHOMBUS SP1NOSUS, Sp. HOV.
(Plate xxv.)

D. 74-76; A. 56-57; V. 6 ; P. dex., 1,11, P. sin., 1,9-10; C. 17;
L. lat. to hypural 80 Depth 2.21-2.27, head 3.62-3.8 in the
length to the hypural. Eye 4.8-5.2, maxillary 2.13-2:18, snout
4-4.3 in the head. The dorsal profile is not notched on the
snout ; there is a broad space between it and the eye which is
equal to about two-thirds the diameter of the latter. Lower eye
very slightly in advance of the upper ; in one specimen there is
a small fleshy tentacle on a slender stalk over each eye. Inter-
orbital space narrow, consisting of a raised bony ridge. Mouth
strongly arched, the maxillary reaching to below the hinder
third or fourth of the eye. Teeth rather large and widely spaced
anteriorly, weaker posteriorly ; those of the lower jaw larger
than the upper ones. Gill-rakers palmate, as long as broad,
about one-fifth as long as the eye ; there are nine or ten on the
lower limb of the first arch, and their free margins are rounded
with four to six projecting spinules.

Dorsal fin commencing on the snout before the level of the
nostrils, the anterior rays broad and partly free ; the longest
rays, which are behind the middle of the fin, are about as long as
the space between the tip of the snout and the hinder margin of
the eye. Anal preceeded by a strong, fixed spine of which only
the tip projects beyond the flesh ; the form of the fiu and the
lengths of the rays are similar to those of the dorsal. Upper
pectoral reaching across the arch of the lateral line, its base
nearly horizontal, the longest rays 1^-lf in the head : lower
pectoral 2J in the same. Ventrals almost similar in form, the
second ray 21-3i in the head. Caudal somewhat pointed, the
middle rays 1.14-1.27 in the head.

Scales small, cycloid on both sides ; they are imbricate below,
but only the tips project beyond the skin above. Snout, jaws,
and interorbital space naked. The scales extend onto the rays of
the dorsal, anal and caudal fins on both sides, and onto the base
of the left ventral. The lateral line is broadly arched above the
pectoral, and there are about eighty pores between the operculuni
and the hypural ; a supplementary branch is given off in the
direction of the back above the operculum, and another extends
forward above the outer border of the upper eye.

Colour. Light grey with three conspicuous dark ocelli
surrounded by lighter dots, the arrangement of which niay be
seen in the figure ; the whole upper side of the head and body is
closely covered with numerous more or less complete darker
rings and spots. The fins are spotted and blotched with brown.

130 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The presence of a preaual spine in this species suggests that it
is not a true Pseudorhombus, but dissection shows that it is
merely the end of a large modified iuterhaemal spine which is
equally developed in P. arsius, though its tip does not perforate
the skin in that species. The cycloid scales, also, offer a striking
contrast to the ctenoid ones of P. arsh.t*, but those of P. tenui-
rastrtiiii ai - e intermediate between the two extremes. The
palmate gill-rakers, however, are very different to what I have
seen in any other species of the genus.

Described from two specimens 225-274 mm. long. The
smaller, which is selected as the type, is in the Australian
Museum collection, and is the specimen figured ; it is from
Houtniau Abrolhos, Western Australia. The larger one was
taken by the " Endeavour " between Cape Naturaliste and
Gerald ton, Western Australia.

PSEUDORHOMBUS TENU1KASTRUM, Wciite.

Paralichthys tenuirastrum, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus.. iv., pt. 1,
1899, p. 121, pi. xxviii.

Pseudorhombus tenuirastrum, Ogilby, Mem. Qld. Mus., i., pt. 1,
1912, pp. 43, 45.

D. 73-77; A. 59-63; V. 6 ; P. sin. 1.10-12, P. dex. 1,!-11
C. 17 ; L. lat. to hypural 73-80. Depth 2-2.3, head 4.2-4.8 in the
length to the hypural. Dorsal profile more or less deeply
notched on the snout, only a narrow space between it and the eye.
Dorsal tin commencing on the lower side of the snout on the
same level as the anterior margin of the upper eye. Upper eye
on a level with or slightly in advance of the lower, 4-4.6 in the
head. Teeth very small, close together. Maxillary broadly
expanded behind, reaching almost to or a little behind the middle
of the eye. Gill-rakers slender, 4-6 times as long as broad, with
spines on their anterior edges. Scales cycloid aloove and below,
the upper ones with a minute rough patch well within the
anterior margin.

In drawing up the above diagnosis, I have minutely compared
twenty specimens, 137-280 mm. long, including the types of the
species. The Australian Museum collection includes a young
example which was dredged in Port Jackson.

Locs. North-east of Richmond River Heads, New South
Wales, 16-18 fathoms.

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms.
Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

Ogilby notes its occurrence in Queensland waters but gives no
special locality.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 131

PSEUDORHOMBUS MULTIMACULATUS, G'tinther.

(Plate xxiv.)

Pseudorhombws multimaculatiis, Griinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish.,
iv., 1862, p. 427. Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, vi., 1881, p, 125. Id., Ogilby, Ed. Fish. N.S.
Wales, 1893, p. 157, pi. xxxviii.

Paralichthys novce-cambrice, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.
Wales, xxiii., 1898, p. 296. Id., Waite, Mem. Austr.
Mus., iv., pt, 1, 1899, p. 120, fig. 9.

Pseudorhont,bus novce-cambrice, Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld.,
xxi., 1908, p. 25, and Mem. Qld. Mus., i., 1912, pp. 43,
45.

D. 68-71; A. 51-56; P. dex. 1 + 9-1 + 11; P. sin. 1 + 10-
1+11; V. 6; C. 15+2; L. lat., to hypural, 66-73. Depth
1.7-1.8, head 3.4-3.9 in the length to the hypural. Dorsal pro-
file notched on the suout, usually only a narrow space between it
and the eye. Dorsal commencing on the lower side of the
snout, on a level with, or slightly before the front margin of the
eye. Eyes nearly on the same level, or the upper one slightly in
advance of the lower, 4f-5j in the head. Teeth small, close to-
gether. Maxillary expanded behind, with a few small scales,
and reaching to below the hinder half or almost to the hinder
border of the eye. Gill-rakers short and broad, once to twice as
long as broad. Scales ctenoid above, cycloid below.

The small-toothed flounder of New South Wales was originally
identified as P. iiiiiltimactilatas, Griinther, but Ogilby later
separated it as a distinct species, P. novce-cambrice. He pointed
out a number of differences between the two, most of which
appear to me to be variable. My specimens scarcely differ from
Giinther's description, though the tail is always more or less
angular instead of rounded, and longer than described, while the
gill-rakers are never half as long as the eye. Mr. C. Tate
Regan, however, has very kindly compared specimens I sent him
from near Sydney with the types of P. multitnaculatus, and
informs me he has no doubt they are that species.

Locs. The above definition was drawn up from five specimens
from New South Wales, 202-338 mm, long ; another from
Mo re ton Bay, and one from Freniantle do not differ from the
local examples.

132 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

FAMILY HOPLICHTHYID^E.
Genus HOPLICHTHYS, Guvier 8f Valencienney.

HOPLICHTHYS HASWELLI,

Hopliclitlnjs haswelli, McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., pt. 5,
1907, p. 351, pi. Ixiv.

A splendid series of one hundred and five specimens of this
species, 160-420 mm. long, exhibits considerable variation in the
form and armature of the head. The young differ from the
larger examples principally in wanting most of the spiniferous
ridges of the head, only the larger ones being present. The
eyes are much larger, being 4.5 in the head as against 7.33.
The interorbital space is very narrow in small specimens, its
width being only about one-third the diameter of the eye though
equal to it in the largest examples. One specimen '215 mm.
long, is particularly interesting since it appears to have retained
some of its juvenile characters. It has very few spiny ridges on
the head, and the interorbital width is only 4.76 in the eye.
A very young specimen, 77 mm. long, has a much broader and
rounder snout than the others, and only the largest of the cep-
halic spines are developed. It has the following proportions':
Head, including the opercular flap, 2.58 in the length to the
hypural. Eye 4.85 in the head and 1.57 in the snout. Inter-
orbital space 2.1 in the eye.

Most of the specimens are mottled with more or less definite
darker spots, and some show traces of four greyish cross-bars on
the back. The first dorsal has a dark blotch in its hinder half,
and the second has several rows of black spots between the
rays. The margin of the caudal is black.

Locs. Off Bermagui, New South Wales, 70-80 fathoms ;
17th July, 1912.

South from Gabo Island, Victoria, 96-108 fathoms; 20th
July, 1911.

36 miles off Cape Bverard, Victoria, 70-100 fathoms; 28th
May, 1910, and August, 1911.

East from East Sister Island, Bass Strait, 90 fathoms ; 23rd
April, 1910.

Great Australian Bight, Long. 12630 'E,, 100 fathoms ; March,
1913.

Great Australian Bight, Long. 12645'E. 130-320 fathoms.

FISHES. MCCUI.LOCH. 133

HOPLICHTHYS OGILBYI, gp. HOV.

(Plate xxviii., fig. 1-la.)

Br. 7; D.vi. 15; A.i. 16; P. 12+4; V.i. 5; lateral plates 27.
Head, from tip of snout to end of opercular flap, 3.36 in the
length to the hypural. Depth before the ventrals 3.8, width
2.23 in the head. Eye 4.66, snout 3, second dorsal spine 3.8,
first dorsal ray 3, longest pectoral ray 1.3, inner ventral ray
2.23, middle caudal rays 1.63 in the head.

Snout rounded, tip of lower jaw not visible from above
Sides of head formed of four spinate lobes, the spines increasing
in size backwards. The first lobe also bears one or two strong
spines projecting forward on the side of the snout. The last
spine of the second lobe is almost on a level with the anterior
margin of the eye, and that of the third with the posterior
margin. The fourth lobe includes the strong preopercular spine
and a second smaller one given off near the base of the latter.
All the exposed bones of the head are very rough with tuber-
culiform spines or granules which are arranged in rows radiating
from larger central spines or clusters of spines. The fleshy area
around the eye is margined on its outer side by several clusters
of strong curved spines, of which the most prominent are two
terminating two ridges, which run obliquely backwards and
outwards. There is an upstanding group of spines behind the
eye, on the occiput, and on the humeral plate on each side, and
and two smaller ones occur on the preopercuhim and anterior
part of the operculum. The relative positions of these and other
head structures may be seen in the figures.

The maxillary is broadly expanded behind, its length is 3.3 in
the head, and it does not nearly reach the level of the front
margin of the eye. All the bones on either side of, and behind
the jaws are very rough, and there is a row of spines behind the
maxillary. The teeth are microscopic, and are arranged in
narrow bands on the jaws, which are interrupted at the
symphyses. They form a narrow arched band on the vomer,
without any backward processes as in H. hastvelli. The palatine
band is narrow, almost linear.

Body entirely scaleless. The lateral plates cover the greater
part of the back, leaving only a narrow space between them and
the bnse of the dorsal fin ; they extend well down onto the sides.
They support a row of strong, sub-equal recurved spines, near
the bases of which may be several much smaller ones ; their
surfaces are very rough with minute granular spines, and there
is a denticulated ridge extending obliquely forward on the upper
anterior margin of each. The posterior margins are deeply
cleft behind the large spines.

134 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The first dorsal originates between the hinder margins of the
opercles ; its spines are very weak, and the second is the longest.
The rays of the second dorsal are bifid ; in one specimen they
increase slightly in length backwards, and in the other they
decrease. The anal is similar but lower, and commences well
in advance of and terminates behind the second dorsal. The
upper pectoral rays are very long but the lower ones decrease
rapidly in length. The second free ray is the longest and reaches
back to the base of the first anal ray ; all are connected at their
bases by membrane. The veutrals reach backward to the vent,
and the caudal is subtruncate in one specimen, and has the
middle rays produced in the other.

Colour. Apparently pink or yellow in life, with some very
indefinite darker spots and lines ; the back is crossed by six
indistinct darker bands, of which the first is below the spinous
dorsal, and the last on the base of the tail. The first dorsal is
blackish with several darker wavy cross lines, and the pectorals
have some irregular rows of dusky spots. Some very indefinite
spots can also be traced on the second dorsal and the caudal.
Described from two specimens, 150-197 mm. long.

This species is very similar to H. langsdorfii, as figured by
Cuvier and Valenciennes *, but according to those authors and
also to Regan 2 , the lateral plates are armed with two large
subequal spines whereas they have only one each in my specimens.
From H. regani, Jordan, which was described and figured by
Jordan and Richardson 3 as H. langsdorfii, mine differ in both
the form and armature of the head, the size of the eye, and the
lengths and colour-marking of the dorsal and anal rays. Through
the kindness of Dr. Barton W. Everrnann, I am able to compare
this species with a co-type of H. citrinus, Gilbert 4 from which
it differs in having a much smaller eye, and strong upstanding
spines on the upper surface of the head ; the iuterorbital width
is also broader and the lateral scutes rougher. The same
characters also distinguish it from H. acanthopleurus, Regan 2 .
H. platophrys, Gilbert 5 and H. ijilberti, Jordan and Richardson 6
both differ in having the lateral margins of the head straighter
and less spiuate, while the broad iuterorbital space distinguishes
the former from all the others.

1 Cuvier and Valenciennes Hist. Nat. Poiss. , iv., 1829, p. 264,
pi. Ixxxi.

2 Regan Traus. Linn. Soc. (2), xii., 1908, p. 239.

3 Jordan and Eichardson Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxxiii., p. 645, fig. 5.

4 Gilbert Bull. U.S. Fish. Couim. for 1903, pt, ii., 1905, p. 640,
fig. 249.

5 Gilbert ion. cit. , p. 642, fig. 250.

6 Jordan and Richardson Loc. cit., p. 647, fig. 6.

FISHES. MCCULLOCIT. 135

The new species is very different from the only other Austra-
lian member of the genus, H. has/relli, mihi. 7 It has a much
smaller and more spinate head, and the lateral margins are
divided into lobes. The anal commences in advance of the second
dorsal instend of behind it, and the teeth are very much
smaller and differently arranged.

I have much pleasure in associating the name of Mr. J
Douglas Ogilby with this pretty Queensland species.

/,;. 36| miles N. 12E. of Cape Moreton, Queensland, 73
fathoms ; September, 9th, 1910.

FAMILY PLATYCEPHALID^E.

Genus ELATES, Jordan t, Scale.

ELATES THOMPSOXI, Jordan $" Seale.

(Plate xxviii., fig. 2-2a.)

Elates thompsoni, Jordan & Seale, Bull. U. S. Fish. Bur., xxvi.
1907, p. 39, fig. 12.

Hyalorhynchus pellucidus, Ogilby, New Fish. Queensland Coast,
1911, p. 118.

D. i.v. 13 ; A. 13 ; P. 19-21 ; V. i. 5 ; C. J4-15 ; L. lat. 90-99.
Head from tip of snout to end of operoular flap 3.35 in the
length to the hypural. Depth before the first dorsal 4.6, width
2.7, eye 4.8, snout 2.87, first dorsal spine 2.42, first ray 2.3 in the
head.

Body elongate, depressed, the width much greater than the
depth. Under surface of anterior half flat. Snout flat, width
at angle of maxillary 1.23 in its length. Maxillary reaching
the level of the hinder nostril, 3,37 in the head, Lower jaw
much longer than the upper. A single large sabre-like spine at
the angle of the preoperculum, which is deeply grooved above
and below, and is longer than the orbit, being 4 in the head.
Three small spines on the bony stay of the cheek, the first just
behind the level of the anterior nostril, the second below the
pupil, and the last below the hinder margin of the orbit. A
rather strong spine on the upper anterior margin of the orbit,
and a series of about ten very small ones at the postero-superior
margin. A small nuchal spine on each side. Interorbital space
narrow, concave, its width less than half that of the pupil. Broad
bands of minute teeth on the jaws and very narrow ones on the

7 McCulloch Eec. Austr. Mus., vi., pt, 5, 1907, p. 351, pi. Ixiv.

136 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RKSFLTS.

vomer and palatines. Tongue broad, spatulate, its end truncate
or slightly emarginate. Gill-rakers slender, 2.3 in the eye :
fourteen on the lower limb of the first arch.

Body covered with small ctenoid scales, which extend forward
to the occiput above, and onto the operculum and postorbital
portion of the preoperculum. The lateral line is raised but not
spiniferous ; it extends along the middle of the body and onto the
caudal rays, and pierces 90-99 scales between the operculum and
the hypural. The rows of scales are rather more numerous
there being about 133 between the occiput and the hypural.

First dorsal spine small and isolated ; the second is the
longest and strongest, and is grooved on either side. First ray
of second dorsal placed somewhat nearer the hypural than the
tip of the snout ; the sixth to the twelfth are widely spaced and
joined by membrane only at the base. Anal originating before
and terminating behind the dorsal. Upper pectoral ray 2.7,
fourth ventral ray about 2 in the head. Ventral spine strong and
grooved and placed below the middle of the pectorals. Caudal
slightly forked, the upper lobe much the larger and longer,
usually with a filament which may be longer than the rest of the
fin.

Colourless in formalin ; some indefinite markings above the
lateral line, and a subdermal row of large dark longitudinal spots
directly below it. Head with clusters of minute grey dots
forming indefinite spots. Dorsal and caudal fins with blackish
spots, the latter also with a large blotch on the lower lobe.

Length of largest specimen, from tip of lower jaw to end of
middle caudal rays, 185 mm.

Professor J. 0. Snyder has very kindly compared three of the
Pine Peak specimens, which were obtained with the types of
Hyalorhynchus pellucidus, Ogilby, with a co-type of Elate*
thompsoni, Jordan & Seale. He writes that he " finds them to
belong to the same species, no important differences appeai-ing."

s. Seventy-five specimens were pi-eserved from the
following localities :

Pine Peak, Queensland, S.59E. ; August, 1910.

Twelve miles north-east of Bowen, Queensland, 19-25 fathoms ;
August, 1910.

FISHES. MCCDLLOCH. 137

Genus THYS \\OI-HKYS, Ogillnj.

TlIYSANOI'HKYS CIRKONASUS,

Platycephalus cirronasus, Richai-dson, Voy. " Erebus & Terror,''
Fishes, 1848, p. 114, pi. li., fig. 7-10. Id., Giinther. Brit,
Mus. Cat. Fish., ii., I860, p. 186. Id., Macleay, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 1881, p. 586. Id., Stead, Ed.
Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, p. 113.

D. viii.-ix. 11-12 ; A. 11-12 ; P. 20-21 ; V. i. 5 ; C. 10-11 ;
lateral line to hypural 53-54. Head 2^-2| in the length to the
hypural, with very large spines and smooth upstanding ridges
which terminate in spines ; intermediate areas not rough or
spiny, covered with fleshy skin. Traces of some very rudimen-
tary scales on the operculum, none on the preoperculum. Eye
l|-lf in the snout, usually with a small tentacle above. Interor-
bital space deeply concave, half, or less than half the length of
the eye. Maxillary reaching to below the anterior third or
nearly to the middle of the eye. Bony stay of cheek without
spines ; preoperculnm with two stout, but short subequal spines.
Teeth minute, subequal, inner ones a little larger than the
others. They form a broad band on the upper jaw, and a
narrower one on the lower; two short, parallel bands on the
vomer, and a long narrow one on each palatine.

Scales before the dorsal fin rudimentary ; those of the lateral
line enlarged and thickened but not spiny. Caudal rounded.
Colour reddish with darker marbling ; some dark patches at the
bases of the dorsal fins which tend to form cross-bars. Fins
with violet lines and spots.

Loc. This species is only known from New South Wales. I
have examined seven specimens from near Sydney and one from
Bulli. The largest is 385 mm. long.

G-enus INSIDIATOR, Jordan Sf Snyder.

Insidiator, Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxiii.,
1900, p. 368 (Platycephalus rudis, Giinther).

Grammoplites, Fowler, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., xii., 1904,
p. 550 (Platycephalic scaber, Linnaeus).

Thysanophyrys, Jordan & Richardson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mns.,
xxxiii!, 1908, p. 631 (not of Ogilby).

This gemis differs from Thysanophrys in having no enlarged
and thickened scales on the lateral line, and in having scales on
the head and nape. The definition given by Jordan & Richardson
under Thysanophrys really applies to Insidiator.

138 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Head broad and much depressed, armed with spines and
serratures. Angle of preoperculum with two or more spines ;
no antrorse spine on its lower face. Teeth usually villiform,
sometimes cardiform ; in bands on the jaws and palatines, and
two separate groups on the vomer which are set lengthwise
along the shaft of the bone. Scales large or small, in 30
(I. grandisquamis, Regan) to 110 (7. nematophthalmus, Giinther)
rows. Lateral line smooth, or armed with spines, partially or
for its whole length.

The following key will assist in the determination of the
Australian species.

a. Eyes smaller and round, the interorbital space about
equal to their vertical diameter.

I. Tail with two large dark blotches. Infraorbital ridge
with one spine bosschei.

bb. Tail without dark blotches. Infraorbital ridge with
four spines ...malayanus.

aa. Eyes larger, elliptical, the interorbital space less than
their vertical diameter.

c. Anterior third of lateral line with distinct, upstanding
spines.

d. Upper preopercular spine very large, about as
long as the eye macr acanthus.

dd. Upper preopercular spine much shorter than the
eye.

<?. Infraorbital ridge expanded outwards poste-
riorly, overhanging the cheek tuberculatus.

ee. Infraorbital i-idge not overhanging the cheek
posteriorly jugosus.

cc. Anterior third of lateral line with indistinct pros-
trate spines harrisii.

ccc. Only a few anterior lateral line scales with spines.

/. Teeth of palate enlarged, cardiform diversidens.

ff. Teeth villiform.

g. An orbital tentacle. Dorsal and caudal with
blackish lines nematophthalmus.

gg. No orbital tentacle. Fins without blackish
lines ...parilis.

FISHKS. - MriTU.OCH. 139

IXSIDIATOI: BOSSCHKI,

/,/>, Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie.
xxi., 1860, p. 140.

Ji<ix.<i-/it>i, Bleeker, Atl. lehtli., ix., 1877, pi.
ccccxix., tig. 3-3a.

Platycephalus inm-niitlm*, Macleav, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
v., 1881, p. 58-5 (not of Cuv. and Val.)

D. ix. 12-13; A. 12; P. 20; V. i. 5 ; C. 9-11. Head 3.23-3.37
in the length to the hypural. Eye small, rounded, G. 09-6. 81 in
the head, and 2.21-2.57 in the snout. Intel-orbital space concave,
f-f the diameter of the eye.- Maxillary not quite reaching the
middle of the eye. Head with rather low ridges which terminate
in spines. A large anterior ocular spine ; supraocular ridges
ending in two or three spines of which the posterior is the
largest. The cranial ridges follow directly behind these, and
each terminates in a strong spine ; there are some indistinct
ridges radiating backwards from the terminal supraocular spine.
A short median ridge without a spine. The ridge from behind
the eye to the suprascapular bears four spines ; thesuprascapular
has one spine and the scapular may or may not be armed. Bony
stay of cheek with one spine below the hinder margin of the eye.
Preopercular spines short and subequal, the upper acute, the
lower obtuse. Teeth minute, subequal, forming a broad band on
the upper jaw and a narrower one on the lower ; two short and
broad, parallel bands on the vomer, and a long narrow one on
each palatine.

Scales moderate, ctenoid, in sixty three or ninety three rows
above the lateral line according to the direction in which they
are counted. They extend forward onto the nape, and onto the
opercles and postorbital part of the preopercles. Those of the
lateral line are not differentiated from the others. Caudal
roiinded.

Colours after long preservation, Brown above, with indica-
tions of darker cross-bands ; the head and sides of the body are
closely speckled and marbled with lighter and darker markings.
Lips and cheeks with broad brown cross-bars. Spines and rays
of dorsal tins, caudal, pectoral, and hinder ones of anal with rows
of brown spots. Ventrals darker with whitish wavy lines.
Caudal with two characteristic brown blotches, one at the
postero-superior angle and the other covering the whole lower

margin.

140 ;- ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

In the small eyes and colour-markings this species is very
similar to T. malayanus, but it is easily distinguished by its
smaller scales, in lacking the posterior spines on the bony stay
of the cheeks, and in having- two large dark blotches on the
tail.

Locs. Described from three specimens, 257-315 mm, long, in
the Macleay Museum, from Port Darwin, Northern Territory,
and Palm Islands and Cape Grenville, Queensland. They are
those identified by Macleay as Platycephalus isacanthus,
Cuvier & Valenciennes, but they differ from that species in
having very much smaller eyes and in general colour-marking,
etc. They agree very well with Bleeker's description and figure
of his P. busschei.

INSIDIATOR MALAYANUS, Bleeker.

Platycephalus malayanus, Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind.,
v., 1853, p. 498 ; and Atl. Ichth., ix., 1877, pi. ccccxix.,
fig. '^-2a. Id., Giintlier, Brit. Mus. Cat, Fish., ii., 1860,
p. 184.

1). ix. 1'2 ; A. 12 ; P. 20 ; V. i. 5 ; C. 11 ; L. lat., to hypural,
53. Head almost 3 in the length to the hypural, with small
spines and low ridges terminating in spines ; supraocular ridge
with about six spines posteriorly, and not followed by a series of
radiating ridges. Well formed scales cover the operculum and
the upper part of the preoperculum. Eye small, 1| in the
snout, without tentacles. Interorbital space flat, only the
supraocular edges raised, and two-thirds the diameter of the eye.
Maxillary reaching to below the anterior fourth of the eye.
Bony stay of cheek with four spines, of which three are behind
the eye ; preoperculum with two spines, the lower very small
or rudimentary. Teeth minute, subequal, the inner ones a little
larger than the others. They form abroad band on the upper jaw
arid a narrower one on the lower ; two widely separated ellipti-
cal groups on the vomer, and a long narrow one on each
palatine.

Scales before the dorsal fin well developed ; those of the
lateral line are only half the size of the others. There are 51 or
65 rows above the lateral line according to the direction in
which they are counted, and 53 pierced scales on the line itself ;
owing to the intercalation of an extra row of scales between each
of the others anteriorly, one counts about seventy four rows
along the middle of the sides. Caudal rounded. Sandy yellow,
with three indistinct cross bands, of which the anterior is much
the widest. Head variegated with regular wavy bands and

FISHES. MCCHIXOCH. 141

spots which have tine darker edges. Back speckled with minute
brown dots. Spines and rays of all the fins except the anal with
oblique rows of brown spots,

Luc. Described from a single specimen, 228 mm. long, which
I collected at Murray Island in Torres Strait, which agrees well
with Bleeker's description and figure,

INSIDIATOR MAORACANTHUS, lihA-^i-.

Platycephalus macr acanthus, Bleeker, Versl. Akad. Amsterdam
(2), Hi., 1869, p. 253, and Lor. r/Y., xix., 1879. p. 22, also
Atl. Echth., ix., 1877, pi, ccccxxix., fig. 1. Id., Day, Pish.
India, 1878, p. 276. pi. lix., fig. 3.

D. ix. 11-12 ; A. 12 ; P. 19-20; V. i. 5 ; C. U ; L. lat. 53-54.
Head 2.8-2.9 in the length to the hypural. Eye 3.9-4.5 in the
head and 1.1-1.2 in the snout, which is 3.1-3.6 in the head.
Interorbital width 2.6-4 in the eye.

Upper surface of head with large bony plates, which are
rough with granular ridges radiating from large upstanding
spines. A large anterior orbital spine ; hinder half of supraor-
bital ridge coarsely denticulated. Bony stay of cheek arising
in a star-like cluster of ridges on the preorbital, and armed along
its length with numerous spines ; these may be either very strong
or rather weak, and the two largest are placed below the eye.
Preoperculum usually with three spines, of which the upper
is very large and strong ; and is usually about as long as the eye.
Interorbital space concave. Maxillai-y reaching to below the
anterior third or fourth of the eye. Teeth minute, subequal,
forming a broad band on the upper jaw, and a narrower one on
the lower. There are two short and widely separated bands on
the vomer, and a long, very narrow one on each palatine. No
orbital tentacle.

Lateral line scales not enlarged, those of the anterior third
armed with rather strong spinules. Well formed scales cover
the operculum and postorbital part of the preoperculum. There
are 54-55 and 71-77 rows of scales above the lateral line accord-
ing to the direction in which they are counted.

Colour. Brownish above, lighter below, the scales of the
ventral surface sometimes margined with blackish dots. First
dorsal dusky with black spots ; second lighter with rows of dark
spots. Pectorals light-coloured above and dusky below, or
dusky with a large light spot on the upper half. Ventrals and
caudal dusky with lighter margins. Anal white.

A series of thirty-two specimens, 128-204 mm. long, exhibits
two well marked forms which may be sexual. In one, repre-

142

"ENDEAVOUR "

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

sented by seven specimens, the spines on the infraorbital ridge
are very strong and overhang the cheek below them. The
fii'st dorsal, pectoral, and ventral fins, as well as the under
surface, are much darker than in the others, and the pectoral
always has a light oval spot on its upper half. This form agrees
well with Bleeker's figure as regards the armature of the head,
but not in the colour. The second form only differs in having
the spines on the suborbital ridge smaller, and the colouration of
the fins lighter ; the light patch on the pectorals is also
absent. It is represented by the remaining twenty-five specimens,
which agree perfectly with an example from Dr. Day's collec-
tion in the Australian Museum, from Madras.

Loc. All the " Endeavour " specimens were trawled seven
to twenty miles off Bowen, Queensland, in 15-35 fathoms, on a
muddy bottom ; August 2 and 3, 1910.

INSIDIATOR TUBEUCULATUS, C'nvlei- <.V Valeiiciemn'*.
(Plate xxix. ; Fig. 10.)

Platycephalus tuberculatus, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat.
Poiss., iv., 1829, p. 258. Id., Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat.
Fish., ii., 1860, p. 186. Id., Day, Fish. India, 1878,
p, 275, pi. lx., fig. 5.

D. viii.-ix. 11 ; A. 11 ; P. 20-22 ; V. i. 5 ; C. 11 ; L. lat. 52-
53. Head 2.6 in the length to the hypural. Eye 3.6-3.8 in the
head, and equal to, or a little shorter than the snout, which is
3.2-3.6 in the head. Interorbital width 3-3.6 in the eye. Third
dorsal spine 2.06-2.7 in the head.

>.-,

"'':...

I

v;

Fig. 10. Upper view of head and teeth of Insidiator tuberculatus.

Head rough, with all the exposed ridges minutely sei-rated.
Two or three anterior orbital spines ; supraorbital margin
elevated, consisting of a single row of denticles anteriorly, and
one or two behind. Interorbital space concave. The whole

FISHES. MCfTI.Utcn. 143

upper surface of the cranium is roughened with small granular
spines, the arrangement of which, together with the ridges, is
shown in the accompanying figure. Ridges on the upper surface
of the snout denticulated, and terminating in a cluster of spines
between the posterior nostrils. Preorbital with an indistinct
series of radiating ridges, from which the infraorbital one
extends backwards to the preopercular spine ; this is minutely
and evenly serrated along its whole length, and it projects out-
wards so as to overhang the cheek below it. Preoperculum with
3-5 spines, of which the upper is much the longest, and is equal
to about one half the length of the eye ; no antrorse spine,
Opercular ridges serrated, terminating in large spines.

Both nostrils tubulai 1 , the anterior with a skinny tentacle ; no
supraocular tentacle. Teeth extremely minute, forming a broad
baud on the upper jaw and a narrow one on the lower. They
are a little larger on the palate, and are arranged in two widely
separated, parallel groups on the vomer, and a long narrow band
on each palatine.

Body covered with rather large, coarsely ctenoid scales. On
the operculum and postorbital portion of the preoperculum they
are deeply imbedded and almost rudimentary. Lateral line
scales similar to, but smaller than the others, and the first 15-20
are armed with strong spines.

Origin of the dorsal just behiud the end of the head : the
anterior spine is well developed, and the third is the longest.
The second ray is the highest, and may be either a little shorter
than, or longer than the longest spine; the following rays
gradually decrease in length. Anal originating a little behind,
and terminating well behind the second dorsal ; the rays are
subequal in length. The ventrals reach the base of the second
or third anal ray ; the spine is moderately strong, and the inner
ray is simple. Pectorals broadly rounded, reaching beyond the
middle of the first dorsal. Caudal slightly rounded.

Colour hi formal in. Brownish above, with traces of the
usual dark cross-bands : some more or less definite spots on the
sides of the head and body. Dorsal and caudal fins with small
rounded spots which may be indistinct, the first dorsal with a
broad dusky margin. Pectorals and ventrals with striking dark
spots which coalesce into large blotches, and with broad white
margins. Anal white.

Loc. Described from eight specimens, 50-116 mm. long,
trawled in Platypus Bay, Queensland, in 7-9 fathoms. The
smallest differs from the others only in having the head some-
what less rough between the ridges. They agree perfectly with
a specimen from Dr. Day's collection in the Australian Museum,
as well as with his description and figure.

144 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULT.-.

INSIDIATOI; JUGOSUS. up. nov.
(Plate xxx., tig. 2; Fig. 11.)

D. viii-ix. 11-12; A. 11-12; P. 21-22; V. i. 5; C, 12-13:
L. lat. 52-53. Head, from tip of snout to end of opercular flap,
2.54-2.62 iu the length to the hypural. Breadth of body
1.72-1.95, depth 2.55-2.97 in the head. Eye 4-4.57 in the head,
and 1.21-1.42 iu the snout, which is 3.25-3.42 in the head.
Interorbital space 2.88-3 in the eye. Third dorsal spine 2.82-2.4,
second dorsal ray 2.46-2.78, caudal fin 1.7-1.94, longest pectoral
ray 2.12-2.40, fourth ventral ray 1.42-1.56, and tenth anal ray
3.36-3.82 in the head. Caudal peduncle 1.5-1.73 in the eye.

Head rough, with some small spines on the upper parts, and
all the exposed ridges finely denticulated. A strong spine,
surrounded by several smaller ones on the antero-superior mar-
gin of each orbit ; supraocular margin elevated, consisting of a
single row of denticles anteriorly and several rows behind.
Interorbital space deeply concave. Preorbital with a radiating
series of denticulated ridges, from which the infraorbital
series extends backwards to the preoperculuni which bears
a slightly enlarged spine below the hinder margin of the
eye. Preoperculum with two, sometimes three spines, the
upper one the larger though its length is less than the width of
the interorbital space ; no autrorse spine on the lower surface.
Operculum with two strong spines, the lower terminating an
oblique denticulated ridge. Cranium with a series of three or
four ridges diverging backwards from the base of a small spine
behind the eye on each side ; besides these there are several
other spines and ridges, the arrangement of which can be seen
in the figure.

Fig. 11. Insidiafor jiigosus.

Anterior nostril with a short tentacle, posterior nostril tubular :
no supraocular tentacle. Opercular membrane with a large
tongue-like lobe below the preopercular spines. Teeth minute,
closely set in a broad band on the upper jaw, with some larger
inner ones near the symphysis. On the lower jaw they are

FISHKS. MCCUI,[,(H II. 145

uniform and arranged in a narrow band. They are somewhat
larger on the vomer, and form two widely separated, rather
elongate patches which are broader in front than behind.
Palatines each with a long narrow baud, the anterior teeth the
lai-gest. Tongue spatulate, truncate or emarginate anteriorly.

Body covered with moderately large ctenoid scales which
extend forward onto the operculum, and postorbital portion of
the preoperculurn. The scales of the lateral line are raised but
not enlarged ; the anterior eight to fifteen bear very small
spines. There are fifty-two rows above the lateral line, but they
are more numerous below it owing to the interpolation of an
extra row between each of the others anteriorly. There are
five scales between the lateral line and the first dorsal spine.

Origin of the first dorsal fin between the ends of the opercles.
First spine separated from the others and only joined to the base
of the second by membrane; the other spines are weak, and the
third is the longest. Second dorsal ray longest, the others
gradually decreasing in length. Anal commencing a little
behind, and terminating well behind the second dorsal; its rays
are shorter than those of that fin, and they gradually increase in
height to the penultimate one. Caudal broadly rounded.
Ventral reaching to the second or third anal ray : the spine is
weak, and the inner ray is simple. Pectoi'al broadly rounded ;
the fourth or fifth upper ray is the longest, and reaches to a
little behind the middle of the first dorsal.

Colour in- formalin. Greyish or brownish above, white
below. Back with four dark cross-bands, of which the first is
very broad and corresponds with the base of the first dorsal, or
it may be indistinctly divided into two. The next two are
narrower, and cross the base of the second dorsal, and the third
is on the caudal peduncle. Lips and cheeks with brown cross-
bars, the most prominent of which is a broad double one below
the eye. All the fins, with the exception of the anterior part of
the anal, bear oblique rows of large brown spots.

Described from ten specimens, 139-206 mm. long, from off
Hervey Bay, Queensland. The largest example is selected as
the type.

Locs. In all, thirty-three specimens were preserved from the
following localities in Queensland.

Near Bo wen.

Hummocky Island, S.7^'E.. seven miles; July 30, 1910.
Thirteen miles S. East from Cape Capricorn : .Inly 29. 1910.
Off Hervey Bay ; July 27, 1910.

146

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Mouth of Wide Bay; July 15, 1910.

Four others are in the Australian Museum collection, of which
three were trawled in Port Jackson, and one in Port Stephens,
New South Wales.

INSIDIATOE HAERISII, sp. >ioi\
(Plate xxx., fig. 1 ; Fig. 12.)

Br. 7 ; D. ix. 11-12 ; A. 11-12 ; P. 20-25 ; V. i. 5 ; C. 1 1-13 :
L. lat. 53. Head 2.61-2.86 in the length to the hypural. Bye
4.24-4.48 iii the head, and 1.2 in the snout, which is 3.71-3.53
in the head. Interorbital width 3.22-4.16 in the eye. Third
dorsal spine 2.76-2.46 in the head.

The ridges of the head are moderately prominent and smooth,
and end in low spines. A strong anterior orbital spine ;
posterior half of supraorbital ridge with eight to ten small
denticles. Interorbital space moderately concave. Two post-
ocular spines on each side, from the inner of which a series of
low, radiating ridges extends backwards towards two medio-
lateral spines on the cranium ; from the outer ones a sinuous
ridge runs backwards to the suprascapular, which is armed with
about three spines. One or more very small spines on the
ridges between the anterior nostrils. Bony stay of the cheek
arising in a star-shaped cluster of bony ridges on the preorbital :
it is armed with two distinct spines, one a little before the
middle of the eye, and the other behind its hinder margin :
several smaller denticles may also be present. Preoperculum
armed with two short spines, the upper the longer, its length less
than the width of the interorbital space ; a slightly projecting
angle of the bone below these perhaps represents a third spine.
Opercular ridges smooth, terminating in spines.

Fig. 12. Itmldiator harrisii. Head and teeth.

Anterior nostril with a short, tentacle, the posterior tubular ;
no supraocular tentacle. A skinny lobe may or ma}' not be
present on the lower border of the operculum Teeth minute,
granular and subequal, forming a broad band on the upper jaw,
and a narrower one on the lower ; two parallel groups on the
vomer, and a rather narrow band on each palatine.

F1SHKS. MCCULLOCH. 147

Body covered with rather large ctenoid scales, which extend
forward onto the operculum and postorbital part of the pre-
operculum. Lateral line scales similar to those of the body, the
anterior three or four with strong spines, and the ten following
with very rnimite, almost prostrate spines. There are about
fifty-three or seventy-six rows of scales above the lateral line,
according to the direction in which they ai-e counted.

Origin of the tirst dorsal between the ends of the opercles.
The anterior spine is joined to the base of the second by t a low
membrane, and the third is the highest. The second dorsal ray
is the highest, a little shoi-ter or rather longer than the longest
spine ; the following rays gradually decrease in length. Anal
commencing a little behind, and terminating Avell behind the
second dorsal ; its rays are shorter than those of that fin, and
gradually increase in height to the penultimate one. Caudal
rounded. Ventral reaching to, or a little beyond the origin of
the anal, its spine very weak and the inner ray simple. Pectoral
broadly rounded, reaching to below the middle of the first dorsal
fin.

Colour in formalin. Greyish above with very indefinite traces
of darker cross-bands ; head and back finely speckled with brown
dots. Spines and rays of the dorsal fins with small brown dots.
Anal whitish, posterior rays with dark spots. Pectorals and
ventrals spotted. Caudal dusky, with large blackish brown
spots.

I have much pleasure in associating with this new species, the
name of my friend Dr. R. Hamlyu-Harris, Director of the
Queensland Museum, to whom I am indebted for much valuable
assistance when working at the collections under his charge.

This species may be I. bataviensis, Bleeker L , but appears to
differ in having only fifty-three instead of sixty scales on the
lateral line, and two preopercnlar spines instead of three. It is
also very similar to I. isiwatttliHs, Cuvier & Valenciennes 2 ,
which likewise has sixty scales and a somewhat smaller eye.

Locs. Described from two specimens, 183-204 mm. long, of
which one is from near Pine Peak, Queensland, and the other
from Moreton Bay. Five others are in the collection which were
trawled off Boweu in about 16 fathoms.

1 Bleeker Nat. Tidschr. Ned. lud., iv., 1853, p. 460, aud Atl. Ichth.,
ix , 1877, pi. ccecxx., fig. 4, 4a.

2. Cuvier & Valenciennes Hist. Nat. Poiss , iv., 1829, p. 246. Id.
Sauvage, Bull. Nouv. Arch, Mns. Paris, ix., 1873, p. 55, pi. vii., fig. 1, la.

148 " ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

INSIDIATOR DIVKKSIDKXS, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxi., fig. 1 ; Fig. 13.)

Br. 7 : D. i.vii. i-ii., 11: A. 12 : P. 18-19 ; V. i. 5 ; C, 12-13 ;
h. lat. 52-53. Head 2.52-2.70 in the length to the hypural. Eye
4.04-4.78 in the head, and 1.21-1.52 in the snout, which is
3.03-3.33 in the head. Interorbital width 2.71-4.2 in the eye.
Third dorsal spine 2.65-2.75, breadth before the pectorals
1.83-2.02, and depth 3.38-4.04 in the head.

The ridges of the head are strong and a little denticulated,
and terminate in strong spines. A strong anterior orbital
spine ; hinder half or two-thirds of the supraorbital ridge with
about ten strong denticles. Interorbital space concave. Two
postocular spines on each side, from the inner of which a series
of prominent, radiating ridges extends backward. A small
median and two medio-lateral ridges on the cranium, each of
the latter armed with a strong spine. Between the outer
postocular spine and that above the articulation of the preopercle,
are several minute denticles, and there is another lai'ge spine
before the suprascapnlar one. Ridges on anterior portion of
snout minutely serrated. Bony stay of cheek arising in a
star-shaped cluster of ridges on the preorbital ; it is rather
coarsely serrated along its whole length, and there are two or
three spines, the first on the preorbital, the second before the
middle of the eye, and the third before the posterior orbital
margin. Preoperculuni armed with two spines, the upper much
the longer, its length considerably more than the width of the
iuterorbital space ; a third smaller spine springs from its upper
surface near the base. Opercular ridges smooth, terminating in
spines.

Fig. 13. Insidiator diversidens. Head and teeth.

Anterior nostril with a short tentacle, the postei-ior tubular.
No supraocular tentacle, and no skinny lobe on the lower border
of the operculum. Teeth larger than usual in the genus. They
are arranged in a band on the upper jaw which is narrow on the
sides and broader anteriorly ; the inner ones are larger than the
outer, and those near the syniphysis are elongate and cardiform.
They are smaller on the lower jaw, and are arranged in two

FISHES. MOrULLCK'H. 149

rows in front and singly on the sides, with some microscopic,
villiform ones at their bases. They are cardiform on the vomer,
and form two rather elongate, parallel patches, several series
wide. A long, equally broad band of similar teeth is present on
each palatine.

Body covered with rather large ctenoid scales, which extend
onto the operculum and postorbital portion of the preoperculum.
Lateral line scales similar to those of the body, the anterior
three or four with spines. There are about seventy and eighty-
six rows above the lateral line according to the direction in
which they are counted.

Origin of the first dorsal just behind the head ; the anterior
spine minnte, the third the highest. The second dorsal ray is
the highest, and is about the same length as, or shorter than the
longest spine : the following rays gradually decrease in length.
Origin of anal a trifle behind that of the second doi'sal, and its
termination far behind that fin ; its rays are much shorter and
subequal in length. Upper caudal rays longer than the lower,
the margin subtruucate. Ventrals reaching to the base of the
second anal ray, the spine rather weak and the inner ray simple.
Pectoral broadly rounded, reaching beyond the middle of the
first dorsal fin.

Colour hi, formalin. Brownish above, with traces of the
usual darker cross-bands. Sides of head and body with more or
less distinct, large, brown spots. Dorsal fins with dusky spots,
which coalesce to form a broad dark margin 011 the spinous
portion. Anal while. Pectorals and ventrals dusky and
spotted. Caudal with some very striking black blotches
posteriorly and near the base.

This species closely resembles I. harrisii, but may be at once
distinguished by its much larger teeth and longer snout. The
maxillary also reaches backward only to the anterior fourth or
the front margin of the eye ; the ridges of the head, especially
the radiating ones on the cranium, are stronger ; and the caudal
is truncate instead of rounded, and has a more striking coloura-
tion,

Locs. Described from three specimens, 252-286 mm. long,
from seven miles S.21W. of Port Stephens Lighthouse, New
South Wales, in 48 fathoms.

INSJDIATOK NEMATOPHTHALMTS, iliinther.

l'l>i-tijcepli nl UK nematophthalmus, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat.
Fish . ii.. 1860, p. 184; and Journ. Mus. Godeff., v., 1876,
p. 166, pl.evii., tig. c. Id., Bleeker, Atl. lchth.,ix., 1877,
pi. ccccxx., fig. 3. Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N,S.

150 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Wales, ii., 1878, p. 006. Id., Kluuzinger, Sitzb. Akacl.
Wiss. Wien., Ixxx.i., 1879, p. 367, Id., Macleay, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 1881, p. 586.

Platycephalw staigeri, Kent, Great Barrier Reef , 1893, p. 292,
pi. Ixiii., fig. 6 (not of Castelnau).

D. viii-ix. 11 ; A. 11 ; P. 19-20 ; V. i. 5 ; C. 11 ; L. lat. 54.
Head 2f-2T 9 o in the length to the hypural, with spines and
ridges which terminate in spines. Supraocular ridge usually
with four spines posteriorly, and followed hy a series of radiating
ridges. Well formed scales cover the operculum, and postor-
bital portion of the preoperculum. Eye about one and a half in
the snout, with a large branched tentacle above. Interorbital
space deeply concave, two-fifths to almost one-half the diameter
of the eye. Maxillary reaching to below the anterior third or
nearly to the middle of the eye. Bony stay of cheek with one
or two weak spines ; preoperculum with two short spines which
are subequal, or the upper is a little the longer. Teeth minute,
subequal, the inner ones a little larger than the others. They
form a broad band on the upper jaw, and a narrower one on the
lower ; two parallel bands on the vomer, and a narrow one on
each palatine.

Scales before the dorsal fin well developed ; those of the lateral
line not enlarged and scarcely distinguished from the others
posteriorly. There are from. 95-110 and (i3-65 rows above the
lateral line according to the direction in which they are counted.
Caudal more or less rounded.

Upper surfaces brown or blackish and sharply separated from
the light colour of the lower surface on the sides of the head and
body. Some striking brown spots below the eye. Seven distinct
bands cross the back, of which three correspond with the first
dorsal, three with the second, and one or sometimes two are on
the caudal peduncle. All the fins are spotted and variegated with
brown and white, and the dorsal and caudal are crossed by fine
blackish streaks.

The above diagnosis is drawn up from nine specimens, 225-
300 mm. long.

Locs. Five were preserved in the " Endeavour " collection
from off Hervey Bay, Queensland, July 27th, 1910. Others are
in the Australian Museum from Moreton Bay, and Murray
Island, Torres Strait.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 151

INSIDIATOU I'ARILIS, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxi., fig. 2; Fig. 14.)

Platycephalus /(t/nniifus, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
v., 1881, p, 585 (? not of Tilesius.)

Br. 7 ; D. viii-ix. 11 ; A. 11 ; P. 20-21 ; V. i. 5 ; C. 11 ; L. lat.
54. Head 2.7-2.8 in the length to the hypural. Eye 4.7-5.7 in
the head, and 1.6-1,7 in the snout, which is 2.8-3.2 in the head.
Interorbital space 3.1-4.5 in the eye. Third dorsal spine 2.5 in
the head.

The ridges of the head are prominent and smooth, and ter-
minate in strong spines. A strong anterior orbital spine;
posterior half of supraorbital ridge with about four small spines.
Interorbital space deeply concave. Two postocular spines on
each side, from the inner of which a series of radiating ridges
extends backwards. A low median ridge and a prominent medio-
lateral spine on each side of it. From the outer postocular spine
a broken ridge extends backwards to the suprascapular which is
armed with three strong spines. Snout unarmed. Bony stay of
cheek with two spines, the first a little before the middle of the eye
and the second below its hinder margin. Preoperculum armed with
two short spines of which the iipper is slightly the longer, and
about equal to the width of the intei-orbital space. Opercular
ridges smooth, terminating in strong spines.

,,...--- :\ :,

Fig. 14. Insidialor parilis. Head and teeth.

Anterior nostril with a short tentacle, posterior tubular ; no
supraocular tentacle. A large skinny lobe on the lower border
of the operculum. Teeth minute, subequal, the inner ones a
little larger than the others. They form a broad band on the
upper jaw and a narrower one on the lower; two parallel bands
on the vomer and a narrow one on each palatine.

Body covered with ctenoid scales which extend forward onto
the opei-culum and postoi-bital portion of the preoperculum ;
those of the lateral line are not enlarged and are unarmed.
There are 90-105 or 60-67 rows above the lateral line according
to the direction in which they are counted.

152 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

Origin of the first dorsal just behind the end of the head ; the
anterior spine is well developed and the third is the highest. The
rays are lower than the longest spine and are subequal in length.
Anal beginning and ending behind the soft dorsal ; its rays are
lower than those of that fin and gradually increase in length to
the penultimate one. Caudal rounded. Ventrals reaching to the
base of the second anal ray ; the spine is weak and the inner ray
is simple. Pectoral broadly rounded and reaching to beyond the
middle of the first dorsal fin.

Colour. Upper surface blackish or brown, sharply separated
from the light colour of the lower surface on the sides of the head
and body. Seven rather distinct bands cross the back, of which
three correspond with the first dorsal, three with the second,
and one is on the caudal peduncle. The lower jaw, cheeks and
sides of the body are marked with striking brown spots of which
the most prominent forms a band below the eye. All the fins are
variegated with brown and white but the dorsal and caudal are
not crossed by fine black lines ; the basal half of the first dorsal
transparent, the outer portion blackish.

It is with much hesitation that I venture to supply this species
with a new name. It is closely allied to several species including
1. japonicus, Tilesius, and 7. quoyi, Bleeker, but apparently differs
from all in the relative sizes of the eye and the snout, and in the
colour marking. It may be at once distinguished from
I. tentaculatus, Kuppell, of which I have a specimen for com-
parison, by its much larger eye, while it differs from I. nematopli-
thalm-us, Giinther, in having a longer snout, but no
orbital tentacle and in lacking the characteristic black lines of
the dorsal and caudal fins.

Locs. Described from three specimens 148-295 mm. long,
of which two are from Port Darwin, and the other is from
Mapoon, Gulf of Carpentaria. One of these is the specimen
which Macleay identified as Platycephcdus japonicus.

FAMILY TRIGLID^E.
Genus PTERYGOTRIGLA, Waits.
PTERYGOTRIGLA PICTA, Gunther.

Trigla picta, Gunther, "Challenger" Kept., Zool., i., 1880,
Shore Fishes, p. 24, pi. xiii., fig. a.

Ptcrygotriglu andertoni, Waite, Proc. N. Zeal. Inst., 1910,
p. 26.

Pterygotrigla picta, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., i., pt. 3, 1911,
p. 252, pi. lv.

FISHES. MCCTLLOCH. 158

The : ' Endeavour " collection includes five specimens, 175-325
mm. long 1 , while a co-type of P. andertoni from the Bay of
of Plenty, New Zealand, is in the Australian Museum. They
differ from Giinther's figure only in being less spotted, though
the New Zealand specimen is better marked than the Australian
ones. The inner surfaces of the pectoral fins are either uniform
black with bioad white 7iiargius, or more or less spotted with
white ; the ventrals, anal and caudal fins are without markings
or have indefinite traces of darker spots. Two of my specimens
have eight instead of seven dorsal spines, and all have twelve
rays instead of eleven as in GKinther's specimen.

Apai't from its colour marking, P. picta, is very similar to
P. polyommata, Richardson, but has much larger bony-plates
surrounding the dorsal spine, and a broader interorbital space.

Loos. 25 miles South-west of Cape Everard, Victoi'ia, 83-98
fathoms; 21st April, 1910.

Eastern edge of Bass Strait, between Babel Island and Gabo
Island, Victoria, 60-100 and 100-220 fathoms; December. 1912.

PTEUYGOTRIGLA POLYOMMATA, Richardson.

Pteryyotrigla polyommata (Richardson), Waite, Mem. Austr.
Mus., iv,, pt. 1, 1899, p. 108.

Locs. Four specimens were preserved from the following
localities :

Eastern edge of Bass Strait, between Babel Island and Gabo
Island, Victoria, 60-100 fathoms; December, 1912.

Off the East coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 fathoms.
Oyster Bay. Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms.

FAMILY PINGUIPEDID^E.
Genus PARAPERCIS, ftleeker.

Percis, Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 179
(P. maculata, Bl. & Schn. Preoccupied),

Parapercis, Bleeker. Versl. K. Akad, Arnst., xvi., 1864, p. 361
(Scicena cylindnca, Bloch, fide Weber, " Siboga "
Exped., Ivii., 1913, p. 518).

Neopercis, Steindachuer, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wieii., xlix.,
1884, p. 212 (JV. ramsayi, Steindachner).

Chilias, Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld., xxiii., 1910, p. 40
(Perot's stricticr-ps, de Vis).

154 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

According to the definitions of the genera Parapercis and
Ne.opercis, the former has the palatine bones smooth, while they
bear teeth in the latter. These characters, however, are not
constant, since I find small but distinct teeth in several Queens-
land examples of P. cylindrica which is the type of Parapercis.
Further, in two specimens of P. jvo//, <*////, on which Neopercis
is based, palatine teeth are present in one and absent in the
other, as is proved by dissecting out the bone from the flesh.

Another character, the form of the spinous dorsal, has also
been used to differentiate the two genera, but this is likewise
invalid. The median spines should be longer than the others in
Parapercis, while they increase in length backwards in Neopercis.
In P. allporti, however, which has no palatine teeth, the posterior
spines are not shorter than the preceding ones.

Ghilias, Ogilby, was formed for Percis strict iceps, de Vis, but
as I have already shown, 1 some of the characters on which it
was founded are not present in that species.

Nevertheless, though the characters attributed to these several
genera have proved either incorrect or inconstant, yet others
may be found which subdivide thelai'ge, natural genus Parapercis
into several smaller groups. In the following key, therefore, I
have maintained Parapercis, Neopercis, and Chili as as subgenera,
the characters here given being constant in the lai'ge series of
specimens examined.

Key to the Australian species of PARAPERCIS.

a. Last dorsal spine shorter than the preceding ones.

b. Lateral line following the curve of the back ; cheek
scales large..- sub. gen. PARAPERCIS.

c. Cross- bands very distinct ; longitudinal stripe, if

present, indistinct cylindrica.

cc. Cross-bands less distinct; a well marked, wavy
longitudinal stripe haacJcei.

bb. Lateral line extending along middle of sides posteriorly ;
cheek scales minute sub. gen. CHILTAS.

d. No blue lines crossing upper surface of head ; outer

caudal rays not filiform.

e. Lower jaw much longer than the upper... strict iceps.
ee. Jaws si\be(\\ia\...polyophthalmus 2 and xanthozona 3

1 McCulloch Rec. Austr. Mus., ix., pt. 3, 1913, p. 386.

2 McCulloch Kec. Austr. Mus., ix., pt. 3, 1913, p. 38fi, as P. hexoph-
thalma (nee. Cuv. & Val.)

3 Weber Zool. Forschr. Austr., v., 1895, p. 2fi?.

FISHES. MCCn.l.oi'll. 155

ilJ. Narrow blue lines between the eyes and crossing the
snout: outer caudal rays filiform ..... lu'luilusus.

aa. Posterior dorsal spines nor shorter than the preceding
ones ........................ ..... sub. gen. XEOPERCIS.

/. Cross-bars of back indistinct : five large dark
blotches below the lateral line: lateral line not
following the curve of the back ......... i-<tin*<nji.

if. Cross-bars of back distinct : no dark blotches below
the lateral line.

;/. Seven bars from the base of the dorsal ; lateral
line following the curve of the back ...... (dlport!.

;/;/. Eleven bars from the base of the dorsal: lateral
line not following the curve of the back .........

binivirgata.

PAi;,\rRR(TS (PARAPERCIS) IIAACKKI. Stfi inln^Ji nff.

(Plate xxxiv., tig. 2.)

TV/v/.s- limn'],-?!, Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien.,
Ixxxviii.i., 1*83 (1884), p. 1"0.

D. v. 22 ; A. 19 ; P. 13-15 ; L. lat. 50-53, extending onto base
of caudal ; L. tr., counted obliquely backwards from origin of anal,
12-13-j- 1 + 3. Head 3|, height at origin of anal 4|-5| in the
length to the hypural. Eye equal to or a little shorter than the
snout, 3j-3 in the head. A band of villiform teeth in each jaw,
with an outer row of larger curved canines anteriorly ; a curved
band on the vomer, and a narrow one on each palatine. Median
dorsal spines longer than the others.

r. Sandy coloured in formalin, with a broad, dark,
wavy band from the eye to the base of the upper caudal rays,
which covers the lateral line for the greater part of its length,
Nine grey cross-bars between the pectoral and the caudal, which
are most distinct below. Sides of head with some indefinite grey
marks ; upper lip with two dark spots, lower blackish on the
sides. Throat and gill-membranes with or without dark cross-
bars. A large dark spot on the anterior dorsal ; second dorsal
with a row of dark spots somewhat above the middle of its
height, and usually with a spot on the base of each ray above
the cross-bars on the body. Anal with a dark median band, and
a row of spots on the bases of the rays. Caudal dusky below,
with, or without indefinite cross-bauds.

Ten specimens, 80-95 mm. long, differ from the original des-
cription of N. liaackei in having small, but distinct palatine
teeth. Dr. Steindachner has, however, kindly compared one of

156 " ENDEAVOUR " S01KVI I HC RESULTS.

the u Kndeavour" specimens with his type, and has verified my
identification : he further adds that he has overlooked the
palatine teeth, which are also present in the type.

Ini-. Investigator Strait, South Australia, 12-20 fathoms:
February. 1912.

PAKAPEROIS (CHILTAS) .\i<;v.rr,osrs, Qtmi/ t v (jniiininl

Ferric uebnlosa, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. " Uranie," 1825,
P . 349. M, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat, Fish., I860, p. 237,
LI. Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii., 1879,
p. 351. LI, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v.,
1881, p. 563.

Percis rmcryana, Richardson, Icones Pisciurn. 1843, p. 4.
pi. i., fig. I.

Pr re i a coxii, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, viii., 1883,
p. 17!'.

Ferci* rnitcli/tia, de Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S, Wales, ix.,
1884, p. 546.

Piii'niK'i-fi* iifliilosns, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., pt. i.,
18i-9. p. iii., and Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1905, p. 75. Id.,
Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld., xxiii., 1910. p. 40.

Fifteen specimens. 170-270 mm. long, agree with Richardson's
figure of P. emeryanit and the type of P. co.vli, Ramsay. They
vai-y somewhat in colour-marking and in the development of the
caxidal filaments. The greater number are without any cross-
bands on the body, which may be due to their preservation in
formalin. In the smallest specimen the caudal is slightly
emarginate with the outer angles pointed, but in older ones the
outer rays become produced as filaments which are two thirds as
long as the head in the largest examples. None have palatine
teeth, and the median spines of the first dorsal are longest in all.

Locs. Off Bustard Head Lighthouse, Queensland, 11-21
fathoms : 8th July, 1910.

Five miles South-west of Boomerang Hill, Frazer Island,
14-16 fathoms; 29th June, 1910.

Twenty two miles North-west of Double Island Point, Queens-
land, 29 fathoms ; 29th June, 1910.

Mouth of Wide Bay, Queensland.

FISHES. MCCULLOCH. 157

PAKAFERCIS (NKOPKKCIS) ALLPOKII. (-i'/

Perci* uUportt, Giuither, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvii.,
1876, p. 394-. /,/., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Sou. N.S. Wales,
v., 1881, p. 564. Id., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasin.,
1882 H883), p. 115, and 1890 (1891), p. 33, It?., Giiuther,
" Challenger" Kept., Zoo!., i., 1880, p. 28.

Neopercis "///^-/'f/, Waite, Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club, No. 2,
1 904, p. 50.

/>-, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus.. iv., pt. i., 1899,
p. 109, pi. xxiv., and Rec. Austr, Mns., v., 1904, p. 237.

Though several -striking differences occur in the descriptions
of P. a// puff i and P. ocnlaris, the large series of specimens in the

Endeavour" collection convinces me that the two species are
identical. A large example, 325 mm. long, only differs from
Giinther's description in having eighteen instead of sixteen anal
rays ; twenty others also have eighteen, so that Giinther's " 16 "
may be a typographical error. The size of the eye is subject to
remarkable variation in different individuals, being from 2.7 to
almost 4 in the head ; the larger eye is usually characteristic of
the younger fish, but its size differs greatly in half-grown
specimens of the same length. This variation is also present in
the ''Thetis " examples of P.

Well preserved specimens sometimes have ten dark bands
across the back, of which the first is on the nape, and the last at
the base of the caudal. Besides these, there are very faint
indications of narrow bars between the others. None of the
specimens have palatine teeth, and the last spine of the first
dorsal is not shorter than the middle ones.

Loc*. This fish is not uncommon in deeper water on the bank
to the eastward of Tasmania. A large series of specimens i.>
preserved from the following localities :

Between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales.
22-60 fathoms.

South from Gabo Island, Victoria, 200 fathoms ; August, 1913.
East of Flinder's Island, Bass Strait, 30 fathoms.
Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms,

South of Cape Wiles, South Australia, 75 fathoms ; August,
1909.

Great Australian Bight, west of the meridian of Kncla
70-120 fathoms.

158 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

PARAKERCIS (NEOPERCIS) RAMSAYI, Steindachner.

Parapercis ramsayi, Steindaehnei 1 , Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wieu,
Ixxxviii. i., 1884, p. 1072.

Peirig novce-canibrice, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, x.,
1885, p. 228.

qjerci* uovm-cambrice, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv.,
pt. i., 1899, p. Ill, pi. xxv.

Wx novce-cambrice, Waite, Roc. Austr. Mus., v,, 1904,
p. 237.

Suspecting the identity of P. novce-camlirice and P.
I forwarded a specimen of the former to Dr. Steindachner for
comparison with his type, and he informs me that the two
are identical.

Locs. This fish was not secured by the '' Endeavour," the
three specimens available to me being taken in Port Jackson.
Steindachner's type came from St. Vincent Gulf, South Aus-
tralia.

FAMILY OPHID1I1LE.

Genus GEXVi'iKKL's, PJiilippi.
GKNYPTEUUS BLACODES, Uluch $ Sclun'ii.lt'i-.

Opliiili i.nn I'liti-n,!,:*, Bloch it Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801.
p. 484.

G'.'injijtei-n* 1>ln<-\nh'!t, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv., 1862,
'p. 379 (part), hi., Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xi.,
1903, p. 600. hi, Stead, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S, Wales,
xxxi., 1906, p. 174, and Add. Fish. Faun. N.S. Wales (Dept.
Fish. N.S. Wales), p. 25, and Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908.
p. 117, pi. Ixxxi. Id., Waite, Rec. Cautb. Mus., i., pt. 2,
1911, p. 248.

Genypterns tiyerimts, Kluuziuger, Arch. Naturg.. xxxviii. i.,
'lH72, p. 39 ; and Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxx. i., 1879.
p. 405.

s ainttraU*, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Viet., i.,
1872, p. 164. /,/., McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Viet., Dec. iii.,
1879, pi. xxvii., tig. 1. Id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 117. Id., Johnston, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Tasm., 1882 (1883), pp. 89, 127.

FISHES. MCCULLOt II. 159

Four young examples, 325-420 mm. long, differ from
G. microstomus, Regan, iu having smaller eyes, which are about
as wide as the interorbital space, and in colour-marking. The
whole tish is much darker, owing to the brown markings being
broader than the interspaces between them, and the dorsal and
anal fins have only narrow white margins. They are well repre-
sented by McCoy's figure, quoted above.

A very large specimen, 1125 mm. long, differs from the smaller
ones in its proportions, the tail being a little shorter, instead of
somewhat longer than the head and body. The eye is propor-
tionately smaller, and the interorbital space is much wider ;
they vary in the five specimens as follows : Eye 6.0-9.6 in the
head, bony interorbital width 7.5-8.6 in the same.

Locs. East Coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait small
specimens.

Between Gabo Island and Cape Mverard, Victoria, 150-250
fathoms large .specimen.

GKNVI-TKKL'S MiciiosroMi's, Rc<jmi.
(Plate xiv., fig. 2.)

Genypterus microstomus, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7),
xi.. I'jny, p. 500.

In eight specimens, 275-405 mm. long, the eye is 5.4-6.8 in the
l"ngth of the head ; the bony interorbital width is 9.1-10.9 in
the same, and not more than two-thirds as wide as the eye. The
colour-marking consists of more or less distinct brown, wavy
bands, which are about as broad as the interspaces between them ;
a very prominent black band is present on the posterior portions
of the dorsal and anal fins, which also have broad white
margins.

The lighter colour-marking, broad white margins of the dorsal
and anal fins, the larger eye, and the narrower interorbital space
distinguish this species from <! . hlacudes. Regan noted that the
maxillary did not reach beyond the hinder margin of the eye as
in all the other species of Genypterus, but this is not a reliable
character. In five of my eight it is as he decribes it, in one the
maxillary reaches a little beyond, and in two well beyond the
eye : on the other hand, in one of my specimens of G. blacodes
it ends below the hinder ocular margin.

l,'-x. -Great Australian Bight, Long. 127-128E., 160-200
fathoms ; May A: June, 1913.

Great Australian Bight, Long. 129E., 350-450 fathoms;
14th May, 1913.

160 " EXDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC KESCLTS.

FAMILY LOPHIID^E.
Genus CHIROLOPHII>, /iV</".

CHIKOI.urmrs r 1 LATICEPS, f>i/i/l>>l.
(Plate xxxii. : Fig. ]:..)

Chtrolojjliiu* laticep*, Ogilby, New Fish. <^>'ld. Coast, 1911,
p. 130.

D. v. 8 ; A. 6 ; P. 23 ; V. i. 5 ; C. 6. Head, measured from
the middle of the upper jaw to the anterior edge of the gill-
opeuing, 1.93 in the length to the hypural ; its width 1.71 in
the same, and much greater than its length. Width of the
mouth 1.3 in the head or 2.52 iu the length. Snout 3.34 in the
head. Iiiterorbital 1.53, eye-opening 3 in the snout. Greatest
depth just behind the ventrals 4.65, length of pectoral -1.*,
caudal 4.25 and first dorsal spine 4.38 in the length.

Body covered with soft loose skin, all the upper parts with
minute pores set in dark-edged ocelli, the larger of which bear
blackish skinny appendages. A lateral line, consisting of a
series of pores, extends from the back of the head, in a curve
above the gill-opening, to the side of the tail where it is lost ; a
branch extends over the back at the base of the third dorsal
spine, and another runs downward onto the sides of the head and
branches out over the opercles. The sides of the head and tail
bear numerous rather long branched tentacles. Upper margin
of the orbit with two blunt spines, the posterior of which is the
largest; directly behind the eye is a third, followed by another
smaller one placed a little nearer the median line of the head,
A large tubercle on either side of the temporal region above the
point of suspension of the operculum. Humeral spine trifid, with
a short supplementary basal spiue. A minute spine is present
on each side of the premaxillary symphysis, and there are two
larger, diverging ones exterior to the nasal papilla. The hinder
margin of the preoperculum bears a small spine, and two others
occur on its lower margin just behind the maxillary. The outer
anterior angle of the operculum ends in an acute spine, which is
followed by one or two small teeth, and a second spine projects a
little further back on the upper surface. Most of the spines of
the head are normally covered by the skin and are difficult to
see.

The gill-openings are very wide, and commence just above and
in front of the anterior borders of the pectorals. They extend
under arid behind those fins, and their skinny margins terminate
in broad free flaps on the sides. The opercles have no real free
borders as in other species of Clii ro][>lints.

H>IIKS. Mcrri.l

161

s"o& ^

?&

^^j^SJ^j^^^

\, w ^ -^^T.

^

^

V^,

>^

- - r W i v 1

m A

i

Fig. 15. ChirolopJiiii-t laficrps, Ogill)y.

162 "ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

The maxillary reaches back to behind the level of the second
dorsal spine, but not to the orbital margin The nostrils open
in two fleshy papillae, on short stalks, near the margin of the
upper lip : they are separated by a space which is greater than
that between the orbits. There is a single row of minute teeth
projecting forward on the front of the premaxillaries ; these are
followed by much larger ones which are in two rows in front and
one on the sides, those of the second row being much the largest.
The mandibular teeth are similar to, but larger than the inner
premaxillary ones ; they are triserial anteriorly, becoming
uniserial behind, and the longest, which are in the third row,
are about two-thirds as long as the eye-opening. There is a
single fixed tooth on each side of the vomer, which is widely
separated from its fellow. Each palatine bone has two distinct
teeth anteriorly and three or four smaller ones farther back.

First dorsal spine longest, very slender, and placed close
behind the tip of the snout ; it terminates in a short flap, and
extends backwards almost to the base of the third spine. Second
spine midway between the first and the level of the front margin
of the eye ; it is enveloped in skin, and has some short tentacles
projecting from the sides. Third and fourth spines extremely
slender and hair-like, and without dermal appendages, the base
alone being enveloped in skin ; the third is a little before the
highest point of the back, and the fourth is between the ends of
the humeral spines, A low, skinny tentacle, which is rather
nearer the fourth spine than the first ray, apparently represents
the fifth spine, but I find no trace of a sixth. Soft dorsal
originating between the posterior flaps of the gill-openings ; all
the rays are simple except the last which is divided from, the base
into two, and the fourth is the longest. The anal commences
below the fifth dorsal ray, and the fourth ray, which is the
longest, is about equal to that of the dorsal ; most of the rays
are bifurcate, and the last is also divided to the base. Caudal
rounded with all the rays branched. Pectorals quadrangular ;
the rays are simple with their tips free, and the last seven or
eight are thickened at their tips and normally bend forwards on
the lower surface of the fin. Ventrals inserted below the hinder
margin of the eye ; the spine is small and hidden in the skin,
and the first two rays are thickened and divided, the others
simple.

Colour. Upper surface pale lilaceous brown, the dermal
filaments and tentacles darker. Lower surface white. Tongue
white with blackish, anastomosing lines anteriorly.

Described from a single specimen, 184 mm. long from the
upper lip to the middle caudal rays. It is undoubtedly the type
of Ogilby's rinroloplihis latlcppx which was " described on

HS1IKS. MCCUU.Oril. 163

board the Endeavour and subsequently

forwarded to the Australian Museum " without any label
accompanying it. Ogilby gave the length as 196 mm., but this
measurement includes the lower jaw when the mouth is wide
open. His description is unintelligible in parts and misleading
in others, errors which are doubtless the result of its absurdly
hurried preparation and publication.

There is considerable doubt as to whether this specien is
correctly placed in f '///,<>///> //>>. Though the gill-opening
extends forward to above the base of the pectoral, it does not
leave a free border to the opercular membrane as in other
species of the genus. The pectorals, also, have twenty-three
rays instead of thirteen to eighteen. It may be either a
Lophiits, Linmeus or Lnpltinmnx, Gill, but its position must
remain unsettled until another specimen can be secured of which
the vertebra? can be counted.

Lor. Thirty-six miles N. 12E. of Cape Moreton, Queens-
land, in 73 fathoms: 3rd September, 1910.

FAMILY OGCOCKPHALID^.

(irnus HALIKKT K\. /'////>/ ..V V<ilcin-ii'im.<>*.

HAF.TEUT/EA I;I;KVICAL - I>A, Oijillnj.

(Plate xxxiii.)

Ha/ii'iifii'n hri'rifiiinlit, Ogilby, New Fish. Q'ld. Coast, 1911,
p. l:;s.

D. 4; A. 4; P. 14; V. 5; C. <>. Length of disk, from the
end of the snout to the level of its junction with the pectoral
tins, 1.4 in the total length (from the snout to the hypural) : its
breadth is greater than its length, and 1.23 in the total length.
Tail, from the vent to the hypural, 3.11 in the total length ;
its greatest breadth is 2,08 in its own length. Length of head,
from the snout to the gill opening, 1.61 in the total length.
Interorbital space a little less than the length of the eye. which
is 6.5 in the head. Width of mouth, including the tips of the
maxillary bones, 1.73 in the head. Depth of the body, at the
veutrals, 3.25 in the head, and equal to twice the diameter of the
eye. Depth of caudal peduncle half the length of the eye.
Longest pectoral ray 2.47, fifth ventral ray 3.71, and caudal tin
2.26 in the head. Second dorsal ray 3, and second anal ray 1.90
in the longest pectoral ray.

Upper surface of the cephalic disk closely covered with small
spines which are of unequal size ; the larger ones have about
four ridges radiating from their bases. Three strong, curved

lt'4 " KNDKAYOri; " SCIENTIFIC KKSCMs.

spines on the snout form a triangular cavity in which the
rostral tentacle is situated. There is another similar one
between these and the snpraorbital series on each side. Five
more are arranged round the upper and posterior margins of
each orbit, and a strong one is placed exterior to the nostrils on
either side. There are seventeen series of marginal spines between
the snout and either pectoral fin, which are usually provided with
four radiating points. A second series of enlarged, single-
pointed spines projects upwards on the upper surface near the
margin. A space exterior to each eye, which is defined in
front and on its outer side by four strong spines, is almost
naked, while the interorbital space and an area surrounding the
gill-openings are nearly spineless. Tail covered with spines
similar to those of the body, and its lateral margins armed with
three or four-pronged spines. Most of the marginal spines of
the disk and tail bear clusters of simple, dermal filaments,
which are most developed posteriorly. A few spines on the
back also have similar filaments.

The greater part of the lower surface appears smooth to the
naked eye, though microscopic granules can be detected between
the ventral fins and beneath the branchial regions. A row of
small spines, armed with several points, forms a submarginal
series round the greater part of the disk and on the sides of the
tail. Between this series and the marginal spines is a groove
which is bridged at intervals by thick fleshy tubercles meeting
across it ; a row of smaller tubercles in its centre line appear to
represent a mucous system.

liosti'al tentacle trilobed, the lateral lobes with a fringe of
minute filaments. Interorbital space concave. Anterior nostril
opening in a short tube, and close to the posterior which is sub-
circular; they are placed in the anterior half of the snout. Lips
7iiargined above and below with thick fleshy tubercles covering
minute bony granules. Jaws with bands of minute, villiform
teeth, vomer and palatines toothless : pharaiigeal and hyoid
bones closely covered with minute teeth. Gills two and ;t half ;
pseudobranchiae developed. Gill-rakers short and thick

Dorsal originating in advance of the level of the hinder angle
of the wrists ; its rays are simple, the second the longest, and the
last is not connected with the tail by membrane. Anal commen-
cing in advance of the tip of the adpressed dorsal ; and not
nearly reaching backwards to the base of the caudal; it is
similar in form to the dorsal, but the rays are longer, and the
last is connected by membrane with the tail. Anterior three or
four pectoral rays subequal in length, the others decreasing
rapidly: they are simple and their tips are free and a little

FISHKS. - MCCULLOCJI. 165

thickened. Ventrals inserted nearer the vent than the tip of
the lower jaw ; the rays are simple and increase a little in
length backwards. Caudal slightly rounded, the two outer rays
simple, the others bifurcate,

<'<->l<>nr. Upper surface lavender, the tail and edges of the
disk shading to gray. Pectoral with a broad violet band
crossing the distal half, and there is a similar snbmarginal band
on the dorsal fin.

Described from a single example, 106 mm. long, which is the
type of Ogilby's description. This latter is very brief and not
quite accurate, his proportional measurements in particular
being very confusing.

H. hri'fii-oinlii differs from //. xh'llatu, Vahl l , H. coccineit,
Alcock 2 , H. i/i'/i'K, Alcock 3 , H. A/o/rrv/,-/, Regan 4 , and
//. indica, Annandale & Jenkins 5 , in having the lower surface
practically smooth instead of being distinctly granular or spiny.
It is very closely allied to, and possibly identical with H. fitmosa,
Alcock H , which is the only other species of the genus. From
this it appears to differ only in having the cephalic disk not
quite so wide, and in having the upper surface covered with
distinct spines instead of mere spicules. It also lacks the
numerous, Kne, jet-black filaments on the disk described by
Alcock. All these characters are probably subject to variation,
but it is convenient to regard the two as distinct species until
specimens of each can be compared.

Loc. Thirty six miles N. l'2K of CapeMoreton, Queensland,
73 fathoms; 3rd September, 1910.

1 Jordan &, Sindo Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.. xxiv., 1902, p. 380.

2 Alcock Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, (f>), iv., 1889, p. 382,aud Illustr. Zool.
Investig., Fishes, 1898, pi. xix., fig. 1.

3 Alcock Loc. dt., viii., 1891, p. 24, and Loc. <-il., pi. xix., fig. 2.

4 Regan Trans. Linn. Soc. (2). xii., 1908, p. 251, pi. xxxi., fig. 6.

5 Annaudale & Jenkins Mem. I ml. Mus., iii., 1910, p. 19, pi. ii., fig. 4.

6 Alcock Jouru. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixiii., 1894, p. 119, and Illnstr.
Zool. Investig., Fishes, 1895, pi. xiv., fig. 2.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Oxynotus bruniensis, Ogilby.

ZOOL. RESULTS " KXDKAVor K," VOL. II.

PI.ATK XIII

.

A. K. McCuLLOCH, del., A list r. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1, Scymnorhinus Helm, Bonnaterre.
Fig. 2. Oenypterus microstomus, Regan

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

I'I.M-E XIV.

A. R. McCnLLOCH, del., Austr. -Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV

, sp. nor. Type.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," Voi, II.

PLATE XV.

A. R. McCoLLOCH, del., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Polyipnux trideittifei; sp. nov. Type.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," Voi, II.

PI.ATK XVI.

A. ft. McCuLLocH, del., Austr.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Neoscopelus macrolepidotus, Johnson.

ZOOh. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

PLAN; XVII.

A. R. McCuLLOCH, del. Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Hyperoglyphe johnstonii, Morton.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR.' VOL. II.

1'LATK XVIII.

A. E. McCuLr.ocH, photo., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Hoplostethiis gi'jitx, sp. uov. Type.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

PLATE XIX.

.

P. CLARKE, del., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.

Plagiogeneion macrolepis, sp. nov. Type.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. 11.

PLATE XX.

! '

P. CLAKKE, del., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.

Pentapu* rittn, C^noy & Gaimard.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II

PLATE XXI

i

.

\

P. CLARKE, del., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII

Vim.' nl a in- se,efi(sciat'tini, Richardson.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II

PI.AJK XXII.

P. CLARKE, del., Austr. Mm.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII.

ifer multiradiatus, Re^an.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

PLATE XXIII.

^

4

A. E. McCuLLQCH, del., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV

Pseudoi'linm-hns m ultimaculatiis, Giinther.

ZOUL. KKSri/rs "ENDKAVOt'K," VOL. II.

PLATE XXIV.

.

C"*5>

*^^>,.-

^5

P. CLAKKE, del., Austr. Alu.s.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV.

Pseudorhombus spinosus, sp. nov. Type.

. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," Vor, II.

Pl.ATI XXV

,t<?.-i.:

. r* :^*i!>s->

-,

A. R. McCuLLOCH, del., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.

Ammotretis titrlnri, sp. nov. Type.

ZOOL. RESULTS " ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

PLATE XXVI.

\ <

~

^

.- * < ^

<

A. K, McCuLLocH, del., Anstr. Muss.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.

mmotretis vloiujatus. sp. nuv. Type.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

XXV It.

' jjS^^BK

.'" ' '

^.- ---.^; -T^-y --- . *
:: : ." -:

>: : c--<:f*:

* . = - -

"" " '^"" "<il r^x

' ^ '-->S''7 < <ii '

* -. 4 - C

-i - V ""M -'"-"* ~ "- "-'^^'i~^- ~" 4 ^^*^*^^vl 0*^

";^-V - '

> - -'
.

A. R. MCCULLOCH, del., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV III.

Fig. 1-la. Hupliclitltys oyllbyi, sp. nov. Type.
Fig. 2-2a. Elates thonipsoitl, Jordan & Seale.

ZOOL. RESULTS " ENDEA VOUK," VOL. II.

I 'i. A 1 1 XXVIII.

A E. McCuLLOGH, del., Austr. ^lus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX.

Insidiator father culatus, Cuviur & Valenciennes.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

I'L.VIK XXIX.

"

A. R. McCuLLOCH, del., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.

Fig. 1. Iiitidifttor larrisli, sp, nov. Type.
Fig. 2. ,, jugosii*, sp. nov. Type.

ZOOL. RESULTS -ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

PLATE XXX.

P. CLARKE, del., Au^tr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OP PLATE XXXI.

Fig. 1. Tnsidiator diversidens, sp. nov. Type.
Fig. 2. parilis, sp. nov. Type.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

PLATE XXXI.

tl

i

P. CLAKKE and A E. McCuLLOCH, del., Austr. JMus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII.

Clih'olopltins laticeps, Ogilby.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," Voi, II.

PLATK XXXII.

'*

~ k. k-

A. E. McCui,LOCH, del., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.

t, Ogilliy.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," VOL. II.

PI,\TI: XXXIII.

~\. :-' ''"

> ' . ** " *

.
M ^4- v

A. R McCuLLocH, (lei., Austr. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV.

Fig. 1. Cepola riustralis, Ogilby.

Fig. 2. Parapercis Itaaclcpi, Steindachner.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR," 1 Vui, II

PLATE XXXIV

P. CLARKE and A. R. McOuLLOCH, del.. Austr. Mus.

IV. Report on the Hydroida collected in the Great Australian
Bight and other Localities. Part II.

W. M. BALE, F.E.M.S.,
LATE SENIOR INSPECTOR OF EXCISE, VICTORIA.

(Plates xxxv. xxxviii. 1 )

ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC REsri/rs. 166

IV. REPORT ON THE HTDROIDA, II.

I. INTRODUCTION.

This Second Report is mainly devoted to the description of a
few new .species which oiily came under notice after the former
Report was in the hands of the printer. Again the Plumularians
predominate, and are of interest as including types of Aglao-
pheuia and Halicontariit not previously known from Australian
localities.

A number of other species, already known, also occur in the
collection, a complete enumeration of which is deferred to a
Third Report, in which it is proposed to summarize the results
obtained up to the present.

II. DESCRIPTIONS OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES.

FAMILY LAFOEID^.
Genus CKYI'TOLARIA, Bad-.
CRYPTOLARIA ANGULATA, sp. >tv.
(Plate xxxv., fig. 1.)

Hydrophyton about three inches in height, branched and re-
branched in one plane ; branches irregular, neither opposite nor
alternate, slender, fascicle-tubes not numercms.

HydrothecjB alternate, long, lower half erect, finally enclosed,
upper half sharply curved at right angles and the free part then
projecting outward and very slightly upward, its diameter some-
what greater than that of the proximal part ; a boss-like pro-
jection from the hydrocaulns into the hydrotheca just below the
bend ; border circular, smooth, often with several renewals, very
slightly everted.

Gonosome.

This species is particularly characterized by the sharply
genicnlate outward bend, with the noticeable crease in the angle,
also by the distinct boss projecting into the hydrothecal cavity,
opposite the crease. Immediately after the bend the axis of the
hydrotheca is at a right angle with that of the lower portion, but

107 HYDROIDA. BALE.

it usually bends a little upward again, so that the distal half is
not horizontal but slightly ascending ; there are, however, here
and there exceptions, whei'e the direction may vary. The free
portion is of nearly equal diameter throughout. The rim may
have a number of renewals close together, or they may be more
distant, commencing in some of the hydrothecae nearly as far
back as the middle of the free portion.

The structure of the stem is not so dense as to preclude the
course of the hydrothecse being easily traced through the
enveloping tubes, except in the thickest portions of the hydro-
caulus,

Loc. Great Australian Bight, 100 fathoms.

FAMILY SERTULARIID^E.
Genus HYPOPYXIS, All man.
HYPOPYXIS DISTANS, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxv., figs. 2-5.)

Stems monosiphonic, thick, seven or eight inches or more in
height, giving off a number of irregular branches on one or both
sides, which are separated from the long slender cladophores by
very long oblique joints ; nodes on both stem and branches at
distant and irregular intervals.

Hydrothecae arranged alike 011 stem and branches, in rather
distant pail's, opposite and in contact in front, very widely
separated behind, large, erect, adnate nearly their whole length,
somewhat contracted towards the aperture, which is vertical ;
margin thin, membranous, with two very slight angular lateral
lobes ; operculum abcauline ; a pouch-like appendage in front
and at the side, near the base. " Stalk-marks " conspicuous.

Gonothecae very large, elongate-ovate, smooth, summit
narrowing in to the small circular elevated border ; a number of
irregular processes projecting into the interior for some distance
below the rim.

Colour. Brown.

This hydroid exhibits a close affinity with the II. labrosa
of the " Challenger " Report, and may possibly have to be united
to it when more is known of the relations of the two forms, in
which case the name distan-s may stand as a variety-name,
indicating the most patent distinction between them. The
interspaces between consecutive pairs of hydrothecas on the

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC KESULTS. 168

pinnae generally equal from half to three-fourths the length of a
hydrotheca, and those on the stem are still further separated,
while in Allman's figure they are mostly close together. The
hydrothecae according to Allman are more tumid below than in
our specimens, and the hydrocaulns is much more contracted
between the pairs. The chitinous prolongations downward of
the hydrofcheca- walls ("stalk-marks" of Leviusen), which are
very pronounced in the present form, are not indicated in
Allman's figure.

In regard to the form of the aperture my specimens differ very
materially from Allman's account. H. labrona is described as
having a thin membranous inoperculate lip, trumpet-shaped,
circular, and at right angles to the terminal part of the
hydrotheca (in other words at an angle of 45 to the axis of the
hydrocaulns), and liable to be readily detached at a suture in the
neck of the hydrotheca, which runs parallel with the border.
In H. distans the aperture is nearly vertical, indeed in so far as
it diverges from the vertical it does so in the opposite direction
to Allman's figure, that is to say the upper side of the hydro-
theca projects outward even further than the lower, so that the
border slopes downward and slightly inward. The lip is thin,
but not circular nor trumpet-shaped, and it does not appear at
all liable to detachment. It may be -noted however that the
delicacy of its perisarc is such that it shrivels up when placed in
a dense medium, so that it is scarcely possible to find a
perfect example in a balsam-mounted specimen unless special
precautions are taken. There is no definite line of demarcation
between the lip and the rest of the hydrotheca, the perisarc
simply thins away to the margin. The aperture is widest from
side to side ; in the ordinary aspect of the polypidom the two
slight lateral angles are scarcely noticeable, but in side view they
are more distinct. There is an abcauline opercular flap, which
is most commonly seen in a vertical position, just within the
aperture, but is also frequently found in the position in which
Allman represents the suture. I have not found such a suture
in any instance, and I think it possible that Allman may have
misinterpreted the operculum, which, seen edge-wise, often
appears as a sharply-defined line.

The whole border structure is practically the same as in
Sertularia tnba, to which species the present form shows a
singularly close resemblance in the form and arrangement of the
hydrothecas, as well as in the ramification, though differing in its
much larger proportions throughout, as well as in the presence
of the pouch-like appendages of the hydrotheca^ which AHman
considers undoubtedly sarcothecae. I have not been able to
satisfy myself as to the true character of these structures, and I
find great difficulty in the way of accepting Allman's view. In

169 HYDROIDA. I'-AI.E.

the first place it is a peculiar circumstance, not noticed by

All man, that they are inside the hydrothecae. Then they are

appendages of the hydrotheca itself, having no apparent con-

nection with the hydrocaulus, as sarcothecas have, and I have

been unable to detect any aperture except the distal one, so that

even assuming that the stem of a sarcostyle entered the

hydrotheca thrcmgh the same orifice as the hydranth, (a most

improbable theory), it would still have no means of entering

the cavity of the supposed sarcotheca Every sarcotbeca, like

every hydrotheca, must have at least two orifices, one for the

protrusion of the contained zooid, the other for connection with

the hydrocaulus, and the fact of the latter being absent in this

instance seems to negative the theory of the sarcothecal function

of these receptacles. They are exactly like flat pockets attached

to the hydrotheca, and they lie so close to it, and enclose such an

extremely narrow space that it is difficult to imagine that a

sai'costyle could occupy a cavity so contracted.

The habit is similar to that of the "Challenger" form, but
the stem seems rather more slender and the pinnae shorter and
less regular. Sometimes for a certain distance they may be
regularly arranged, in which case they are alternate, with two
pairs of hydrotheca? between evei-y two, but for the most part
they are more irregular, and often several follow in succession 011
the same side. The longest specimen which I measured was
about seven inches in length, bare for about four inches up, and
the remainder with a regular series of branches all on one side.
But the cladophores remaining showed that the lower branches
had been bi serial.

The branches may be without nodes, or may have one or two
short internodes at the ends, each supporting a pair or two pairs
of hydrothecaa. There does not seem to be any tendency to the
production of secondary branches, as none were found in the
colonies examined.

The gonangia are unusually large (about 2'8 mm. long and
1'18 mm. in diameter), and the circlet of minute denticles which
are found in the neck of many species is here represented by
much larger irregular processes.

.Great Australian Bight, Long. 126 45' E, 190-320
fathoms : Long 130 40 ' E, 160 fathoms.

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 170

FAMILY PLUMULARIIDvE.
Genus NEMERTESIA, Lamouroux.

(Antenn nJun'n, Lamarck.)
NEMERTESIA CILIATA, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxvi., fig. 1.)

Hydrophyton about a fcot in height, in one plane, stem and
main branches polysiphonic, beset with very numerous small
monosiphonic branchlets, which are biserial, varying from
opposite to alternate, and are divided into distinct iuternodes,
each of which, except the proximal one, bears several whorls of
hydrocladia. Hydrocladia mostly in whorls of three or four,
alternating in position with those above and below, divided into
hydrothecate long iuternodes and intermediate short ones
bearing sarcothecse only.

Hydrothecas very small, cup-shaped, adnate up to the margin,
which is smooth,

Sarcothecse large, wine-glass-shaped, bithalamic, canaliculate,
moveable ; one in front of each hydrotheca, two laterals above
it, one on each intermediate internode, and two in the axil of each
hydrocladium.

Gronothecse borne on the bases of the hydrocladia, campanulate,
very thin and delicate.

Colour. Light brown.

A very pretty species, the best specimen of which has a stem
over ten inches in height, with several large branches and
numerous smaller ones, all given off nearly in one plane, and at
about 45. The branches extend downwards to within about an
inch of the base of the stem, and the ultimate branchlets, which
are monosiphonic, are closely set, not being more than three to
six millimetres apart. They are indifferently opposite or alternate,
and are closely fringed throughout by the delicate hydrocladia,
which are like fine cilia, averaging only from two to three
millimetres in length. The iuternodes of the branchlets vary
much in length, supporting from one up to six or eight whorls
of hydrocladia. On some branchlets each whorl consists of three
hydrocladia, on others four, and the same branchlet may have
them in fours up to a certain point and in threes beyond it.
Besides this, other irregularities occur ; thus in many cases,
especially on the proximal parts of the branchlets, the hydio-
cladia which should constitute a whorl are set at unequal heights.

Loc. Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 60 fathoms.

171 HVDRO1DA. HALE.

Genus PLUMULARIA, Lamarck (in part).
PLUMULARIA ZYGOCLAUIA, .s/>. nov.
(Plate xxxvi., fig. 2.)

Hjdrophyton about one and a half inches in height, very
slender, rarely branched, monosi phonic, divided into long inter-
nodes, each of which bears a hydrotheca and a pair of hydrocladia
at the lower extremity. Hydrocladia opposite, internodes long,
each (except the proximal one) bearing a hydrotheca ; nodes
very oblique. Isolated secondary hydrocladia occasionally
present.

Hydrotheca? borne at the lower ends of the internodes, at an
angle of about 40 ; campanulate, border circular, entire, back
free.

Sarcothecae bithalamic, canaliculate, short, stout, rigid,
widest in the middle of the terminal loculus ; one at each side of
the hydrotheca, one in front, one on the upper part of the
hydrothecal interuode, one on the proximal internode of each
hydrocladium, and several in line on the front of each stem-
in ternode.

Goiiotheca? : female, pear-shaped, slightly flattened above,
opercnlate, with a sub-globular segment between the pedicle and
the capsule itself, a sarcotheca on each side near the base :
(male, smaller, ovate, not flattened above, with a single
sarcotheca only ?)

Colour. Whitish.

This very delicate little species is almost a replica of the
slenderest forms of P. campanula, except in the ramification,
the hydrocladia being paired and opposite instead of alternate.
P. campanula varies greatly in regard to the length of the
hydrothecal internodes, and the consequent distance apart of
the hydrotheca^ ; whether the present form is similarly variable
remains to be ascertained, but the few specimens found all have
long slender internodes. As in the allied forms there is a
tendency for the hydrothecal internodes to be divided by a more
or less distinct joint above the hydrotheca, so as to form inter-
mediate interiiodes. While the hydrocladia are in very regular
opposite pairs, the secondary hydrocladia which are sometimes
produced are given off singly and irregularly. I found a true
branch only in one case, which took the. place of a hydrocladium.

Not only are the mesial sarcotheca rigidly fixed, as in most of
our Plumularice, but the snpracalycine pair also are too stout at
the point of origin to admit of their free movement. Their

" ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 1 72

diameter at the end is less than at the middle, so that they
contrast strongly with those of the u wine-glass " type. As in
all the allied forms the supracalycine sarcotheca? spring from a
pair of lateral enlargements of the hydrocaulus, these enlarge-
ments however are so slight that they do not appear in a side
view, consequently the so-called " pedunculate " appearance of
the sarcothecae is not apparent.

I have not seen the male gonangia, but have little doubt they
will be found to agree in form with those of the closely-allied

P.

The specimens were found mixed with the root-fibres of a
larger Plunaularian (A<jl<>i>li<'ni<t </r/nt<i).

Loc. Thirty eight-miles north-east of North Reef Light-
house, Capricorn Group, off Port Curtis, Queensland, 74 fathoms.

PLUMULAIUA SULCATA,

(Plate xxxv., figs. 6-7.)

Plumularia sulcata, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., 1816, p. 128;
Bale, Cat. Austr. Hyd. Zooph., 1884, p. 145 ; Billard,
Ann. Sci. Nat.. 9 ser., v, 1907, p. 321 ; Ritchie, Mem,
Austr. Mias., iv, 1911, p. 852, pi. Ixxxiv, fie:. 3, pi. Ixxxix.
fig. 5 ; Id., Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin., xix, 1913, p. 6.

Pluinidarni aijJoplie>ioides, Bale, Cat. Austr. Hydr. Zooph.,
1884, p. 126, pi. x, fig. 6.

Hydrophyton reaching eighteen inches or more in height,
polypi phonic, with numerous ascending branches, stem and
branches thick, flexuous, giving rise to two series of monosi-
phonic pinnately-disposed alternate branchlets, one from each
flexure; branchlets continued uninterruptedly from some of the
fascicle-tubes of the stem or branch, their proximal portion
separated from the rest by two distinct oblique joints, less dis-
tinctly jointed for the rest of their length, bearing hydrothecse
as well as hydrocladia, Hydrocladia alternate, close, one on each
internode of the branchlets, both series borne towards the front
and supporting a hydrotheca on each internode ; nodes oblique,
sometimes very strongly marked at or near the ends of the
hydrocladia, but mostly obsolete. No septal ridges in the
i iternode.

Hydrothecae large, close, campanulate, set at an angle of about
45, border circular, entire except at the back, which has a
broad sinuatiou.

173 HYDROIDA. BALK.

Sarcotkecte bitbalamic, canaliculate; one, scoop-shaped, stout
aud rigid, in front of the hydrotheca, to which it is almost
appressed ; two, large, wine-glass-shaped, at the sides, on rather
high peduncles ; two, very small, under the back of the
hydrotheca and two larger ones just above, one or two on the
proximal internode of each hydrocladium, and generally a double
series running down the proximal part of each brauchlet (below
the double joints) ; only the laterals freely moveable.

Gonotheca? large, urceolate, slightly narrowed upward and
again expanding to the summit, margin circular, oblique, not
contracted nor thickened ; a stout transverse ridge inside the
front a little below the margin ; a large operculum the full
width of the gonotheca, slightly convex in the middle, situated
inside the margin and resting on the internal ridge in front ;
several large sarcotheca? (often five or six) surrounding the base.

Colour. Blackish in some colonies, very pale-brownish in
others.

This remarkable species, which was first made known by me
under the name of P. agla&gihenoides, has been identified by
Billard with P. sulcata, one of the species named, but not
adequately described, by Lamarck. My original specimen was a
fragment only, but the species has been further described by
Billard, and also by Ritchie, who obtained specimens from the
" Thetis " collection. Some finer specimens than have hitherto
been observed are among the material dredged by the
" Endeavour," and some of them include the gonangia, not
heretofore described.

The largest specimen is about eighteen inches high and three
to five wide, with eight or nine main branches and many smaller
ones. The stem is over one-third of an inch in diameter at the
base, and is bare only for the lowest two or three inches. The
stem and branches are regularly flexuons, the pinnately-disposed
branchlets* springing from the flexures alternately on each side.

The ramification is different from that of any other species
which I have examined, and I have not succeeded in tracing
clearly the origin of the branchlets. They are not given off, as
in most species, laterally from a distinct primary stem, but their
proximal portion is continued without interruption into the
fascicle of tubes which make lip the stem or branch, and may
be traced for some distance down till they are lost to sight among

*I prefer the term "branchlets" to "primary hydrocladia" for con-
venience, and also because in bearing hydrothecae as well as hydrocladia
they merely agree with the branches :md stems of many species of
Plumularia, which nevertheless conld not with propriety be classed as
" hydrocladia."

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 174

the many other tubes constituting the fascicle. The curve which
they make in emerging from the branch is continued down into
the latter, and constitutes the flexure ; below this they curve in
the opposite direction, accommodating themselves to the outward
flexure of the next branchlet below.

Examining the top portion of an unbroken branch we find it
to consist of the two branchlets last produced, each composed of
two outward-curved tubes, one of which has more or less distinct
internodes, while the other is unjointed. The latter does not
accompany the first beyond the point at which it becomes
ultimately united with other tubes to form the polysiphonic
branch. Accordingly below the second branchlet the stem con-
sists of four tubes, two of which afterwards become entirely
immersed in the fascicle, while two are continued outwards as
monosiphonic branchlets. I have also found the third branchlet
accompanied by its supplementary tube, and the stem below it
therefore consisting of six tubes, but I have not been able to
follow the structure further. The component tubes of the stem
are not easily teased apart without breaking the thinner ones,
even after boiling in liquor potaseae ; besides this treatment
shrivels and distorts them badly. I was able however to ascer-
tain that branching occurs among them. Some bear rows of
sarcothecas on the front, others are without them.

The two oblique joints near the base of the branchlet include
between them a short internode bearing a small hydrotheca or
sometimes a hydrocladium, as pointed out by Ritchie. Below
this, where they curve into the stem, they may be divided into
several short internodes, or the nodes may be wanting here but
yet distinct lower down, where the tubes form part of the fascicle.
The double row of sarcothecae is also continued for some distance
down into the stem. Successive branchlets on the same side
may be, in different specimens, from three to six millimetres
apart.

The anterior sarcothecse are very thick at the base and quite
rigid, and those above the hydrotheca^ though much narrower
at the point of origin, are pretty firmly attached. The laterals
however are freely moveable. Ritchie says that the two above
the hydrotheca are often replaced by a single one.

The gonangia, like the rest of the polypidom, are of firm
robust texture. It is an unusual feature that they are entirely
without any thickening of the margin, which is quite thin and
even, and neither everted nor contracted, while the operculum
instead of being, as usual, on the summit, is wholly within the
capsule, and some distance below the margin. The ridge which
is situated inside the front is evidently a support on which the

175 HYDROIDA. BALE.

edge of the operculum rests, and above which it seems to be
hinged. The large sarcothecse sin-round the base of the gono-
theca like a calyx ; in most cases I found five or six, but in
others there were not so many.

My first specimen was extremely dark in colour, almost black
indeed, as are some of those in the present collection. But there
are several colonies of very pale colour, which present a striking
contrast to the others ; they are also rather more lax in growth,
with the branchlets further apart. After careful examination,
however, I can find no sufficient ground of separation. The
colour of the black form is due less to the perisarc than to the
remains of the soft parts, which are so opaque as to render it
impossible in most cases to see the details of the polypidom. In
the pale variety the remaining soft tissues are quite light in
colour, and there was no difficulty in the examination. When
studying the original specimen I did not find more than two
hydrothecaa fairly clear, the figure however was correct except in
the position of the sarcotheca? behind the hydrotheca, which were
facing outwards ; their more usual position seems to be facing
iipward.

Loc. Bass Strait, 4-0 fathoms (type form) ; fifty miles south
of Cape Wiles, South Australia, 75 fathoms (both forms).

Genus AGLAOPHENIA, Lamonroux (in paii.)
AGLAOPHENIA ARMATA, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxviii., figs. 3-4.)

Hydrophyton nearly a foot in height, polysiphonic, branched
freely and irregularly, mostly in the upper portion, branches
springing from the front of the primary tube, between the bases
of the hydrocladia, internodes supporting each a hyclrocladium
but the nodes often indistinct. Hydrocladia alternate, close,
divergent at about 45 or 50, nearly in one plane, nodes
transverse or slightly oblique.

Hydrotheca? borne nearly on the front of the hydrocladia,
closely set at a wide angle, long, tubular ; a strong intrathecal
ridge a little above the base, originating at the back angles of the
lateral sarcotheca?, and extending fully half through the cell, and
directed somewhat downward ; border with a rather large straight
pointed median anterior tooth, and three teeth on each side, back
very deeply excavated. Two septal ridges in the internode, one
under the front of the hydrotheca and one under the lateral
sarcothecaa, very often a third between them.

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 176

Mesial sarcotheca tubular, about as long as the hydrotheca,
straight or slightly curved, free for one-fourth or one-third of
its length and often diverging somewhat from the hydrotheca,
the circular terminal aperture often united to the inferior one.
Lateral sarcothecea tubular, nearly erect, closely adnate to the
hydrotheca throughout and reaching more than three-fourths the
height of the latter, apertures as in the mesial. Cauline
sarcotheca?, two iu front close to the base of each hydrocladium
(the upper larger), and one at the back. A crateriform elevation
with a circular aperture on each hydrocladium-process.

Gonangial branch replacing a hydrocladium female, com-
mencing with about eight to ten internodes bearing modified
hydrotheca?, often deformed and united by perisarcal growths ;
corbula closed, consisting of about fourteen or fifteen pairs of
alternate leaflets, each bearing on the distal side at the base a
projecting sarcotheca and above it a minute irregular
hydrotheca (?) with two or three sarcotheca? above ; distal
edges of the leaflets higher up continued into extremely large
foliaceous expansions which project outwards on all sides,
dividing into several very large lobes, all profusely fringed with
sarcotheca?: male, commencing with about four hydrotheca?, not
much modified, corbula differing from the female in the much
smaller foliaceous appendages. Small apertures at the bases of
the leaflets covered by the rudimentary hydrotheca?.

Colour. Light brown.

This is a handsome plumose species, with closely-set hydro-
claclia, which are about one-third of an inch in length. Its
branches are directed forward from the stem, springing from the
front, and not taking the place of a hydrocladinm. The long
tubular hydrotheca? are very distinct from those of any other
species known to me, and the peculiar position of the intrathecal
ridge is a character shared only by A. tiiecjalocarpn. There is
some variation in the angle at which the hydrotheca? are borne,
especially marked in those on the proximal portion of the
gonocladium, which are much less erect than the others. The
marginal teeth are distinct; typically the first oil each side is
triangular and acute, while the second is more broadly rounded,
but exceptions are common. The mesial sarcotheca may be quite
straight, or a little incurved towards the hydrotheca, or with the
free portion somewhat directed away from it.

The gonangial structures are very remarkable. The male and
female colonies differ not only in the corbula itself, but in the
arrangement of the proximal internodes of the gonocladium,
those of the male bearing only four or five hydrotheca?, which are
normal or nearly so, while in the female there are eight or ten,
many of which are, in the specimens examined, more or less

177 HYDROIDA. BALK.

deformed and distorted, and partly overgrown by perisarcal
tubes such as form the fasciculate structure of the hydrocaulus.
The hydrothecse of the corbula are extremely rudimentary
structures. They are borne on the distal edges of the leaflets,
just above their origin ; there is first a projecting sai-cotheca,
above it the hydrotheca, and one or two smaller sarcotheca?
higher up. The hydrotheca itself is very irregular in form, and
very small ; it often has a distinct single lobe on the outer
margin, but the inner side seems to be adherent to the leaflet.
It has no lateral sarcothecae. The hydrotheca, with the inferior
sarcotheca, forms a very slight projection corresponding to the
more prominent lateral spur which in some species bears a
hydrotheca, and in others sarcotheca? only, and it similarly
covers an opening between the bases of the leaflets, which, how-
ever, is here very small, and which I have only been able to dis-
tinguish in the male corbula. The structure is very difficult to
make out, and it is only after considerable hesitation, and still
with some doubt, that I have come to the conclusion that these
small indefinite receptacles are really hydrothecse.

The characteristic foliaceous appendages of the corbula are of
the same class as those which occur in A. tasmanica and allied
forms, but they are here even more developed, standing out from
the sides of the corbula as much as above it, and surrounding it
with a complete eheval-de-frise except immediately behind the
rachis. There are two main lobes rising from the edge of each
leaflet, the lower and smaller one curling back towards the
rachis, while the larger spreads laterally and above the corbula,,
dividing into three or four large angular secondary lobes of
thick perisarc, with all the margins bordered with sarcothecae.
The diameter of a female corbula seen from above, and measured
across these appendages, will average at least three times the
diameter of the closed receptacle alone. Female corbula? may
average about 8 or 9 mm. in length, male about 5 or (5 mm.

The species seems rather prone to irregularity of growth.
I have seen two or three instances of isolated secondary
hydrocladia, each of which grew out of a hydrotheca, and stood
out at right angles to the primary hydrocladium. In another
case a rarnule commenced as an ordinary hydrocladium, the first
five internodes bearing hydrotheca?, it then assumed the character
of a branch, producing first an ordinary hydrocladium, then a
gonocladium with a corbula, on the same side, then several short
alternate hydrocladia, after which it passed uninterruptedly into
a corbula.

LOG. Thirteen miles north east of North Reef, 70-74
fathoms ; thirty-eight miles north east of North Reef Light-
house, Capricorn Group, off Port Curtis, Queensland, 74
fathoms.

"ENDEAVOUR" SCIKNTIFIC RESULTS. 178

AGLAOPHENIA CALYCIFEKA, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxvii., figs. 3-4.)

Hydrophyton about six inches in height, polysiphouic, rather
slender, a fi j \v branches in one plane at an angle of about 45,
springing from the primary tube and replacing a hydrocladium ;
nodes oblique, faint. Hydrocladia alternate, divergent at abonfc
40, both series borne on the front, nodes transverse.

Hydrothecae almost parallel with the hydrocladium, a narrow
intrathecal ridge near the base, at right angles to the internode,
with a fold from it crossing the cell and curved backwards ;
border with a sharp median anterior tooth and about three
shallow crenations on each side, back entire, adnate. Two
septal ridges in the interuode, one opposite the intrathecal ridge,
the other at the base of the lateral sarcotheca?.

Mesial sarcotheca about two-thirds the length of the hydro,
theca, arched throughout, much widened towards the aperture-
which is oblique, and the full width of the sarcotheca. Lateral
sarcotheca? large, adnate up to the hydrotheca-margin, wider
towards the aperture. Cauline sarcotheca? like the laterals, two
at the base of each hydrocladium in front.

Gronangial branch replacing a hydrocladium, commencing
with several elongated internodes bearing hydrotheca? ; corbula
female, composed of about ten or twelve pairs of ribs, narrow at
the base but widening immediately into broad leaflets, which
unite to form the closed corbula ; a short spur projecting for-
ward from the distal side of each leaflet close to the base, sup-
porting a modified hydrotheca with its lateral sarcotheca?, one or
two sarcotheca? above and below, distal edges of the leaflets
giving rise t<> large free-edged wings directed outward and rising
above the corbula, their edges armed with close series of cup-like
sarcotheca? ; one or two free leaflets usually at the distal or both
ends of the corbula; male with seven or eight pairs of leaflets,
the latei'al wings smaller and generally developed only on the
distal portion of the corbula.

Colour. Light brown.

One of the most noticeable features of this species is found
in the cup-like character of the sarcotheca?, which all agree in
becoming wider to the aperture, which extends right across.
The form of the apertures, however, clearly indicates in most cases,
especially in the mesial sarcotheca?, that they are the result of
two wide orifices terminal and inferior cutting into each
other. The narrow intrathecal ridge and the base of the lateral
sarcotheca? are nearer together than in most species, consequently
the same condition prevails in the septal ridges which accompany

179 HYDKOIDA. BALK.

them. The hydrotheca? on the proximal internodes of the
gonocladium (which numbered in the specimens examined from
six to eleven) are little if at all modified, but the internodes sup-
porting them are much elongated, their proximal ends extending
some distance beyond the hydrotheca?. In these long internodes
the septal ridges were wanting. The crenation of the hydvo-
theca-margin varies, being sometimes scarcely indicated.

In the corbula the ribs widen out into broad leaflets close above
their point of origin, so that they do not leave the large inter-
mediate openings such as we find in A. 1)11 ardi and many
other species ; the openings, where they exist at all, being very
small. Sometimes a few small openings are found higher up,
where the edges of the leaflets fail to meet. The superior crests
or secondary leaflets of the female corbula are sometimes almost
as large as those of A. bill ardi, those of the male are usually
smaller and strongly curved forward, not so erect as those of the
female. The latter average about 6-8 mm. in length, the male
about 5 mm. The lateral spurs scarcely project outward, they
usually terminate with a small semi-globular sarcotheca,
immediately below the hydrotheca, and bear a larger one below,
set further back. The corbula is especially characterized by the
closely-ranked rows of cup-like sarcothecse.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, Long 130 40' E, 160 fathoms ;
Long. 126 45' E, 190-320 fathoms.

AGI-AOPHENIA TENUISSIMA, sp. nov.
(Plate xxxvii., figs. 1-2.)

Hydrophyton reaching about fifteen inches in height, polysi-
phouic but extremely slender, flexuous, giving off from the flexures
small and delicate monosiphonic alternate branches which bear
only sarcothecse on the proximal portions ; nodes indistinct,
hydrocladia alternate, short, one on an internode.

Hydrotheca? nearly cylindrical, almost parallel with the inter-
node, an oblique rudimentary intrathecal ridge on the adcanline
side near the base ; aperture oblique, border with a triangular
pointed median anterior tooth, and four teeth, similar but shorter,
on each side, back entire, adnate. Two septal ridges in the
internode, one opposite the intrathecal ridge, the other opposite
the base of the lateral sarcothecse, a third often between them.

Mesial sarcotheca less than half the length of the hydrotheca,
adnate, projecting free portion very short, widely canaliculate.
Lateral sarcothecaa small, adnate up to the hydrotheca-margin
and scarcely projecting beyond it, canaliculate. Cauline sar-

" ENDEAVOUR " SCIKINTIFIC RESULTS. 180

cothecze similar to the laterals, but larger, one in front in the
axil of each hydrocladium and one lower clown, one at the back
of each axil.

Gkmangial branch replacing a hydrocladium, commencing
with three or four internodes supporting slightly modified
hydrothecse; corbula (female?) composed of about fifteen pairs
of ribs, narrow at the base, but widening above into broad
leaflets which unite to form the closed corbula ; a lateral spur
projecting forward and outward from the distal side of each
leaflet close to the base, supporting a modified hydrotheca with
its lateral sarcothecse, and then continued into a leaf-like process,
sometimes very large, armed with few sarcot.hecce ; distal edges
of the corbula-leaflets giving rise to large leaf-like free-edged
wings directed outward and rising above the corbula, their
edges armed with sparsely-disposed sarcothecas ; one or two free
leaflets often at the distal or both ends of the corbula.

Colour. Very pale brownish.

Old specimens of this species, a foot or more in height, may
have a thickness of one and a half centimetres close to the base,
but the topmost two or three inches, which alone retain the
hydrocladia, are extremely slender. The stem is formed primarily
by the proximal portions of a succession of alternate branches.
The primary shoot, after giving off a lateral branch, continues on
its course for perhaps an inch or two, bearing hydrocladia, and
then terminates ; the lateral branch then becomes the axial one,
growing for some distance (an inch or so) without hydrocladia,
but with a long series of sarcothecse; it then in turn gives off a
lateral branch on the opposite side to that on which it com-
menced, after which it produces hydrocladia, while the new
lateral branch takes up the role of continuing the axial column.
It appears to be the rule that a branch does not produce hydro-
cladia till after it has given origin to the next branch, the stem
therefore, being made up of a succession of these sarcothecate
portions of the branches, does not bear hydrocladia, but there are
exceptions. A lateral offshoot is much slenderer at its origin
than the branch from which it springs, but it grows thicker up-
wards till at the next furcation it is as thick as its predecessor, and
gives origin in turn to another slender one. which recapitulates
the process.

The fasciculation commences at the bifurcations, at each of
which originates a supplementary unjointed tube which also
bifurcates, sending a branch up each of the jointed tubes, and
thus originating the fasciculate structure. In each instance
where I was able to trace the first appearance of the supplement-
ary tubes they originated in the same manner. After a branch
has been pi-oduced and has grown for some distance a small

181 HYDK01DA. BALE.

orifice is formed iu front of the axil, on the apophysis of the new
branch. Through this proceeds an offshoot from the coenosarc
which takes its course through the axil to the back, where it
bifurcates and grows up the branches as described, establishing
communication with them at intervals by the formation of small
foramina as is usual in compound stems. As the supplementary
tubes accompany lot-It jointed tubes it would seem that the
branch as well as the stem should become fascicled, but so far as
I observed the supplementary tube only proceeds for a very
short distance up the base of the hydrocladiate branch, which
remains monosiphonic for the rest of its length, while on the
other branch, the proximal part of which is destined to form part
of the stem, the fascicnlation is continued upward. It is intei'esl-
ing to compare the fasciculation of this species with that of
Halicoriutria vegce and H. tubalifent, in which supplementary
tubes originate at the axils and grow down- the stem.

The regularity of the hydrotheca-margin is noticeable. All the
teeth are alike except that the anterior one is somewhat larger.
Of the two cauline sarcothecae in front of each internode, the
lower is further from the hydrocladium than the other, and both
are aboiat in the middle line, so that they form a straight series
down the front. The proximal part of a branch may bear as
many as fifty sarcothecas in line, possibly more.

The corbulse are commonly borne in rows of four or five. The
large secondary leaflets differ strikingly in the sparseness of
their sarcothecas from those of A. calycifent. The lateral spurs
support their hydrotheca? quite outside the corbula-wall, and are
then continued into a large spatulate process which however may
bear only two sarcotheca?, with a blunt point between them;
towards the end of the corbula they may become much larger,
with more sarcothecse.

0( ,. Great Australian Bight, Long. 12G45'E, 190-320
fathoms; Long. 130 40' E, 160 fathoms.

AGLAOPHENIA CARINIFEBA, sp. itov.
(Plate xxxviii., figs. 1-2.)

Hydrophytoii reaching about a foot in height, polysiphonic
(unbranched ?) ; stems divided by oblique joints into internodes,
t'lirh supporting a hydrocladium. Hydrocladia long (about an
inch), alternate, both series springing from the front, nodes
oblique.

Hydrotheca? set at an angle of about 40, deep, a rudimentary
ridge on the adcauline side near the base, continued into a
slight intrathecal fold nearly or quite crossing the basal part of

" ENDEAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC l.'KSM/rs. 182

the cell ; border with <\ median anterior tooth and two on e:irh
side, the first triangular, short and wide, the second still shal-
lower, often nearly obsolete, back excavated, adnate ; front of
the hydrotheca with an external longitudinal ridge terminating
in an elevated pointed crest over the anterior marginal tooth.
Two septal ridges in the internode, one opposite the hydrothe-
cal fold, the other at the base of the lateral sarcotheca?, some-
times a third between them.

Mesial sarcotheca about three-fourths the length of the
hydrotheca, adnate most of its length, the free distal portion
usually directed more outward, terminal and inferior apertures
completely confluent. Lateral sarcotheca^ divergent, adnate up
to the hydrotheca-margiu, free terminal portion short, conical,
directed outward, terminal and inferior apertures confluent,
Catiline sarcothecse stout, widely open above, two at the base of
each hydrocladium in front.

Gonosome ?
Colour. Brown.

This species, so far as the form of the hydrotheca is con-
cerned, somewhat resembles A. carinata, Bale, which Billaid
identifies with A. brachiata (Lamarck), but the habit is very
different, thepolypidoin being usually unbranched. In one or two
instances new shoots were given off at right angles from the
bare denuded poi'tions of old stems ; these however appeared to
be entirely new colonies, the hydrorhizal filaments by which they
were attached running round and along the supporting stem in
every direction.

Other characters by which the species may be distinguished
from A. carinata are the larger size of the hydrotheca
('48 mm. as against *32 mm. in length), the smaller and
shallower lateral teeth, and the general absence of the third
tooth on each side, which in ^1. carii/ata is usually well marked,
and the different configuration of the apocauline side of the
hydrotheca, with the mesial sarcotheca. The last feature is
characteristic ; in A. car in if era the free part of the sarcotheca
is rather abraptly bent outward, giving the sarcotheca, with the
hydrotheca, a " broken-backed " aspect, while in A. cariim/a
the sarcotheca has a uniform convex curve throughout, the free
portion being directed inward rather than outward. The
apertures of the sarcothec* are more widely canaliculate in
A. cariitifera, and the laterals are directed more outward.

The structure of the hydrocaulus is very different in the two
species. In A. cariiiata the supplementary tubes which grows
up in contact with the primary tube are rather slender, and the

183 HYDR01DA. BALE.

little circular foramina channels of communication between the
different tubes are excessively numerous, often indeed for con-
siderable distances almost touching each other. The supple-
mentary tubes of A. carinifera on the contrary are much
stouter, but fewer, and the foramina few and distant.

When the second pair of lateral teeth is feebly developed the
hydrotheca-margin may become indistinguishable from that of
A. billardi or A. tasmanica, except of course in the presence of
the conspicuous crest formed by the median ridge.

Loc. .Great Australian Bight, 130-190 fathoms, 80-120
fathoms, 100 fathoms ; Long. 126 Q 451' E, 190-320 fathoms.

Genus HALICORNARIA, Busk.

HALICOKNARIA URCEOLIFERA (Lamarck.)

(Plate xxxvii., figs. 5-6,)

Plumularia urceolifera, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ii., 1816,
p. 125.

Aglaophenia urceolifera, Kirchenpauer, Abh. Nat. Ver. Ham-
burg, v., 1872J p. 29.

Halicornaria urceolifera, Billard, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., (9),
v., 1907, p. 324, fig. 1 ; Bale, Report on the Hydroida,
"Endeavour" Results, ii., 1914, p, 51, pi. v., fig. 4, pi.
vii., fig. 5 (var. scandens.)

Hydrocaulus monosiphonic, unbranched or with few small
branches, reaching a foot in height; hydrocladia alternate, two,
or rarely one, on an iuternode, at an angle of about 45, and
both series directed towards the front ; nodes transverse or
slightly oblique.

Hydrothecas cup-shaped, deep, set at an angle of about 40,
without intrathecal ridge ; border with a small anterior tooth
which, along with the part of the hydrotheca-wall immediately
below it, is abruptly bent inward, the first tooth on each side
erect, a large triangular tooth or lobe near the middle on each
side, widely everted, and another lobe smaller and more rounded,
adjoining each latei'al sarcotheca ; back entire, acliiate ; the
hydropore with a few minute denticles on the margin. No septal
ridges in the internode.

Mesial sarcotheca about two-thirds the length of the hydro-
theca, projecting free portion short, with two small sub-tubular
apertures besides the inferior one. Lateral sarcothecaa large,

SCIENTIFIC KKSUI.TS. 184

adnate, saccate, with one or two tabular apertures, one directed
downwards at right angles with the hydrotheca, the other, when
present, directed upwards and forwards, but often merged com-
pletely in the wide lateral aperture. Cauline sarcotheca^ similar
to the laterals but with more apertures, two on the rachis at the
base of each hydrocladium, and a third at the back of each
axil.

Gronothecre about three times the length of the hydrotheca 3 ,
campatmlate, truncate.

Colour. Brown, stems very dark.

Among the Hydroids described in the first part of this
Report were some small specimens of Halicornaria, found over-
running the stems of large Aglaophenice, and which, while
differing slightly from Billard's account of H. urceolifera,
seemed sufficiently close to that description to admit of their
being referred to the species. Later on other specimens were
obtained, which correspond pretty closely with Lamarck's type,
and I consequently distinguished the first form as var. scatidens.
It differs from the type principally in its smaller si/e about
four to five inches and in the mesial sarcotheca, which has
nearly always a single terminal aperture instead of two.

The present form is represented by a small number of shoots
about a foot in height, or slightly more than Lamarck's speci-
men, and which all spring from the hydrorhiza in a cluster,
thus not sharing in the parasitic or climbing habit of the smaller
variety. Some are unbranched, but one or two have a small
branch near the summit. Most of the stem-iuternodes which I
examined bore two hydrocladia, those bearing a single one being
rare. Some specimens of var. scandens, with thick stems, agree
in this particular; in others, where the stems are more slender,
the shorter internodes preponderated. The large specimens are
darker in colour, especially the stems, which are nearly black, as
described by Lamarck.

The minute structure is very similar to that of var. scandens,
the most conspicuous differe^e being in the mesial sarcotheca?,
which have two small sub-tubular terminal orifices placed side by
side, and distinct from the wide inferior opening. Another
distinction is that in the type form the first pair of lateral teeth
of the hydrotheca-border are considerably shorter than those of
var. xi-ni/ili'nx, while an inward bulging of the front of the
hydrotheca, under the mesial sarcotheca, is more apparent.
The back lateral lobes of the border scai-cely rise beyond the
lateral sarcotheca?, and are therefore still more inconspicuous
than in the small variety ; in both forms however, this lobe is
feebly developed and apt to be obsolete.

185 HYDR01DA. HALE.

In all these points the specimens coincide with Billard's
figures. The absence from those figures of the median lateral
lobes of the hydrotheca-niargin is immaterial, as Billard mentions
that the specimens were not in a condition to enable him to make
out clearly the exact form of that part.

The little circular orifices, of which both mesial and lateral
sarcotheca? possess two, are still more profusely developed in
those of the hydrocaulus, the two in front usually having from
three to five, while the one behind the axil commonly has six or
seven.

The lateral sarcothecae are very large, and in side view they
mostly overlap the base of the next hydrotheca, often even to a
greater extent than shown in the figure.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, 80-120 fathoms.

HALICOKNARIA VKG^;, Jaderliolm.
(Plate xxxvi., figs. 4-5.)

Halicornaria Vegce, Jaderholm, Aussereuropaische Hydroiden
im Schwedischen Reichsmuseum, 1903, p. 301, pi. 15,
fig. 1-4.

Hydrophyton about eight inches in height, stem slightly
geniculate, fascicled below, dividing into three at each genicula-
tion ; side branches three or four inches long, divergent on
alternate sides, monosiphonic, bearing only sarcothecaa on the
proximal portions, nodes oblique. Hydrocladia short, alternate,
one on an internode.

Hydrothecas very large and stout, almost parallel with the
internode, campanulate in front view and narrow except towards
the aperture, where they are expanded ; in side view much
stouter, and narrowed towards the aperture ; smooth, with no
intrathecal ridge nor fold ; a small process projecting from the
lower edge of the hydropore, with two or three minute denticles ;
border circular, with a distinct anterior tooth, otherwise entire,
smooth or faintly undulated, back free; a slight longitudinal
fold running up the front. No septal ridges.

Mesial sarcotheca tubular, small, projecting at a wider angle
than the hydrotheca, to the basal part of which it is adnate ;
free portion short, contracted, with terminal and inferior aper-
tures, which are generally distinct though closely approximate.
Lateral sarcothecae small, ovate, closely adnate, apertures as in
the mesial. Cauliuesarcothecge similar to the laterals, two at the
base of each hydrocladium in front and one behind the axil.

Gonosonie ?

" KNHKAVOUK " SCIKNTII-'K' KKSI'LTS 186

Colour. Very light brownish, the polypidom very thin and
flaccid.

A little uncertainty exists as to the identity of this Hydroid
vvitli Jjiderholm's species, which seems to be of more robust
habit, with the branches characteristically recurved. The
difference however is not greater than may possibly be accounted
for by the ages of the respective forms, and in view of the very
close similarity of their minute structure I have not felt iu stifled

/ d

in separating them. Jaderholm's specimens were from Japanese
waters.

In most of its characteristics the species differs widely from
the previously known Australian species, the ramification
especially being quite distinct (though similar to that of
H. tubulifera, also described in the present Report). There is in
reality no true stem, as distinguished from the branches, but
instead we find a succession of branches, each springing from
the proximal parr, of the preceding one alternately on opposite
sides, and the series of the proximal segments of these branches
forms practically a stem, which rnorever becomes fascicled in the
manner to be described. If we take any given segment of the
upper part of the axial tube we find that at a certain point
(a geniculation) it gives origin to a lateral branch. This branch
immediately divides, one division continuing upward and out-
ward, the other curving round the nxial tube (to which it remains
adherent) to the opposite side, where it again subdivides, one
division forming another lateral branch, while the other is con-
tinued in the form of a supplementary tube, which grows
downward in contact with the axial one, thus contributing to the
formation of the fascicled stem. From every geniculation,
therefore, ascend three free tubes, which in relation to each
other, may be described as primary, secondary, and tertiary.
They are all alike, having a considerable proximal portion pro-
vided with sarcotheca? only, but one of them (the secondary one)
soon branches, repeating the scheme of ramification above des-
cribed, so that the secondary tube of one axial segment becomes
the primary one of the next above. This occurring on alternate
sides causes the stem to have a somewhat zig-zag course, the
geniculations being about a quarter to a half inch apart, and the
branches are free from hydrocladia for a greater distance than
this from their origin. The nodes are faint or quite indis-
tingiiishable on these portions, but more pronounced on the
hydrocladiate parts.

The branches are all originally monosiphonic, and continue so
with the exception of those portions which become part of the
stem. The supplementary tubes which, as described above,
originate at each geniculation, grow downward towards the base

187 HYDROIDA. BALE.

of the colony, so that for each additional branching point a fresh
tube is added. While the latest formed tubes do not reach so
far down as the next geniculation, the older ones extend further
down in proportion to their age, and probably the fasciculation of
the lower part of the stem may be entirely due to them.

Few of the hydrocladia reach more than about one-fifth inch in
length, or support more than seven or eight hydrothecje. The
latter are unusually large (about '60 mm. in length), and appear
noticeably different in form according to the aspect in which
they are viewed. In the absence of any denticulation of the
border, other than the anterior tooth, they present a character
more commonly found in the genus Cladocarpus. The denticles
on the margin of the hydropore are generally situated on a small
prominent flap of perisarc.

In an exact front view two faint lines are seen running nearly
parallel along the front of the hydiotheca and diverging in out-
ward curves towards the border, where they become nearly or
quite invisible. These apparently indicate the edges of a longi-
tudinal depression, but they are exti-emely slight, so that if the
cell lies a little obliquely the nearer one is not apparent, while
the other becomes conspicuous throughout. The part of the
hydrotheca-wall on which the anterior tooth is situated is
distinctly bent inward, the longitudinal furrow becoming at that
part wider and deeper, but without any defined boundary.

The gonangia, which Jaderholm has shown as of a deep
cylindrical form, not narrowed at the top, are not present in our
specimens.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, 80-1 '20 fathoms.

HALICORNARIA TUBTJIJFERA, sp. nor.
(Plate xxxvi., fig. 3.)

Hydrophyton very small, stem slightly fascicled in parts?
dividing into sets of three branches at intervals ; side branches
divergent on alternate sides, monosiphonic, bearing only
sarcothecae on the proximal portions, nodes oblique, often indis-
tinct. Hydrocladia short, alternate, one on an internode.

Hydrotheese tubular, very long and slender, lying along the
hydrocladium for about three- fourths of their length, then
curving upwards a,nd becoming erect. ; free portion expanding
towards the aperture ; no intrathecal ridge nor fold ; a long
narrow process projecting from the lower edge of the hydropore,
with two or three minute denticles at the end ; border nearlv
horizontal, with a rather large median anterior tooth, incurved,
and three slight points (or four shallow emarginations) on each
side (sometimes obsolete), back entire, free. No septal ridges.

" ENDKAVOUR " SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 188

Mesial sarcotheca very small, aduate to the base of the
hydrotheca, free projecting portion very short, with terminal
and inferior apertures which are generally distinct though
closely approximate. Lateral sarcothecas very small, ovate,
closely adnate, apertures as in the mesial. Cauline sarcothecaa
similar to the laterals, but larger, two at the base of each
hydrocladium in front and one behind the axil.

Gonothecas borne at the bases of the hydrocladia small, ovate,
slightly flattened on the summit.

Colour. Whitish.

This species is very closely allied to H. veijn}, notwithstanding
the marked dissimilarity in the hydrotheca^ of the two species.
The peculiar system of ramification agrees closely with that of
H. vegai, and the description need not be repeated. But whether
the species ever attains a size approaching that of H. vegd 3 , or
develops a distinct fascicled stem, is not apparent. I saw only
a few fragments, not exceeding an inch and a half in height, and
branching about twice, and the supplementary tubes which
originate from the branching points had in scarcely any cases
reached tlie next branch below.

The long slender hydrotheca3 are of graceful form and delicate
texture, the free distal portion being so collapsible that few of
them have, in the mounted specimens, retained their original
form. The denticulation of the border varies greatly, being
sometimes almost wanting. In lateral view there appears at first
sight to be a distinct intrathecal ridge; closer scrutiny however
shows that this is a narrow process, triangular in front view,
which projects freely into the cavity of the hydrotheca from the
margin of the hydropore, and corresponds with the small
perisarcal flaps found in a similar position in H. vey'.

The specimens were found mixed with a cluster of shoots of
Aglaoplienia tenuissima, but were detached ; it is uncertain,
therefore, whether the association was accidental or whether the
colony had established itself on the Aglaophenia in the fashion
of so many other species of the genus.

A very closely allied species is H. e.r^ninfa, Jaderholm
(Aussereuropaische Hydroiden im Schwedischen Reiehsmuseum).
which however seems to be a far larger and more robust form,
while the bydrothecse have the adnate portion not nearly so
elongated and the distal portion much less strongly curved away
from the hydrocladium than in the present species. It is found
in the Japanese region.

Loc. Great Australian Bight, Long. 130 40' E, 160 fathoms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.

Fig. 1. Cryptolaria angulala, sp. nov.

Shown without the supplementary tubes which

ultimately surround it.
Fig. 2. Hypopyxis distans, sp. nov.

Part of a pinna, with the opercula in various

positions.
Fig. 3. Hypopyxis distans, sp. nov.

Part of main stem. Opercula absent.
Fig. 4. Hi/pop i/. i', is tlifttans, sp. nov. Back view.
Fig 5. Hypopyxis distans, sp. nov. Gonotheca.
Fig. 6. PI am id aria sulcata, Lamarck. Gonotheca.
Fig. 7. Plumularia sulcatn, Lamarck. Gonotheca.

Figs. 1-7 x 40.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR.'

PI.ATK XX XV

V. M. BALE, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVT.

Fig. 1. Nemertesia ciliata, sp. nov.
Fig. 2. Plunnilaria zygodadia, sp. nov.
Fig. 8. Hutieontnria tnbulifera, sp. uov.
Fig. 4. Halicornaria veyce, Jaderholm.
Fig. 5. Halicornaria v?gcr, Jaderholm.
Figs. 1-5 x 80.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR."

PLATK XXXVI.

W. M. BALE, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVII.

Fig. 1. Aglaophenia tenuissima, sp. nov.

Fig. 2. Aglaopliema tenuissima, sp. nov.

Fig. 3. Aglaophenia calycifera, sp. nov.

Fig 4. Aglaophenia calycifera, sp. uov.

Fig. 5. Halicornaria urceolifera (Lamarck).

Fig. 6. Halicornaria urceolifera (Lamarck).
Figs. 1-0 x 80.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR,".

PI.ATK XX XVI I

W. M. BALK, del.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.

Fig. 1. Aglaophenia carinifera, sp. nov.
Fig. 2. Aglaophenia carinifera, sp. nov.
Fig. 3. Aglaophenia, arniata, sp. nov.
Fig. 4. Aglaophenia ctrmata, sp. uov.
Figs. 1-4 x 80.

ZOOL. RESULTS "ENDEAVOUR."

PI.ATK XXX VI II.

W. M. BALK, del.

INDEX.

PAGE

abdominrr/ix, HlPPOCAMPUS
</i-/l>i//i<i/>!ciirt<x, HoPLICHTHYS

achatina, CASSIDEA
ndspersus. AMMOTRETIS ...
AETOBATUS awstralis

tenuicaudatux

afliiiis, OALLIONGMUS

africana, SQUATINA

africana, SQUATINA...

AGI-AOPHENIA armata

itriciilaris
billardi
38, 43, 53
bra cilia fa
1/rei'icaulis ...
t-iiliicifera 178,
cariiinf/t
carinifera ...
crucialis

31, 35, 38, 43
dannevigi

3, 36

decumbens 3.
divaricata .

172,

179,

formosa

macrocarpa

32, 35, 38
megaloearpa

3, 8, 45, 50,

plum ox a

94

13 1

72

122

86

8fi

86

80

78

85

175

56

, 33

183

182

48

181

182

181

, 18

, 41

, 48

49

56

58

,44

176
61

3, 31, 50, 166. 175
fifxnifniica 3, 34. ;i7
38, 43, 54, 177, 183
feiiiiisfima ...

179, 188
nreeolifera ...

51, 183

aqlaopheuoides, PLUMULARIA 172
alala, PLUMULARIA 31

alcocki, NEOSCOPELUS ... 90
ALLIVASDM, sp. 68

all inn ni, DIPLOCHEILUS ... 61
ALLOCYTTUS (CYTTOSOMA)
verrucosus

.v.

115
114, 119

PAGE

ALI.OCYTTUS perrncosiis

79

I'prrucvxiix. \ar.

propinquus

116

filljior/i, NEOPERCIS

157

allporfi, PARAPERCIS

154

nll/Hirh, PARAPERCIS

(NEOPERCIS)

157

iitl/inrfi, PERCIS

157

ALTIVASUM aurantiacum ...

69

ambigua, THUIARIA

16

itiilliii/inis, < 'iKERODON

80

A M : \ riiiix/n-rsil

103

sp.

103

\ MMOTRETis ad-tpersus

122

elongatus

123

IlKIC/l'lll/i

122

macrolepis ...

125

nudipinnis

125

rostratux

121

sp

121

titdori 122,

124

zonntus

122

ANCILLA angustata

67

austrcilis ...

67

cocci iit-a

67

hef/era

68

lanceolata

68

Uf/afa

68

montrouzieri

68

mucronata

67

papillnta ...

68

p.ieudaiistralis

67

pyramidalis

67

rubipinosa

67

semi I fens ...

68

xn.

67

andei-toni, PTERYGOTRIGLA

152

angulala, CRYPTOtARlA

166

angustata, ANCILLA

67

ANISOCALYX crvci<t/ix

31

ANOMIA, sp. ...

70

ANTIGONIA rubicund,/

80

aotea, CEPOLA

109

APISTUS macro! epidot us

80

APOGON conspersus ...

103

opercularis

103

nryc,lteff, PULVINITER

71

ARGKNTINA'e/0'/'"'"

87

x/>.

87

ARGOBUCCINTI M ,ntx/r<i//rxin

74

191

KNDEAVOUK SCIENTIFIC KESULTS.

172

epitrema ..

fraterculum

retiolum ..

.succinct inn
turn id urn ..

argils, LEPIDOTRIGLA ..

m-mitta, AGLAOPHENIA

armata, PLUMULARIA ..

ARNOGLOSSUS cacatute ..

fli-fiiii.l, PSEUDORHOMBUS ..

't.tci'iioiifi-.i, HALICORNAUIA
asy linnet rii-H, PLUMULARIA
><tliitici'iii. OREOSOMA ..
ailanticus , HOFLOSTETHTTS
aurantiacum, ALTIVASUM ..
iiiira nt iai'iis, ALTIVASUM ..
aurantiaciis, LATIRUS .

itiirii-oains, SILL AGO ..

mirijlliun, PENTAPUS ..

auro-frenalus, M.ssvioi'DES ..

'i, AltGOBUCCINUM

PAGE

74

74
74
72

74
74
80

, 175
29
80

130

52
3, 29

115
97
69
69
68
80
80

106

74

73
65
8fi
67

109
17

158
17

86

56
56
59
56

i, HALICORNARIA ... 54
balei, PLUMULARIA ... 122

bassensis, PELTURHAMPHUS 122
bttxxt'iixix. RHOMBOSOLEA ... 122
fif/xai. ARGOBUCCINUM 71

batavieimis, INSIDIATOR ... 147
BERTX decad>*ct.t/lus 78, 96

sp 96

splen dena ... ... 96

bidens, SERTULARIA in, 15, 16
bifasciatum, DIPLOPRION ... Idi!
bifrons, PECTENS ... 73

liiUnrdi, AGLAOPHENIA 3. 33, 38
43, 53, 179, 183

hi ,:i rirgata, PARAPERCIS ... 155
biru*h-ata, HALICORNARIA 3, 49
bisi nspidiil/i, SERTULARIA 9

M'trodcs, GENYPTKRUS ... 15s
blacodex, OPHIDIUM ... 158

australe, TKITON
anxfralis, AETOBATUW
australis, ANCILLA ...
aitxfralis, OKPOLA
australis, DYNAMENA
australis, GENYPTICKUS
australi^, SERTULARIA
australis, SQUATINA
avicularis, AGLAOPHENIA .
ariciilaris, HALICOKNOPSIS
AZYGOPLON productum
rostrttfinii

B

hoops, CYTTOSOMA ... 79

bosschei, INSIDIATOR 13s

bosschei, PLATYCEPHALV

hoxxcheis, PLATYCEPHALUS
brni-hiato, AGLAOPHENIA
brachiata, PLUMULARIA ...
brevicauda, HALIEUT^A

79, 80, 163

brevicaulis. AGLAOPHENIA 48

In-miifiisix, CKNTRINA 80

bnonensis, OXYNOTUS 78. 80

. PLUMULARIA 3, 28

PAGE

113
139
139
139
182
32

cacatuce, ARNOGLOSSUS
CALLIONGMUS affinis
calodactyla, LEPIDOTRIGLA
calycifera, AGLAOPHENIA

178,
campanula, PLUMULARIA

29. 62,

CAMPANULARIA pitmila
sp.

Xltilltt/OVff ...

campylocarpum, SYNTH ECIUM
capitellum, VASUM
CAKDITA raouli
c/tri nata, AGLAOPHENIA
cm- in if era, AGLAOPHENIA
CASSIDEA <

pauciruffis

jii/rum

xtadialis

thorns 0>ii ...

turgid a ...
CENTRISCUS (LIMICULINA)

humerosus

CENTRINA bruniensi*
centrina, OXYNOTUS
CENTRINA saloiani ...
CENTRISCOPS cristatus

80
80
80

181

171
3
4
4
6

69
73
182
181
72
72
72
72
73
72

obliquus
obliquus

xp
CEPOLA aotea ...

inixfrnlix ...

91

80

78, 81
80
93

humerosus 78, 90, 92
humerosus, var.

taunt ... .

ct-ramicitm, VASUM ... ...

c//>(t/e>igeri, SERTULARIA ...
CHARONIA nod if era ...

uodifera, var. eitc/ia

66, 73
rubicunda 65

90
91
90
109
109
109
109
68
17
65

192

CHAEONIA saulice ...

*p.

CHASCAX, sp.
chemitit-.ii, CHIONE
C'M i MAS) PARAPKRCIS
nebulosus

CHIONE

laticeps

CHCERODON <nnhignus

monostigmft

PAGE
66

. 66
69
73

L56

. 153
73

79, 80, 160

] fii (

se.vfaftciatttft ...

sp .......

XEMERTESIA ...

PLATYCEPHALUS
cirronasns, THYSANOPHRYK
ciffimtx, HOPLICHTHYK ...
CLADOCARPUS, sp. ...

cocci nea, ANCILLA ...
coccinea, HAI.IEUT^EA ...

conciHHft, PERCIS ... ...

i-onspersa, AMIA ... ...

conspersus, APOGON ...

coxii, PERCIS ... ...

crenata. SERTULARIA ...

crixii/tiix. CENTRISCOPS ...
cristatus, LOPHORHOMBUS ...
AGLAOPHENIA

80

80
110
110
170
137
137
134
187

67
165
lot!
103
103
15fi
8, 27

93
128
31. 35
38, 43, 48
... 31

31

ANISOCALYX
crucinliis, PLUMDLARIA
crucial is, THECOCARPUS
CRYPTOLARIA angulatn

sp .......

cumber landica, SEKTULARELLA

CYLICIA, up. ... ...

cfilindnca, SCKENA
CYMATHIM rubicund tun

nit;

26
70
153
66
66

CYPR.2EA umbilicata 72

(CYTTOSOMA) ALLOCYTTUS

eerrucosus ... 115
hoops ... 79, 113

sp. 112. 119

m-nicosum 115, 116

D

DACTYLOPTENA papiho ... 80
DAI.ATIAS licha ... 81

dannevigi, AGLAOPHENIA 3, :<6, 41
decadactylus, BERYX 78, 96

decumbens, AGLAOPHENIA 3, 48

DESMOSCTPHTJS

DlAGRAMMA porox'.l ...
DlAPHASJA
DfPHASiA x

subcarinata

j>.

DiPLOCHEii.rs nil iiifini
HI ii-tt/i ilis

up. ... ...

DIPLOPRION bifaxciatitm ...
sp .......

Jiff ruts, HYPOPYXIS ...

ilii-rrrircrf", A u I, \"1'H KN I A ...

dirnricdia, var. (f/i'-in, SER-

TULARELLA ... ...

SERTI'LAUELLA

SKHTHLARIA
var.

PAGE

108

80

17

17

94

7,8

3,7

7

7

61

61

59

60

102

102

167

49
20

3, 6
1, 20

SERTULARELLA ... ... 20

diversidens, INSIDIATOR 138, 148
i/n/>i'i (var.) </ir/i,-ifttfa SER-

TULARELLA 20

DYNAMENA ousti-iilis 17

sp. 9

E

Ki, \TES, sp. .. ... ... 135

thomp-toni ... 80, 135

elf (/an ft, AGLA<^PHENIA ... 56

c'/tffrdis, HALICORNOPRTS ... 3,56

f/f<jans. I'LUMULARIA ... 56

fi, STNTHECIUM 6

i, ARGENTINA ... 87

t, SEKTULARIA ... 8, 16

rl,,,i :! iitns, AMMOTRETIS ... 123

i lunijfitus, HOPLOSTETHUS... 97

t'liiei-uana, PERCIS ... 156

EMMELICHTHYS, .v//. ... 103

f/ji/i-i -ma, ABGOBUCCINUM ... 74
EROS A it-idea ... 80

KKYTHRICHTHYS. sp. ... 103

eaclia (var.) nuilit'cr/i , ('IIARONIA

66. 73

EuRUMETOPOS_/t>///M-/<;,;</ !M. !Lj

' . '.14

.70,71

. 188

. ...
exempla, FORAMEI.INA

' .ry r,i\'i, HALICORNARIA

FASCIOLARIA
fenestrata, THUIARIA

73

193

ENDEAVOUR .SCIENTIFIC RESULTS.

filamentona, SAURIDA
filifer, DENTEX
filifer, UPENEOIDES

FORAMELINA CJCeniplfr

sp.

PAGE

80
. 108

80
70, 71

70

formosa, AGLAOPHENIA ... 58

fraterculum, A KGOBUCCINUM 74

f re ii at us, CHIKRODON ... 80

fumosa, HALIEDT-SA 79, 165

fusiformis, SCAPHELLA ... 73

FUSINUS novae- hollandire ... 73

Fusus, sp 66

furcata, HA.LICORNABIA ... 54

G

gallus, LOPHONECTES

geminata, SERTULARIA
GENYPTERUS australis
bl a codes
microstomits

128

3, 10
158
158
159
sp. ... ... 158

tiger inns ... 158
gibbosits (var. ) rhomboidalis

NEOCYTTUS ... 119

gigas, HOPLORTETHUS 79, 101
gilberti, HOPLICHTHYS .. 13i
ffoldsteini, PLUMDLARIA ... 58
graciliformis, HIPPOCAMPUS 94
f/racilis, SERTULARTA 8

GRAMMOPLITES, sp ... 13"

grandis, LEPIDOTRIGLA ... 80
grandisquamix, TNSIDIATOB 138
grandisquamis, SCORPCKNA 80

guntheri, AMMOTRETIS ... 125

H

155

154

haaelcei, NEOPERCIS

haackei, PARAPERCIS

Tiaaclcei, PARAPERCIS

(PARAPERCIS) ... 155

Imackei, PERCIS ... ... 155

HALICORNARIA ascidioides 52

bailet/i ... 54

birostrata 3, 49

expansa ... 188

furcata ... 54

intermedia 3, 53

longirostris 51

producta ... 59

prolifera ... 52
sp. 33, 47
49, 61, 166, 183

thetidis 33

PAGE

HALICORNARIA tubulifera

181, 186, 187
urceolifera

3, 50, 51, 183

urceolifera, var.

scandens 51, 184

veyce 181, 185, 188

HALICORNOPSIS ariciilaris... 56

elegans ... 3, 56

sp. ... 56

HALIEUT^EA brevica-uda 79

80, 163

coccinea ... 165

fnmosa 79, 165

hancocki ... 165
indica ... 165

nigra ... ... 165

sp". 163

stella I ft ... 165

hancoeki, HALIENT^A ... 165
harrisii, INSIDIATOR ... 138

146, 149

has/velli, HOPLICHTHYS 79, 132
hebera, ANCILLA ... ... 68

HEMITAURICHTHYS, sp. ... 110

herfwigi, PLUMULARIA ... 31
heteromorpha, THUIARIA . 8, 17
liia us, PLCMULARIA ... 61

HIPPOCAMPUS abdominalis 94

graciliformis 94

"sp 1-14

HOPLICHTHYS acanthopleurus 134
cifrinns ... 134
qilberti ... 134
haswelli 79, 132
langsdorfi ... 134
ogilbyi 79, 133

platophrys ... 134
regani ... 134

sp 132

HOPLOSTETHUS pacifictis ... .97

sp. ... 96

atlanticus ... 97

elongatus ... 97

gigas 79, 101

intermedius 78

97, 100

mediterraneus

79, 96, 97, 100, 102

1i umerosws , CENTRISCOPS 78, 90, 92

Jnnnerosus, CENTRISCUS ... 90

humerosus, CENTRISCTTS (LiMi-

CDLINA) ... ... 91

humerosus var. obliquits, CEN-
TRISCOPS ... ... 90

HYALORHYNCHUS pellucidus

80, 135

IXKKX.

194

HYPEROGLYPHK johuxtonii
poroaa
xp. .

HYPOPYXIS diftffins ... .
I'tlirosa... .

*jl,

HYPOTREMA, .ip. ... .

PAGE

78, 95
94, 05
. 94
. 167
. Ifi7

167

. 71

ii/ci.xipi>nnx, NEOSEBASTES
indica, HALIEUT^A ...

inflata, SERTULARIA ... 9

FNSIDTATOR batanenxis ...
hosxchei 138,

direrxidens 138,
grandisquamis
harrisii 138, 146,
isacanttus ...

jttfjosus 138,

macracantJius 138,
nifilaiifinus 138,
nematopTi f/i almus
138, 149,
^ ... 138,

80
165
. 1!'
147
139
148
138
149
1\7
152
1 H
141
lid

152
151
152

137

138
152
, 53

78
10u

100

80
147
139

INSIDIATOR ... 152

Pl.ATYCEPHAI.TTS 151

Krui METOPOS 94, 95
johnstonii, HYPEROGLYPHE 78. '.15
johnstoni, SEUTULAUIA ... 20

' iNSiniATOl! IKS, 111

K

72

:?, 60
59
59

167

tuberciilatus ...

142,
intermedin, HALICORNARIA 3

intermedium. HOVLOSTETHUS

97,

inteniirdiHx, TRACHICHTHYS

iridett, EROSA ... ...

INSIIUATOU ...
PLATYOEPHALUS

keniioniinin (vav.) prt

SCAPHELLA
KlRC'UENPAUERIA !)! i'-flbi/ix

prodveta
sp.

HYPOPYXIR
ANCH.I.A

I A ( i K

', MACRORHAMPHOSUS

I, HOPLICHTHYS ...
/, THUIARIA
hitrrnatux, POLYIPNUS
Itt/icepx, CHIROLOPHIUS

80,

LATIRUS aurantiacus 68

LEIRUS, xp. ...
LEPIDOTKIGLA argus

calodactyla
grand/is

78

78

DALATIAS
//(//, SCYMNORHINUS

ii, SQUALUS

ift, SCYMNORHINUS
lichia, SCYMNUS
liffafa, ANCII.LA
li/liei, NOTOPOGO.M ..
(LiMirvr.iN.v) CKNTRISOUS
Jiinneroxnn ... ...

fonffirostrix, HA I.ICORNAKI A
LOPHIOMUS, xp. ... ...

LOPHIUS, xp. ...

LoPHONECTES (fill lux ...

*j> .......

LOPHORHOMBUS crixfatiix

LYTOC'ARPFS phllijipiiUlS ...

M

80
134
12
89
79
160
,69
94
80
80
80
80
81
, 81
81
81
81
68
,91

91

51

163

163

128

128

128

61

50

/i, AMMOTRETIS 122

macracanthu-i, [NSIDIATI >i;.

13S, 141
macracanthus, Pr.ATYCEPHALUs

141

wncrocnrpa, A.QLAOPHENIA 32, 35

38, 44

ni/tcroctirpfi, SERTULARIA 3, 8, 14
macrolepidotus, APISTDS ... 80
macrolepidotus, X iiusc OI-EI.US

78, 90

,,1'it'fiihjiidtifiix, Sn.pKi.us 90

iiirn-ro/rpis, AMMOTRETIS ... 125
nincrnfepis, PLAGIOOENKION

79, 104

MACRORHAMPHOSUS hnn-ifer 80
, PERCIS ... ... 153

s anro-frennhis ... 106
ica, SERTULARELLA 26

,ii<}il(fif<~t, SCAPHELLA 72

malayanus, INSIDIATOR 138, 140
s, PLATYCEPHALUS 140
i, SERTULARIA 3, 8, 16
,,/uple.itonei, THUIARIA ... 16

.t, PKN T K>N ... ... 73

I Or,

KXDKAVOIT;

PAGE

mediterranru-t, HOPOOSTETHUS

79, 96, 97. 100, 102
mepalocnrpa, AGLAOPHK.NTA 3, 7

45, 50, 176

ptro-asxn

70
70

110

150
8(1
61
6<>
80
68
67

MltROCANTHUS, xp.

microstomus , GENYPTERCS

Mi NOUS rersicolor ...
mirnbifix, DIPLOOHEII.UR ...
inirabilix^ KTRCHENPAUERIA
mono-ttigma, CHCERODON
mnii/ronzieri, ANCTI-LA
AMCILI.A

PSF.UDO RHOMBUS
131

VELIFER ... Ill
Mi 1 1; EX nibeciifa ... ... 66

tritonis ... 66

murientiim, VASTTM ... 68

X

i, PEROTS ... ... 156

v. PARAPERCIK ... 155
OSHX. PARAPEROTS (OTTILIAS)

156
nematophthalmus, TNSTDIATOR

138, 152
nemitophthalmus , PLATYCEP-

HAI.US ... ... 149

NEMF.RTESTA ciliuta ... 170

sp 170

NEOOYTTITS rhomboidalis var.

gibbostis ... 119

rhomboidali* 79, 119

xp. 114, 119

NEOPEROIS nllporti ... 157

... 155
* ... 158
ramxni/! ... 153

xj>. ' 153

ITS alcocki ... 90
macrolepidotua

78, 90

xp 90

NEOSEBARTES incisipinnis... 80
nif/rii, HALTEUTJEA ... 165

nodifenr, ('HARONIA ... 65

nodifera, var. euclia. T'HARONIA

66, 73

notlifenini, TRITON... 65,66

NUTOPOGON iillipi... 78,91

xp. ... 91

novcB-cambrite, NEOPEROIS 158
novce-cambrice, PARAI.IOHTHYS 131
novcB-cambriee, PARAPKROIS 158
novce-cambrice, PEROTS 15S

PAGE
HOrrp-CfUnbrifP. PfiEUDOBHOMBUS

73

125

87

66

28

91

CEN-
.. 90
.. 157

14

79. 133
.. 103
.. 158
.. 115
15, 116
5

78, 80
78. 81

80

FUSINUS
11 it dipin n in, A M MOT RET is
iiitftingi, Por.YiPNUS

O

obconien, PMIMTJLARTA
obliqitiis, CENTRISCOPS
obliqn-Hs (var.) /ntnieroxitx,

TRISCOPS

oc/ttfiris, PARAPERCIS
ODONTOTHECA, up. ...

Offi/byi, HOPLICHTHYS

opercH/tn-is, APOGON
OPHIDITIM blacoden
OREOSOMA fttl/nificinn
up.

1

ortli off on in / . SYNTH EC IUM
OXYNOTUS brinnpnuis
centrina

pacific ux, HOPLOSTETHUS ... 97
papilio, DACTTLOPTENA .. 80
pupiUata, ANCILLA ... 68

papillosa var. Tcenyoniana, SCAP-

72
80
80
108
131
130
154
155

HELI.A

PARAOENTROPOGON scorpio
rexpa ...

parrtdixeus, PENTAPUS
PARALICHTHYS novee-cambria
tenuirastrum
PARAPEROIS allpniii ...
binivirgala

156

... 154

iiflniloxitx 155. 156
(NEOPEKOIS) allporii
157

(NEOPERCTS) ramsayi
158

novce-cambriff 158
ocular is ... 157
(PAR A PEROTS)

baackfi 155
polyupTithalmvx 154
rinnxai/i ... 158

up. 153

xanthozona ... 154
TNSTDIATOR 138, 151

pdhthnn, SYNTHECIUM ... 5
paiicirugis, CARSTDEA .. 72

INDEX

196

PAGE

PAGI

PECTEN bifrons

PLUMULARIA citnipunti/n 29, 62

pectinatvs, DESMOSCYPHUS 17

171

pellucidus, HYALOKHYNCHUS

crvcialis ... 31

80, 138

i//dsteiiii ... 58

PEI.TOKHAMPHUS baftsensis 122

cfetfitiix ... 56

PENDUM, xp. ... ... 70

ft erf a- iff i ... 31

PENION maximus ... ... 73

Jnnns ... 61

waifei ... ... 73

obconicn ... 28

PENTAPODUS rittn ... 106

/lilllKI/tl ... 61

PENTAPUS aurijilmn 80

procumbent 3, 29

paradiseus ... 108

producta ... 59

xetoxitx ... ... 108

sinii/ix ... 61

xp. ... 106

xt'/cnfit ... 172

rittft 106

./<. 3, 28, 31, 59

PEROTS allporti ... ... 157

151. 171

coitcinna ... ... 156

ttfceolifei'ct 51 . 183

coxii ... 156

zygocladia ... 172

einert/iina ... 156

PoLYIPNUS Internalus ... 89

haackei ... ... loo

nuitingi ... 87

maculata ... . . 153

<rn 87

o // . P . . O

nehnhisa ... ... 156

spinostts 79, 89

novce-cambricB ... 158

stereop? ... 89

.sy,. ... ... 153

tridentifer ... 78

stricdccps 153

pofi/Ollimafa, PTERYGOTRIGLA 153

percraxxn, MEI.INA ... 70

poll/ out ma fit, RAJA ... 89

pbi/ipj>nis, LYTOCAKPTS ... 61

poiyophthalmus, PARATKRCIS 154

jticla, PTERYOOTRIGLA ... 152

poroxit, DlAGKAMMA ... 94

picf,,, TRIULA 152

poroxtr, HYPEKUGLYPHK 91.95

piniiiita, PLUMULAKIA ... 61

poroxHs, SMARIS ... ... 106

PLAGIOGENEION inacrolt-pi.s. procumbenx, PLUMULABIA 3, 29

79. 104

producta, HALICOKNAUIA ... 59

rubiyinosiis

prudliclil, KlRCHENPAUKKIA 3, 59

79, 104

product n, PLUMULARIA ... 59

xji. ... 103

pniditcfinn, AZYGOPI.I >N ... 59

platupltrtis, HOPLICHTHYS 1 H 1

prndttcttts, DIPLUCHKILUS ... 59

PLATYCEPHALUS boxscftei ... 139

prolifertt, HALICORNARIA ... 52

bussc/ieis 139

propinquity vnr. rerri'coxux.

cin'oiiastts 137

ALLOCYTTUS ... 116

isacanthiai 139

psi-ndaustralis, ANCILLA ... 67

japotticiis 151

PsKUDUt -YTTUS, sp. 115

ma era can thus

PSKUDOKHOMBUS in-sin.i 130

111

inultiinaculatus

/ i i *\
Malayan tix i-j

131

nematophthalmiis

novcE-cambricE

149

131

r i>d is ... 137

.v/'. ... 129

scaber ... 137

xpinosits 129

staigen ... 150

tenuirastmm 130

tuberculatus 142

PTEBYGOTRIGLA undi'i-foiii 152

pltUIIOSK, Ai.LAOPHKNlA ... 61

p icf ft ... 152

PLUMULAKIA aglaophenoides 172

polyommata 153

or/aia ... 31

p. ... 152

armittu ... 29

pulchella, SKKTULAUIA ... 8

atymnietrica 3. 29

Pl'LVINITES urgeiileit ... 71

PLUMULAKIA bnlei ... ... 61

puiitifit, CAMPANULAKTA ... :;, 1

bracliintti ... 32

pttmi/a, SERTULAHIA ... 8

btiskii ... 3, 28

piiqmtea, SERTUI.AKICI.I.A ... 25

197

KNUKAVOUR SCIENTIFIC RKFUl;] .-.

pyramid I in, A NCILLA
pi/rum, (' A SKI DBA

Q

quadridftix, Tnn.\i;i.\
quoyi, INSIDIATOII .

E

PAGK

67
72

12
152

HuA.3A.polyommata ... ... 80

ramsai/i, NEOPERCIS 153

ramsai/i, PARAPERCIK ... 158
ramsayi, PA RAPE RC is

(NEOPERCIS) 158
KrANEijLA, sp. 74

raonli, CARDITA ... 73

recta, SERTULARIA... 8, 11, 15
regani, HOPLTCHTHYS ... 134
retiolum, ARGOBUCCINUM 72, 73
rJiomboidalis vav. gibbosus

NEOCYTTUS ... ... 119

rhomboidalis, NEOCYTTUS 79, 110
EHOMBOSOLEA bassensis ... 122
rostratum, AZYGOPLON ... 56
rostratus, AMMOTBETis 121, 122
ntbecula, MUREX ... ... 66

rifbicunda, ANTIGONI A ... 80
rubicunda, CHARONIA ... 65
rubicunda, SEPTA ... ... 65

rubioiiiditm, CYMATIUM ... 66
ntbiginosa, ANCILLA ... 67

rttbiginosus, PLAGIOGENEION 79, 104
rubiffinosKS, THERAPON ... 103
mdis, PLATYCEPHALUS ... 137

salviana, CK.NTKINA
saulicp, CHARONIA ...
SAURIDA jllnmenluxn
scaber, PI.ATYOKPHALUS
scaber, TRITON ...
SCAPHELI.A fmtf/'orini-t

80

... 66
80

.. 137
... 73
... 73
... 72
papillosa vjir.

kenyoniana 72
scandena (v;ir.) urceolifera,

HALICOKNAUIA 51, 184
scarlatina, SEPTA ... ... 66

SciCENA cylindrica ... ... 153

SCOPHELUS macrit/fjiiilvfiix 90
scorpio, PARACENTROPOGON 80
SCORPCENA prrindixqiiaini-i ... 80

SCYMNORHINUS liclia 78, 81

sp. ... 81

SCYMNUS lichia 81

PAGE

SELAGINOPSIS, sp. ... ,.. 14

xcDii/fi'pis, ANCILI.A ... 68

SEPTA rubicunda ... ... 65

scarlatina ... ... 66

xp 66

SERTULARELLA crenata ... 27
ciimberlandica 27
dir-aricata 3, 6, 11
dirancata, var.

dubia ..
divaricata,

20

var.

subdichotoma
johnstoni ...
mctgellanica

SERTULARIA

sp. ... 11

fsubdieltotoina

15,

20
20
26
25
15
20
17
16

9
17

8

20
8, 16

8, 10

8

9, 19
20

3, 8, 14
3, 8, 16
8
8

8, 11, 15
16,

10,

biscuspidata ..
chullengeri
crenata
divaricata
etongata
geminata
gr a cilia
inflata
johnstoni
macrocarpa c
maplestonei I
pulchella
pit mi la
recta . . .

sp. 8, 16, 1 7

sub-cariitala .. 7
I i'i> nix... 9

tuba 168

uaguiculata 3, 8, 16
xfHularioides, THUIARIA ... 12
sefosiix PENTAPUS ... ... 108

sejcfdscii/tinit, VINCUI.UM ... 110
sexfasciatus, (.'H^TODON ... 110

SlLI.A<i aiirii-oilliis ... 80

similis, Pl-UMULARIA ... 61

sinuosa, 'J'nuiARiA ... 12

SMAKIS porosus ... ... 106

spuriformis, DENTEX ... 80

spinosus, POLYIPNOS 78. 89

xpitiuSHS. I'SEUDORHOMBUS 129

xpinnlusa, ( 'AMPANUI.ARIA 4

xplendens, BERYX ... 96

SQUALUS liclia ... 81

S<jtiATiNA africtnia ... 78

africans ... 85

austral is .. 86

sp. 84

IM'FA.

19*

PAGE

fergoceUofii 78, 84

.\linl inlix. CASSIDEA 72

xfififferi, PLATYCEPHALUS ... 150

stellata, HALIEUT^A ... 165

stereope, POLYIPNUS ... SO

strict iceps, PERCIS ... ... 1 51?

subarticulata, '|'HUIAIMA 12. 2(>
xubcarinatu, DIPHASIA 3, 7, 8

sub-carinata , DIPHASIA 7

xnb-carinitta, SEKTULARIA .. . 7
subdichotoma (var.) divariculn

SERTULARELLA 20

subdichotoma, SERTULARKLLA 20

subventricosum, SYNTHECIUM 3,4,5

.iHccincfuiii, ARGOBUCCINUM 74

sulcat'i, PLUMULARIA ... 172

STNTHECIUM campylocarpum ii

ehganx ... 6

orthogonium 5

pat ulum 5

5^>. ... ... 5

subventricosum 3, 4. 5

t :i'n HI, CEPULA ... 109

tasmaniea, AQLAOPHENJA I?, 32,
34, 38, 43, 54. 177, 183
ieniaculatus, INSIDIATOR . 15^
tenuicandatus. AETOBATTS 86

Ifiiiiiranlritm, PARALICHTHYS 130
tenuintstrum, PSEUDORHOMBUS

130

feittnx, SERTULARIA 9

fenuisxiina, AGLAOPHENIA

179, 188
tergocelliitx, .SgUATiNA 78, 84

terrfereffinrr, UKANOSCOPUS
THECOCAKPUW crucial is
THERAPUN niliir/iiiosiix
thetidix, HALICOK.NARIA ..
thr,>n(>xoni, ELATES
thomsoni, CASSIDEA
TH.UIA.RIA. ambifftiq ...

1'etK'xii-iiln .

heturomorpha

I at a ...

map lest onei

quadridens .

sertulaTioid.es .

tiinitosri ... .

vy>.

subarticulata
THYSANHPHRYS cirronasu.f .

v^. ...
tiger in ia, GENYPTERUS .

135,

9

12

SH
32

103
33

180
73
]li

12

, 17

12

1(1

12

12

12

, 11

, 26

137

137

158

PAGE

TRACHIC'HTKYS infi-nnedius 100
tridentifer, POLYIPNUS 78, 87

TRIGLA picta ... ... 152

TRITON unxtralc ... 65

tr if OH is, MUREX ... ... 66

fritoiiix, TRITON 66

TRITON nodiferum . ... 65

nodiferus ... ... 66

scaber ... 73

tritonix ... ... 66

Inbit, SKRTUJ.ARIA ... 168

tuberculatus, INKIDIATOR 138, 142
fttbei'citltttux, PLATYCEPHALUS 142
tubulifera, HALICORNAKIA

181, 186

liidori, AMMOTBETIS 122

f I'li/id u ni, ARGOBUCCINUM ...
tnrhinellum, VASUM ...

turgida, CASSIDEA . ...

U

187
124

74
68

72

UPENEOIDES ^Zi/er ... 80

iimbilicata, CYPRUS A 72

ii /n h roxo, LKPIDOTRIGLA ... 80
unguiculata, DESMOBCTPHUS 17
i'iii:iiii.-ul<itn. SERTULARIA 3, 8, 16
URANOSCOPUS terreeregiiia- 80

urceoliferu, AGLAOPHENIA 51, 183
urceolifera, HALICORNARIA

3, 50, 51, 183

urceolifera, PLUMULARI A 51. 183
urceolifera var. xcaiidenn

HALICOKNARIA 51. 18 1

VA.SVTS. capitellum ...
muricatum

turbinellum ...
reflie, HALICORNARIA

VE LIFER muUiradiattt,

185,

i, CYTTOSOMA 115.
rcrrui-oxnx, A i.r.ocYTTUs ...
ri-rri'fnxnii, AtLOCTTTUS

(CYTTOSOMA)

rci'riicoxi'x v;i r . propinquus,
ALLOCYTTVS

rtrxicofur, MlNOUS ... ...

rcxjiff, 1'ARACENTROPOGON ....

69

68

68

68

68

181

188

111

111

116

79

115

116
80
80

199

ENDEAVOUR SCIENTIFIC KEbULTS.

VINCENTIA waterhoi'xii
ViNCULUM n

pitta, PENTAPOUTJS

vifta, PENTAPUS ...

W

n-iiifci, PENION ...
wnterhonsii, VINCENTIA

PAGE

103
110
110
lOfi
lOfi

73

103

X

xanthozona, PAKAPKKCIS .
Z

zunatus, AMMOTKETIS

irt, PLUMULARIA

PAGE

154

172